Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit B94-0274 - US BANK - ADDITION (IN LARRY'S MARKET)City of 7it[Icwil (206) 431 -3670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 BUILDING PERMIT Permit No: 694 -0274 Type: B -BUILD Category: NCOM Address: 3725 S 144 ST Location: Parcel #: 004000 -0115 Zoning: C2 Type Const: III -N Gas /Elec: Wetlands: Water: N/A Contractor License No.: FLETCWI077CH Status: ISSUED Issued: 09/23/1994 Expires: 03/22/1995 Suite: Type of Occupancy: BANK Slopes: N Sewer: N/A TENANT U.S. BANK 3725 S 144 ST, TUKWILA, WA 98168 OWNER MCKINNEY LARRY H. 14900 INTERUBAN AVE S #240, TUKWILA, WA 98168 CONTACT TIM RHODES Phone: 206 441 -3066 1925 POST ALLEY, SEATTLE, WA 98101 CONTRACTOR FLETCHER WRIGHT INC. Phone: 206 447 -7654 P.O. BOX 3764, SEATTLE, WA 98124 ******************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: 634 S.F. ADDITION TO EXISTING LARRY'S MARKET FOR FULL SERVICE BANK. Units: 001 Buildings: 001 Fire Protection: SPRINKLERED UBC Edition: 1991 Front: Left: SETBACKS .0 Back: .0 Right: . 0 . 0 Valuation: 52,609.32 Total Permit Fee: 710.70 *****************************************,* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** I IkL.% it Center Authori4-d Signature Dat I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this building permit. / 1 Signature: Date:_C_r���_ 0 � Print Name:id f LJ, 2y.161 1 Title: p Q6/ This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. All PERMITS ISSUED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION, REMODELING, OR DEMOLITION PROJECTS REQUIRE CONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION AND LANDCLEARING WASTE MATERIAL FROM THESE PROJECTS TO BE RECYCLED AT A KING COUNTY LICENSED OR APPROVED FACILITY, OR TAKEN TO REGIONAL DISPOSAL FACILITIES. ES E' I.:HEREBY;CERTIF:Y THAT I VE;READ `AND EXAMINED.THIS APPLICATION::'AND::. BE !TRUE:AND .:CORRECT, AND I AM`'AUTHO IZED TO. APPLY FOR :THIS PERMIT BUILDING OWNER SIGNATUR�� DATE s.�• 00 , OR PRINT NAME PHONE /MCP ��> .�P( AUTHORIZED �4/% L AGENT CONTACT PERSON ADDRESS #/ ADS i '// . BUlLDIF.a PERMIT APPLICATION CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division vwv VUUIIIuci!ICI OwICValU, I UKVVIla VV/1 x0100 (206) 431 -3670 '� r-- 71-1" � �� 1-• k)g '- 0 DESCRIPTION A OUNT RCPT # DATE BUILDING PERMIT FEE £11.O_o -7 ' H. . 7 z, ,i ; �€ iM PLAN CHECK ' NUMBER • ".1 ` ),a. 7) q. APPLICATION MUST BE ' FO-L15 OUT COMPLETELY : PLAN CHECK FEE BUILDING SURCHARGE. IIIIMM ARCHITECT Ow d $ ., i ,,e0 ,j /7 ' PHONE ,�1� //-- .30d� OTHER: ZIP 91/4/ TOTAL 7/0. -7() SITE ADDRESS 5--)... ;- 1L L l E # VALUE OF "CONSTRUCTION $ PROJECT NA E/TENA T �eth ��; rie /r/�rl'�/ /`l/ hell'Ae/ ASSESSOR ACCOUNT # / 21.-A4 // Do o cA - r TYPE OF -0 New Building k3 Ad• ition • Tenant Improvemen WORK: 0 Rack Storage 0 Reroof 0 Remodel (residential) 7-ik7,%q (commercial) • Demolition (building) 0 Other DES7BWPON . . lovirri Riedi,-,47174- i ce./-ve X,I30 BUILDING USE (office, warehou , etc.) 7 ,bae 461 ) . M/ NATURE OF BUSINES :l // 9, fed 4j,q / WILL THERE BE A CHANGE IN USE? No 0 es If Yes, new building requirements may need to be met. Please explain: ( 3 ,dw } SQUARE FOOTAGE - uilding: r0 V S Tenant Space: i S. Area of Construction: 6i/ Sfr1 kgWILL THERE BE STORAGE OR USE OF FLAMMABLE, COMBUSTIBLE OR HAZARD•US MATERIALS IN THE BUILDING? No 0 Yes IF YES, EXPLAIN: FIRE PROTECTION FEATURES: ■' S.rinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm S stem PROPERTY OWNER /.? ` PHONE ri „is- , � ADDRESS 'di �la Aw, ,, l j/�, � azip / i CONTRACTOR ` u i ' H. . 7 z, ,i ; �€ iM EXP. DATE 'ADDRESS ZIP g d -.54Y WA. ST. CONTRACTOR'S ICENSE # /z,C w amyl/ ARCHITECT Ow d $ ., i ,,e0 ,j /7 ' PHONE ,�1� //-- .30d� ADDRESS /1 fl "Oyu .,#/ , /D/ ZIP 91/4/ :KN WT CITY/ZIP mai f / fzimg PHON. of4 "497--34,4' APPLICATION SUBMITTAL In order o ensure that your application is accepted for plan review, please make sure to fill out the application completely and follow the plan submittal checklist on the reverse side of this form. Handouts are available at the Building counter which provide more detailed information on application and plan submittal requirements. Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. VALUATION OF CONSTRUCTION Valuation for new construction and additions are calculated by the Department of Community Development prior to application submittal. Contact the Permit Coordinator at 431 -3670 prior to submitting application. In all cases, a valuation amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Building Division to comply with current fee schedules. BUILDING OWNER / AUTHORIZED AGENT If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal. EXPIRATION OF PLAN REVIEW Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitations. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 304(d) of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. If you have any questions about our process or plan submittal requirements, please contact the DepartmWdicammunity Development Building Division at 431 -3670. .• • DATE APPLICATION ACCEPTED „1.3 q4, r )J U i- 2 5 1 9zi PERMIT CENTER DATE APPLICATION EXPIRES I <-) war COMMERCIAL SUbMITTAL CHECKLIST NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS/ADDITIONS , • . , Completed building permit application (one for each structure) Assessor: Account Number. • • • . : Two sots (2) of the following::: .. :Specifications Structural calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed : ri Soils report stamped by pWashingion''SfitiaiiCohifid engineer fl] Topographical survey .. • Energy calculations .stamped a:Washington State 1:ce engineer or architect , • ' 'Legal description Working diewings,:starOped,bia"Wathington State licensed architect, which inCludo: . , : • . . .. • Site plan • : • : • . • Architectural • • Structural drawings drawings rawingt . . . • :.Elevations Civil drawings • : • Landscape plan Completed utility permit application (one for entire project) , . • " " - • • • •• . ......... . • • • . • : • . „ Six (6) sets of civil drawings • ' • : • •....• . .. . . NOTE . See :utility permit application and checklist for specific utility : submittal requirements..".: .. . . . . , "• '• . . . • .. . • • • ••' • •• •••••:**'..••:••.••,. . • [Completed building permit application :•:;.... . . . . LIAssessor ."" : • '1"wo (2) sets of plans which include • ••• • " ••Entire space where racks will be located • • Dimensions of exits Tenant space floor plan showing rack storage layout aisles and • . . NOTE : ..Include • dimensions • of racks (height width and length) aisles and exit .wayS:on,plan.,:: • 7..SifuCtUraiCaidUiati6T16,StinpUclb1/,.aWaShintton:Stit:::...teiliceibediih::::i,,.:::::1 engineer (rack storage V.:,and . . . RESIDENTIAL NIW • • ••••:••:.• . . . . . ... .. ,SINGLE-FAMILY Completed building permit application (one'fer:oach :structure): • r 1.. Legal 06cr:iption . • [_j Assessor Account. Number •-•.: ... LI Two :••••••: . Sets; (2) of workng drawingi, which include Foundation plan Gude access to building • • • width iind length Roof plan of access) Building elevations (all views Building cros section . ....... . • structural framing plans Washington State Energy Code data Completed utility permit application Six (6). sets of site plans showing utilises NOTE::' Building site plan and ut;lity site Plan. May be combined See utility permit application and checklist for specflicsubmittel:feqUIrements: Additional topographical and soils inf4natibn*OkeWefy.....:"P!.:,::,: site conditions;;::-:::.:::: • : „ „ • ; COMMERCIAL. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS . ... .. fl Completed buIlding permit application (one for each Structure or Two (2) sets of CohttrUetiOn:plans.,•Wh!Oh..friplude;:::, Site plan '..:•::::::::...,.:.:,. Location .,.. of ritentiraaPpo!'ssepadcP.pet);giiiiiie.::(kii00...... .....:::,...::.:,:.:,.....:,ic,:::.:,.."1,::::,..i.i.::::.i.i.,.:..1.:::".:1:•,::::.;:...,"„..,....i.5...):....,lil tir1tiC1........0.4:......in.....".1.....ir...:..(lf.:.......!ii......{,3p.1ic)i.i..b.i..■:.',..:i....;:i....,,,.::,......:::.',...i.i.;•:::::Iiill.....i'.1.,:'J.:',..i:::.:.:i.j,..,:,":i.,..•.,......::::i.ii::":.:,.... ::.4:51;eilill.,66!!016gpti(1•::::•.:'::::::::,:-,-.,:::::,":;...,::.,:::".:::::::;;,:!:::::::::::::::::.:f.,.... :'.]':-:'.',':':::::':•:::::::::::•;:..:':,. Tenant location Use of adjacent (c;.;.'o.,;..mPOn:V.........a.:.,.. li):e.n.sn..,t Overall dimensions of building or s0!i.;.i. footage . ,.:,:,i,":,;...,,,,,,,.,i,;:::....:i.,.: ..•:...::.,.:::',.::::j,...::.:. ,. •.' i•::::•'. . iiiiblieie'lePPItP:::„...::,.•:•,:....",....'" -,.-.."......"".,:',f.'66ifei1.4::;"•:"":"•.". "... Fleel1)...9.f::..... ':..:•.:::::.....:.:i.:::::-•::::::•::::.,•••••6...6f:iii615):66m"e ......„.„.„:„.::::,....??.....,:::.,..„. .. ..::,..i::,,..."..,.:::;.::,:ii"::::"..:".::::::"."..".....:"Ii.i";!■;..TEGintadfloto. rsp.,69re,ee.p.aattlerrnase1.4,..l1:ti..............,„..:,..:,;,.i...::,:...,:::,:.,.i.:::::............. :::•":::,;:::::"•.:::::""'''".•• , — alls,exiso9...!• :.:.!.....:::....::.:.,.:::...:'::::.:.•"•..::-..::::::i3:!l1!.....:::"7"::.F.'':?'::' • ,•Constructieri.:: ...„ „...„.::,...::::....;:::::....willi60e§tructOP:,....,...:.;,:......:::::..,::::.,:•....:::,.....:...„......-...:::..::....: Cross . . .. :......::::....::.::::::-::• • .•••'......".ee.cilt.fnost:•iflohdowr61"ngo,,..9:-01r......,":::: .. :::::::::::::::::.::.......:::::::::::::;y::::.••::::::::::::,::..,•:?,.:::::::::.:16i.":: ...................................... ••::::.••......:::::::::::::::::::::.,Ita171i. j!larIii6k...'s..:'•6••rzi;)ied.:ti)4...:i‘.4.,,,te,t,',!',s9,1,,,,'"!;61:bidc.`96.,..ce:c)..:).::,.:.''',::'‘::'..:::,:lill sti66total,•ct,!9be.required:lf......1.r.,•!:'...:•::"....•:.'...".•-•.:::.:..".::::::::::•..."..•'.'::.:•••'..';••,:::::::tiiiri):•pe.i../nik.:::::.:i'::::::::':::::•'..:: .....—.engiri0 ....!1•!: 'Y.....:::::.'....::::,:::•••••'.:-.:.:::••':'.'"....''''''''Ell..;.'"."'''::..........•'••Ubilli.ioi)prq!9..:Y.....:::::....::.......,....:::.,....-..:,...../...'::::,:::•:,!: ..:::.:.:kc...,.t.e"::)i..'ink.Pt' utility :•••••:: • -': -:••::: : : : : .: :: : : : : : : ::: ippliOaildfr'*?:e.,::::::::•:"::':'::::-:::' :•:•:•''''' .. ' . - ••••••••••• ,....„..........:„ ... • - :• ::•:•• ...:.:: . :. . :,:::..,..... •,::::•,.......................•• • . .„.........., . ... • . • . ••••••"." . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . • REROOF . • poolo!aop.00ilciiiig.00rroit,4poicotion (one tors.eaeb..ttitic:tUre) „.... ....'..NarrailVe.deteribing:oXibting reef,: material..§eing,:rer.nOVed,":end:::•:::......:::...... material being installed NOTE A certification letter is required pnor to final Inspection and sign '::::•-off of the permit . . . • . •:. ANTENNA/SATELLITE: DISH — • • • • Completed building permit application :AssestorAccount :,.„::. Two of plans which include Site Plan (showing building and location of antenna/satellite disl Details antenhaisetellItelOish and method of attachment Structural calculations stamped by a WashIngton State liconsd . . 1 1 1 II Completed building permit application (one for each structure) riAssessor Account Number [1 Two (2) sets of working drawings which Include Site plan Foundation plan Floor plan Roof plan Building elevations (all views) • Building cross section Structural framing plans vi(JO and plans must be submitted • • af5iTitilOie.6.6.1:11i0i.lesiii.04:.a00!iO4i10.e.:!,'..!.0.4.0.r.i..P0.)::J-.4.0919.r.9 Assessor Account Number • Narrative describing existing roof, material being removed and material being installed NOTE A certification letter is required prior to final Inspection and sign off of the permit • •-• CITY OF TUKWILA' Department of Cri,,,, 'unity Development – Permit CentWr- 6300 Southcenter Boulevard - #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Building Permit Application Tracking PLAN CHECK NUMBER 1314: cw PROJECT NAME SITE ADDRESS U 3 .OflK\ INSTRUCTIONS TO STAFF 51 S 5 I LI, U v l • Contacts with applicants or requests for information should be summarized in writing by staff so that the status of the project may be ascertained at any time. • Plan corrections shall be completed and approved prior to sending to the next department. • Any conditions or requirements for the permit shall be noted in the Sierra system or summarized concisely in the form of a formal letter or memo, which will be attached to the permit. • • Please fill out your section of the tracking chart completely. Where information requested is not applicable, so note by using "N /A ", date and initial. SUITE NO. DEPARTMENTAL REVIEW "X" in box indicates which departments need to review the project. .D.EPARt■ENT ATE . IN . DATE APPROVED: BUILDING - initial review g- -14 -94 R. ROUTED .QUIREMENTS. /:>:C.OMMEN. CONSULTANT: Date Sent - ��-/ Date Approved - -T-- FIRE — RP-- L-ANNING ❑ PUBLIC WORKS ❑ OTHER FIRE PROTECTION: FIRE DEPT. LETTER DATED: Sprinklers f--, /C.c,`/ Detectors R N/A INSPECTOR: // "/"/ e' /r ZONING: IBAR/LAND USE CONDITIONS? °Yes ❑ No REFERENCE FIL.E.NOS. MINIMUM SETBACKS: N- UTILITY PERMITS REQUIRED? S- fYes No E- INIT: PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED: INIT: BUILDING - final review (BUILDING OFFICIAL 9 2 q4 INIT. ;414.4 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: CERT. OF OCCUPANCY? —i1, ' 1t • ❑Yes XNo UBC EDITION (year): INIT: REVIEW COMPLETED AMOUNT OWING: C��jg,�j CONTACTED . —" .. I A IvA -' —. , ri 1 DATE NOTIFIED BY: (init.) 2nd NOTIFICATION ! BY: (init.) 3RD NOTIFICATION BY: (init.) 0110B/93 C INSPECTION RECORD k. Retain a copy with permit 0774- PERM[ NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ,.-----(206)-43:1-3670 ' Projoc .. Type of I pection: "ST-ra6S 144 N- SIG a0'; ii re 9 Special Instructions: -- G:Af'l 1 , A 01 a se ,Date Wanted: ) i 0 AM Requester: DAV& Phone No.: 1 1 — 44E31 f2kApprovedSper applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ' o $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule relnspection. IReceipt No.: Date: } INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 tgqi �2.7 PERMIT (206) 431 -3670 • ro ect: r v1 Q _ ✓��r� ype o nspect on: A� N Address: i nom_ Date Called: it- 7 Special Instructions: Date Wanted: (1 ` {? ,ei C/ d (am. p-nh Requester: Phone No.: ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: P -,- 'e- aer ,5i!' i).--7 M eLe4u1' / i .../ -4-',/ 71 !'ter e-, .0, 6 rum im/mr- b .0 !/ w /I .. • . _ 1/ ..I. s . / i. _ / / 1}C- nspector: ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTIO FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ecept `,.: e: 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Prot: lec (\\• , .41Sti%1 k(-- ype o ns.:. • 6.11 we) Address: c..., '-'-.. Do Called: 1 \ _ Spedal Instructions: (....-- Date wanted: 1 ) , 2. - 9 4 . . . Requester: ,b+c-v■e".. one No,: El: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /dr/ / -7-6.--1...4.(;-/z-- 4 /ZGA f if El $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must tie paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ke A .11,4.141.* Dale: -r.ffv,f1,,t11!tr•tlf,,- INSPECTION RECORD 0 Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188., (206) 431 -3670 r Type o ns Address:. ?2 c S. � � a bate Called: it_ 1 Special Instructions: (—A .s ,ter-- Date Wanted: i t - 1, Requester: 14,�,��.. Phone No.: 9 i - _ c.l 1/4( I 1 Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: • w1I5 6 jfivLs Cnspecaa: ( ' ❑ . $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMR N0. J (206) 431 -3670 ro ect:ect "• 52/.\/ YPe oo nspectio�� Date Called: /� `-n/ 9 / Address: /4 • 'Q //''� ""7 Special Instructions; Z4145 i f / Date Wanted: /P = l/ W P.m. Requester: 1 �. Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ' 1 n f / F?Ai �nrn1G ,»/' o. e veh,L..„ - uwr„. /0, 5/{7 ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must . = paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. iti S•ECT•` `0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECORD 0 Retain a copy with permit ozy PERMIT NO (206) 431 -3670 roe : / _ s /15 / yz Ype o nspect o ��!l / !`fir Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: ,- J 1 Date Wanted %9„ r am Requester: Phone No,: (E,Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: ' ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. nspector: ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED:' Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 - 0071 PERMIT NO/ (206) 431-3670 i .iiir-italt_art.1, itr, _ ype o ns . Ion: eie, Ft8".'ee Joie:bd./74a : . : I /0 /I 91 Special Instructions: .' w"I „511-a..7-71- P' .er,.-' Al: ,0/4. • ir3 Date Want/96/ Cl ie am. p.m. Requeste mil/dee, Ph°ne4i? - g 1.5 / Z)/427Ili a. Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ''Ctib I'CIAC,(:€_/2}7 4(- — ck maze a. . . ...lit.- , / A Ae — 1C10 <■'-'• C.-1Liz, / P•70,1C././ e/2, /411 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ecep e: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit S •ECM 0. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -36/0 • roe • U Pane Gar /� yPe o ° ftk911 fe kbar- Address 1 Lf 7 G 1,�,1� A `¢ Date Call ed; / :� S,pledQal ins�trujct�lo �176'"°-,= He 1u n2 � i h f � 70 nah a S 2a Date Wanted: / ,1 _� L1 V -97 a p m. Requester7l,,, V 10( ml %jl lam,' r 9ig-yy3/ bl Approved per applicable codes. O Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: • 5a.rz C.L.. r.. 124 1.3 .42U F'fl pector: Date: cQbi ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at :,6300 6300 Soutlicenter Blvd., Suite 100: Call to schedule reinspection. p e: • .^ rw�. �kfLn r:✓';. e 4u.. Ztia. r .:::f..iLtit�E�iM�t�_S�n.x a 5.: `Le,r.,.._ - •u INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Project :h ., s ion: — _1.- -, t' �� �--�! Addres Address :� 7 �� L %%IQ� Date Called; Dateoflled: lnst ions: / ,;(!o Date Wanted: re0- 3--f ��' an P.m� Requester ' i� Phone o.: N rX. Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: ' r Corrections required prior to approval. fri ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must' be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. C '�.�. BOSS at MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. US BANK @ LARRY'S MARKET/TUKWILA U.S. Bank Corporation Page 4 PERMIT # 10 -25 -94 507 7(7 ✓✓ Cam - INSPECTION REPORTS JOB # 18994 Inspected remaining structural steel /welding related items for the above project. Angles between new beams at the existing W14 have been installed with bottom welds per plans. Contractor said he had a verbal okay to weld the top through the metal deck as puddle welds. I was unable to verify this as the area has been covered with roofing. Contractor was in the process of adding washers at elongated bolt holes at time of visit. Welding for channel at ends of block walls was visually acceptable, as was the framing added at the south side to existing framing and alterations to add gutter on north side and added plates at east and west ends and angle to hold the top of glass block wall. All welding was by WABO welder Johnny B. Parker. All items inspected are in accordance with approved plans and specifications. INSPECTOR: Bob Gardner 10 -27 -94 Verified that contractor has completed installing hardened washers at connections with slotted holes. Inspected remaining welding for angle at top of glass block wall, east side. Welding per plans and visually acceptable per AWS D1.1 -92. Also verified placing of batt insulation for north stud wall with visqueen vapor barrier in place. All items inspected are in accordance with approved plans and specifications. INSPECTOR: B. Gardner RECEI\/F'D NOV 0 1 1994 DEVELOPMENT 917 -134th St. S.W., Suite A -1. • Everett, WA 98204 • (206) 742 -9360 • FAX (206) 745 -1737 ""o. BOSS & MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. Project: Client: Contractor: Weather: LABORATORY TEST REPORT US Bank - Larry's Market 14227 Pacific Highway South Tukwila, Washington U.S. Bank Corporation Fletcher- Wright Overcast, sprinkles - 49 F Product: Concrete Producer: Stoneway Sample Temp: 65 F Slump: 4" Mix Proportions: Coarse Agg: 1950 Fine Agg: 1450 Water: 230 Mix Design # 4852+ Job # X899 Permit # ( B94 -0274 Date Mader-1- Ticket # 450917 Entrained Air: Fly ash: 80 Cement: 497 Type: I-II WRA: 3 oz WRDA -64 /cwt A/E Admix: Date Received: 10 -21 -94 Design f'c /28 -day: 3,000 Placement Location & Notes: Slab on grade, south half Cast at 6 yards - Truck #334 Sample Number Lab # Date Made 3a 1584 3b 1585 3c 1586 10 -20 -94 10 -20 -94 10 -20 -94 Date Tested Age 10 -27 -94 7 11 -17 -94 28 11 -17 -94 28 Strength Load /lbs Size PSI 132,000 6x12 4,670 163,000 6x12 5,770 164,000 6x12 5,800 INSPECTOR: Bob Gardner REVIEWED BY: dti -G--- 917 -134th St. S.W., Suite A -1 • Everett, WA 98204 • (206) 742 -9360 • FAX (206) 745 -1737 _.°._ BOSS £ MAYES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. Project: Client: Contractor: Weather: LABORATORY TEST REPORT US Bank - Larry's Market 14227 Pacific Highway South Tukwila, Washington U.S. Bank Corporation Fletcher- Wright Fog - 50+ F Product: Concrete Producer: Stoneway Sample Temp: 67 F Slump: 4 3/4" Mix Proportions: Coarse Agg: 1950 Fine Agg: 1450 Water: 230 Mix Design # 4852 Job # 18994 Permit # B94 -027 Date Made:-.1-0-6---9 Ticket # 448699 Entrained Air: Fly ash: 80 Cement: 450 Type: I -II WRA: 3 oz WRDA -64 A/E Admix: Date Received: 10 -7 -94 Placement Location & Notes: Slab on grade - North half 9 c/y total - Truck #323 Sample Number Lab # Date Made 2a 0935 10 -6 -94 2b 0836 10 -6 -94 2c 0937 10 -6 -94 Date Tested 10 -13 -94 11 -3 -94 11 -3 -94 Design Cc/28-day: 3,000 Age Load /lbs 7 28 28 126,000 168,000 170,000 Size 6x12 6x12 6x12 NV 1 4 1994 ��; ,.... , INSPECTOR: Bob Gardner REVIEWED BY: 917 -134th St, S.W., Suite A -1 • Everett, WA 98204 • (206) 742 -9360 • FAX (206) 745 -1737 Strength PSI 4,460 5,940 6,010 *+**k*+***+******a***hAt*A*+kk*k**+*+a*+*k++*i+++*+hk++*+«*ak*++ CITY OF TUKWILA NA ' , TRANSMIT *+A*+**4kA**+*A*A+*k**A**+A**a++*k*+*+A*1(A+^+hA*****+ah+***k+k++ TRANSMIT Number: 94001234 Amount: 538.45 09/23/94 14:59 Permit No: 094~0274 Type: B-BUILD BUILDING PERMIT ` Parcel Not 004000-0115 Site Addreyu: 3725 5 144 ST 0 ^^~^~' Payment Method: CHECK Notation: FLETCHLR WRIGHT 'nit: SAU *aA+++++*6**+k**++a**A**+**+*++++*ko+*a**+k**+h+**a+**+*+**a*++A Account Code ' 'Demcr1pt1on. Paid 000/3 22.100 BUILDING - NONRES 428^00 000/345.83 PLAN CHECK - NONRES 105.95 000/386.904 �' ` STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 4.50 Total (This Payment): 538,45 ' . Totml Fees: Total All :,Payments': ^710~7O 710.70 Balance: ance: .00 -^------- GENERA GENERA GENERA TOTAL CHECK CHANCE 5923A000 428^0U 105°95 4.50 538.45 538.45 0.00 15:42 K �\ f**++***4*+**+*****+*�++++***************+*++++*+*+**++**+**+**k CITY OF UKNILA, WA� '' TRANSMIT *+***+*+*+*******15:*+****+*******+***********+****+*******++*** :JRA .SMIT:Aumber : 94000875 Amount: 172.25 07/25/94 15:07 Permit .No:. B94-0374 Type: G-8UILD BUILDING PERMIT . ' Parcel No: `1 523O4~901 1 "''25'9' ..Site Address: 14227 PACIFIC HY S Paymmnt `Metho6: CHECK Notation: U.S. BANCORP Init: SLR :*++**************+a***++****++*4.*+*+*++++**+*+4**++*****+*4++*�* ` Account Code Description �' Paid 000/345:830 ` NpLAN CHECK - NONHES ' 172.25 Total (This Payment): 172.25 ' , Total Fees: Jotml All Payments: Balance: .r■••• db.. ~-~~ Pre ~••••--~ �.� . • 710.70 172°25 '.538.45 GENERA 172.25 TOTAL 172.25 CHECK 172.25 CHANGE 0.00 3897A000 15:4 City of Tukwila Fire Department Project Name Address 3 '2s ,.S /y /% John W. Rants, Mayor TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Permit No. 6W-O..r>4/17 Retain current inspection schedule _ Needs shift inspection Suite # Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: L Authorized Signature FINALAPP.FRM Date T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phones (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 CITY OF TUKWILA I Address: 3725 13 144 ST Permit No: B94-0274 Suite: Tenant: U.S. BANK Status: ISSUED Type: B-BUILD Applied: 07/25/1994 Parcel #: 004000-0115 Issued: 09/23/1994 ******kikkk*k*****k*****A******kkk**kokkk*****Mick*kkkkkkkltk*kkkkkk*WhAkkit Permit Conditions: 1. The landscaping required by the.Board,ot Architectural Review's original design approval shall be maintained. The applicant assures Planning that there will be only an Insignificant encroachment on the planting:area.. 2. No changes 0.11:be made to the plans-unless„-approved by the Architect and the.jUkwila-BUilding,Divisicin.' 3. Electrical:,p4rmit Shall be obtained through the Washington State DivWon'of Labor and Industries and all electrical. work wt11:/be inspected by that agency (248-6630).. 4. All mechanical work shall be Under separate permit through's' the City of Tukwila. 5. All permits, inspection, records, and approved plans shall he maintained available at the job Site prior to the start of 6. Whepecial inspection #s)r'eqairedi-either,the owner,, Division -of appointmentvdf:the inspection agencies prior.f6, architect or engineet;-shall,,noti k 'fythe,"/Uw,ila Building'!,,:,_. any/cOnstrucpon. These documents are to be maintained available-until finaVinspectibn approval is granted. .." therfirt.huilding'insoectio Cop,leS of all special • - , • • inspeption reportSshalt'b'e/stibmittecl to the Building. Division iAa timely ,manner. Raportsshap contain address, ja�t permit number and type of inspection being_ 1 ' ,-,—\ -' , ^I , perfofi lied -. *C:k AP.1!4 - 7. The spacialuinspector shall submiit a,fical, signed report-- statfOiAwkaiWer the work requiring Special inspection was,' ,Y to thest of theInspectors kni*ledge,On conformance wit" approv44?lans,o,and specifications and the applicable ,work-: manshipptovisfonS, of the UBC. 8. All struetOral 'cOncrete shall be speci inspected al inSpectaSec.4.3b6 , ,,. (a) 1, UBC) 9. All structural 'welding shall be done by W.A.B.O. certified welder and sp'eCial inspected,:(Sec.'306'(a) 5 UBC).': 10. Readily accessfbleaccess to,roof:5mounted equipment is required. 11. Any exposed insulatiOnsbabk,ing,materlarifiall'have a Flame Spread Rating of 25 or less, and material "shall bear identi- fication showing the fire performance rating thereof. 12. A statement from the roofing contractor verifying fire retardant class of roof will be required prior to final inspection (see attached procedure). 13. There shall be no occupancy of the building(s) until the final inspection has been completed by the Tukwila Building Inspector. 14. All construction to be done in conformance with approved plans and requirements of the Uniform Building Code (1991 Edition) as amended by the Washington State Building Code, Uniform Mechanical Code (1991 Edition), and Washington State Energy Code (1991 Second Edition). 15. Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans, specifications and computations shall not be con- strued to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other --1 'eI —4." ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give l'& authority or viol , or, cancel the rovisionsQ this code I shall be valid. 1: .,4 ••V:, A•••1 C:•• At., 4.1 cia 4%! *4 \'‘tv 'f, .• ! ''' .. • ,,,,,' r • TERRA ASSOCIATES, Inc. Consultants in Geotechnical Engineering, Geology and Environmental Earth Sciences WA-r Ig r CO 7eur it/or/ vE 40o/1.? Oa -7V 6errz.gmemr 01V mu_ vs, l'1 Pm v6 ? ''PT/e,4D Fre*s 4 CbAit Prtg, Larry and Suzie McKinney 525 McGilvra Boulevard East Seattle, Washington 98112 Subject: Geotechnical Engineering Study Larry's Market South 146th Street and Pacific Highway South King County, Washington Dear Mr. and Mrs. McKinney: We have completed the geotechnical engineering study you requested for the proposed Larry's Market located near Tukwila, Washington. We previously conducted a preliminary geotechnical engineering study for this site and presented the results in cur report dated August 11, 1989. The purpose of our work was to explore the subsurface soil and groundwater conditions in the proposed building area in order to develop recommendations for foundations, retaining walls, surface and subsurface drainage, site preparation and earthwork. The scope of our work included observation of general site features, backhoe excavated test pits, laboratory tests, geotechnical engineering analyses and the preparation of this report. This report presents the results of our study and summarizes our conclusions and recommendations. April 29, 1990 Project No. T- 1096 -3 AMU., Du/A 1t, F:6. Bl— 7777 RECEIVED S E P 2 1 1994 ROBERT FOSSATTI ASSOC. SUMMARY OF FINDINGS Our study indicates that most of the site is underlain by glacial till soils consisting of dense to very dense silty sand soils which extend to the depths explored. Gravelly sands were encountered in the southwest portion of the proposed building excavation and along the westerly site margin. Localized fill soils are present under the central part of the site. Light to moderate groundwater seepage was encountered at various depths in several of our test pits. Foundations may bear on dense native soils or on structural fill. Excavations should be sloped at stable angles or be supported by engineered retaining walls. 15301 N.E. 90th Street • Redmond, Washington 98052 • Phone (206) 801 -5570 • FAX No. 869 -9173 Mailing Address: P.O. Box 3338 • Redmond, Washington 98073 Mr. and Mrs. McKinney April 29, 1990 In general, excavations of up to about 13 feet will be needed in the western portion of the site. The proposed cuts will encounter a combination of very dense, cemented silty sand soils and seeping gravelly sands. The silty sand soils are glacial till and will be difficult to excavate. They are also moisture- sensitive and will be difficult to compact during wet weather or under seeping conditions. The gravelly sands will be suitable for use as fill. Seepage is expected from the cuts. Hence, provisions for permanent subsurface drainage should be made along the west side of the site. There is an existing retaining wall about six feet high along the west property line. Cuts of up to 13 feet are planned in this area to create finish grades for the parking area. In this area, the excavations should be provided . with temporary support during construction. Also plans can be revised to start the cut slope no closer than five feet from the wall and be inclined at a 2 :1 (horizontal:vertical) slope. The following sections of this report describe our study and present our recommendations in greater detail. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The site is located on Pacific Highway South from South 146th Street to South 144th Street in King County, as shown on the Vicinity Map, Figure 1. It is planned to construct a new supermarket at the south end of the property and develop the remainder of the site as a parking lot. The existing Exxon station off the northeast corner of the site will be remodeled at a later dated. The existing conditions and proposed building area are shown on the Site Plan, Figure 2. This plan is based on a Boundary and Topographic Survey prepared by Tim Hanson and Associates, Inc. dated July 1989. The proposed building outline was transferred from a Site Plan by Carlson /Ferrin Architects dated April 17, 1990. The new supermarket will be constructed of concrete masonry units and will encompass an area of 56,000 square feet. Structural details had not been finalized at the time of our study, however we anticipate than perimeter load bearing walls will carry four kips per lineal foot. Individual columns may carry loads of up to 100 kips. Cuts of up to 13 feet and fills of up to seven feet are planned to construct a level building pad for the new supermarket building. The finish floor elevation will be at Elev. 319. Cuts on the order of five to thirteen feet are planned for the western perimeter of the new parking lot. The remainder of the parking lot areas are near existing grades. Fills up to about five feet may be needed along the east side of the site. Retaining walls with heights of those discussed above will be needed to support the planned cuts and fills. Project No. T- 1096 -3 Page No. 2 Mr. and Mrs. McKinney April 29, 1990 If there are any changes from the planned construction as described by us, they should be reviewed by us. We recommend you submit final plans to us for review. Following our review, we can inform you if they comply with our recommendations or provide you with supplementary design information, as needed. FIELD EXPLORATION AND LABORATORY TESTING Subsurface conditions on the site were explored by excavating seven test pits with a rubber -tired backhoe on April 3, 1990. We returned on April 25 to excavate an additional six test pits. The test pits were excavated at the approximate locations shown on the Site Plan, Figure 2. The locations of the test pits were determined by chain and compass measurements from known site features. The elevations of the test pits were determined by interpolation between topographic contours shown on the site plan. The, field exploration was monitored continuously by our engineering geologist who classified the soils encountered, maintained a log of each test pit, obtained representative soil samples and observed pertinent site features. All samples were visually classified in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System described on Figure 3. Representative soil samples collected from the test pits were placed in closed containers and returned to our laboratory for further examination and testing. Moisture content determinations were performed on all samples. The logs of the test pits are attached to this report as Figures 4 through 10. These logs present our interpretation of the field logs, taking into consideration the results of laboratory examination and tests. Grain size analyses were performed on representative soil samples, and the results are plotted on Figure 11. SITE CONDITIONS Surface The site is situated near the top of a north trending ridge between the Duwamish River and Puget Sound near Tukwila, Washington. The site is composed of three parcels, and excludes the property occupied by the Exxon Station to the northwest. At the time of our exploration, the previously existing buildings on the site had been demolished. The site consisted of a series of paved and unpaved, terraced parking areas separated by fences. Elevations on the site range from Elev. 340 at the southeast corner to Elev. 298 at the northeast corner for an overall relief of 42 feet. The grades are gentle and average five percent. Flatter and steeper areas exist around levelled parking terraces. In the past, the property was occupied by a trailer sales and maintenance facility. An underground tank present on the site was removed from the site. The soils in the tank excavation indicated no signs of contamination. Project No. T- 1096 -3 Page No. 3 Mr. and Mrs. McKinney April 29, 1990 Streets are present along the north, east, and south sides of the property. Apartments are present to the west. A six foot high retaining wall is present along the west property line in the southwest corner adjacent to a four story apartment building. Subsurface As indicated by the test pits, subsurface soil conditions across the site are quite variable. In general, medium dense to very dense glacial till soils underlie the site at shallow depths and extend to the depths explored. Glacial till is an unsorted mix of sand, silt and gravel deposited at the base of the glacier which filled the Puget Sound basin between 15,000 and 30,000 years ago. The till was overconsolidated by the weight of the glacial ice sheet and is relatively impermeable. In Test Pits TP -5, TP -8 and TP -9 we encountered gravelly sand soils which extended to the depths explored. These gravelly sands were found to overlie glacial till soils in Test Pits TP -6, TP -7 and TP -10. Two to seven feet of old fill soils were encountered in Test Pits TP -4 and TP -6, at the east margin of Parcel A. Groundwater Light groundwater seepage was encountered at varying depths in Test Pits TP -2, TP -3, TP -7 and TP -10 through TP -13. This groundwater typically occurred as seepage perched above the less permeable glacial till soils, and flowed through the upper, weathered till soils. Light seepage was also encountered in the gravelly sand soils in Test Pit TP -5. Groundwater levels vary seasonally and should lessen or diminish during the dry, summer months and recharge during winter and spring. Heavy seasonal seepage is likely to be encountered in the proposed building and parking cuts. DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS General Based on our study, it is our opinion that the project may be constructed as planned, provided the recommendations presented in this report are incorporated into the project design and construction. Based on the preliminary site and grading plan provided, cuts up to 13 feet and fills up to seven feet will be required to achieve a finish floor at Elev. 319. Cuts of five to 13 feet are planned to construct the parking areas. The faces of the cut slopes may be supported by retaining walls or they may be sloped at stable inclinations of 2 :1 (Horizontal :Vertical). Due to space considerations, it appears that retaining walls will be required to support the building and parking lot cuts. The west and portions of the south building walls may be designed as lower level basement or retaining walls. Project No. T- 1096 -3 Page No. 4 Mr. and Mrs. McKinney April 29, 1990 Cuts of about 13 feet are planned in the extreme western portion of the parking area adjacent to the existing retaining wall. To construct a new wall in this area, it will not be feasible to make temporary excavations adjacent to the existing wail without causing loss of support to the existing wall. At this location, we recommend starting excavations no closer than five feet from the wall and making them no steeper than 2:1. If the new wall must be constructed adjacent to the existing wall, we recommend providing temporary underpinning of the existing wall during construction and designing the new wall for surcharge pressures imposed by the existing wall. Building and retaining wall foundations may be designed as conventional spread footings bearing on competent native soils. We do not recommend the construction of rockeries over four feet in height, since they cannot be engineered to support specific lateral earth pressures. Groundwater seepage may lessen or diminish during the dry summer months. This will facilitate earthwork for the planned excavations. However, long term provisions for interception and drainage of groundwater will be necessary in cut and /or retaining wall areas. This report has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practices. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. This report is the property of Terra Associates and is intended for specific application to this project for your exclusive use and your representatives. This report may not be used by others without authorization of Terra Associates. The following sections of this report present more detailed recommendations for the various geotechnical engineering aspects of this project. These recommendations should be incorporated into the project design and construction. Foundations The proposed supermarket may be supported on continuous spread footings bearing on competent native soils, present below the topsoil layer and any localized fill soils or on compacted structural fill. The near surface soils below the topsoil may be loose in some areas. I-Ience, depending on the depth of excavation required to reach footing grades, the near surface soils may need to be recompacted in place. The planned building grades will extend through the majority of the old parking lot fills on Parcel A. Footings should extend to a minimum depth of 18 inches below the lowest adjacent finish grade. Continuous and individual spread footings may be designed for an allowable bearing pressure of 4,000 pounds per square foot (psf). A minimum width of 18 inches should be used for all footings. A one -third increase in the above bearing pressure may be used when considering wind or seismic loads. All footings should be provided with steel reinforcement in accordance with structural requirements. Project No. T- 1096 -3 Page No. 5 Mr. and Mrs. McKinney April 29, 1990 Excavations Temporary excavations must be sloped such that instability does not occur. In general, we recommend temporary excavations over four feet high be no steeper than 1:1 (I-Iorizontal:Vertical). Localized caving of the sand soils may occur in the southwestern portion of the site. Permanent cuts of five to thirteen feet are planned for the west perimeter of the site. These cuts will encounter a combination of seeping, gravelly sands (outwash sand) and very dense, cemented silty sand (glacial till). Due to the potential for heavy groundwater seepage in the proposed excavations, we recommend that subsurface drains be installed at the toe of the cut slopes. Permanent cuts should be sloped no steeper than 2:1. Excavations in glacial till may be inclined no steeper than 1.5:1. Excavations that cannot be made at stable inclinations should be supported by structural retaining walls or basement walls. Retaining walls may be used in conjunction with stable cut slopes. There is an existing six foot high retaining wall along the north half of the northern most property line. Combined with the proposed thirteen foot cut, the new grade change would be nineteen feet. In this area, we recommend that all excavations be set back at least five feet from the toe of the existing retaining wall. The proposed cuts may extend east from this line, and be constructed as stable cut slopes and /or retaining walls. Retaining Walls Retaining wall foundations should bear on competent native soils or on structural fill placed above competent native soils. The foundations may be designed for an allowable bearing capacity of 4,000 pounds per square foot (psf). All footings must extend beneath organic soils, and any loose fills, or all loose soils must be removed and replaced by stnictural fill. Based on information obtained in our test pits, competent native soils will be present at the base of the proposed building and parking lot cuts. In the southwest portion of the site, a retaining wall may be constructed adjacent to the existing retaining wall along the west property line. If the new wall is within a 1.5:1 inclination of the toe of the existing wall, it must be designed for surcharge pressures imposed by the existing wall. If the new wall is to be constructed very near the existing wall, we recommend using a soldier pile wall which can be installed with minimal disturbance to the existing wall. Once the precise location and configuration of the wall has been developed, we will be pleased to assist you with evaluating the various options available and preparing appropriate design parameters. Project No. T- 1096 -3 Page No. 6 Mr. and Mrs. McKinney April 29, 1990 Lateral Loads Retaining walls should be designed to resist the lateral pressure imposed by an equivalent fluid weighing 35 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). Where a surcharge slope of 2:1 is present above the wall, the design pressure should be 45 pcf. Where walls are restrained from free movement at the top, they should be designated for an additional uniform lateral pressure of 100 pounds per square foot. I- lorizontal forces may be resisted by passive pressures equal to those imposed by a fluid with a density of 350 pcf. This value assumes that all footings are poured against structural fill or undisturbed native silt soils. A coefficient of friction of four tenths (0.4) may be used between concrete and soil. Walls must be provided with continuous subsurface drainage around them. This drainage will accommodate seasonal fluctuations in groundwater seepage. The drainage system should consist of a perforated pipe placed at the toe of the footings. The pipe should be embedded in free draining material such as pea- gravel. A twelve inch minimum width of pea - gravel or similar free draining material should be placed adjacent to the wall and extending to the top. The perforated pipe should drain by gravity to the storm drain system. Drainage Surface gradients on the site should be created to direct runoff away from the building and toward suitable discharge facilities. Perimeter foundation drains should be installed and tightlined to the storm drains. Retaining and basement wall drains should also be tightlined and discharged to the storm drain system. Roof gutter lines should be separately tightlined to adequate drainage facilities. All drains should be discharged into the storm drain system. The project grading should allow for water to flow away from the building and be, collected in catch basins in the parking lot or similar facilities. Water should not be allowed to "pond" at any location. Site Preparation and Grading The building and pavement areas should be stripped and cleared of old asphalt, fills and topsoil. The stripped topsoils may be used in non - structural areas. The proposed cuts should extend through localized fill soils, and will encounter both very dense glacial till and seeping gravelly sands. The glacial till will be difficult to excavate. Depending on the seasonal groundwater level, the gravelly sands will experience some caving during construction. For areas which will receive structural fill, following stripping, any loose areas noted should be overexcavated and replaced with structural fill or clean crushed rock to a depth that will provide a stable base. Project No. T- 1096 -3 Page No. 7 Mr. and Mrs. McKinney April 29, 1990 Structural fill should be placed in thin layers and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM Test Designation D -1557 (Modified Proctor). The on -site glacial till soils are high in fines content, making them difficult to compact during rainy weather or when placed over existing wet conditions. The gravelly sands encountered at the southwest corner of the proposed excavation are suitable for use as structural fill, provided the groundwater seepage has diminished by the onset of construction. The quantity of these sandy soils is limited, therefore it may become necessary to import till soils. The old fills along the east margin of Parcel A are wet and clayey and are not suitable for use as fill. Pavement Construction Pavements on the site may be constructed on the recompacted native soils below the vegetation and topsoil or on compacted structural fill placed after stripping the areas of vegetation, topsoil and any debris, depending on the depth of cuts or fills required to reach design grades. Where structural fill is placed, the upper twelve inches of the subgrade should be compacted to 95 percent of the ASTM D -1557 maximum dry density (Modified Proctor). Below the top foot, a compactive effort of 90 percent is adequate. Regardless of the compaction effort, all subgrade areas must be in stable, non - yielding condition prior to paving. We also recommend evaluating the subgrade conditions during construction to determine the potential need for subsurface drains along the west edge of the site. The pavement section for lightly loaded traffic or parking areas should consist of two inches of Asphalt surfacing over four inches of Crushed Rock Base or three inches of Asphalt Treated Base (ATB). Along heavy traffic channels or in truck loading areas, we recommend using two inches of asphalt over six inches of crushed rock base. Utilities Where utility lines are to be excavated and installed in the paved areas, we recommend that all bedding and backfill be placed in accordance with APWA specifications. Fill placement and compaction should be in accordance with the recommendations given earlier in this report. Additional Services It is recommended that we be provided the opportunity for a general review of the final design and specifications in order that earthwork and retaining wall foundation recommendations may be properly interpreted and implemented in the design and construction. The analyses and recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from the test pits excavated on the site. The nature and extent of variations in the test pits may not become evident until construction. If variations then appear evident, we would be requested to reevaluate the recommendations presented in this report prior to proceeding with the construction. Project No. T- 1096 -3 Page No. 8 ••• -••-•-•-_• , • .; • t. tc• 7' , 1 • . • 1.fl ).1 • 4 P. ' .114 ^: • '" ' O.' • si ; .„ • , - t. • ..tt t_s 5wJ.?•!‘" I1 f r- 1111.i•1.1 .4 SI I ▪ 5594. ! 1 4 . •• .71.1 /4!!!.)."i tr I' ST i; Cl el ..•..Y.',1-06.1.9.1:1:1— ,..71)!* ott,:-.01 ',1 • • n 44. *SI ,4. L t 1 I — .— 1 51 -7 0 • SW Vs 4 1 > —I! , NYDAL 31 / r 154,• ST S - 1 ISS1• 'ST ST w Sw ‘ST.• st • • 1:1 .• • 1 -37.4. 11 Fs i 14' k1 1•A .a.q1.. ... . , :Al s, 4, .1.w..2".$:. /..; " i- r„ 25'• I.1111n.: : • --'0-73,- r4• .1.4. --',1 11;!!...% • A 4 1•40 .;"1% • \ 4,454 No, 0 A 1,.,0 ..5 ?Pm IS seft Sr e■0•10 "St ••• 010 1.1110100 \1'1' Sr .131. 176T11 r C 11•1.11' 1 MO111 • lot IrE 1 • 5 ]II45..4 I 1. II • Iv-WI.; 4, •g_ /*cit.!'" ■ $;1714re ':•11/ticil IT ••• S Wall, vo mew ‘, Li? St •,;'.1.1e; 11..s ••• C00 ,1•• 01A iii', se. Ift01/ 4.. • — .14 16111. • • .1 V 443t,( -L- 6000 mi 1 11 14 101.0 • • 1111. II LANE 111,11A II 71 - RIVIIRTQN 4. el . •0 • . 131.0 Tr Ps .1 ic I, Antis V J./amid_ : 1%11' 7,410V \s1::,...• I 61 jtil! • S • • S If 1.110.t1 - Cf • . ta si a SO OW st • d 515 4t1 2 I 154TH ST 0 5- !I 11 scris•1112 It "/ 1.3 SEAT,TLE TACOMA 4. 1 1 batxt•i INTERNATIONAf. 7 29 6: -1., AIRPORTJ I! ti• , 1\ Ay ii tt. !i SEA. r 011FU 4!(?PlA Is e 1 - 500 11?•41:4C I "I 2 ;sal Z' -. . • h ' " • • te. S tiosirviv 'ST S _51..! 1__ " v 22 6 , 4- 5.1.§.t."..15. a" 1*/„ • ., 1 . r • 'V 4 - 4 • • T,L1 .. 1 Isrcu.sve. •-1, ri ..;,.. 17- n-.-7- . 1,...,0.017.4, .....„ If' :‘ A s . - i 1 .0 4/lit', ... •• • t-i',--rbt I ifidt ; Ft? 1711-, S , ,sat_ 7,7 stia141CiiK0E Ls, I I sn ?.1 4•,/ T14 i;i:A 11'(4.edlictir.• • Sr ..-A• F.1 kr REF: Thomas Bros' Mops, 1089. / TERRA i;\;,':. ASSOCIATES Geolechnical Consultants VICINITY MAP LARRY'S MARKET King County, Washington Proj. 1096-3 1 Date 4/90 I Figure 1 , • • - wellnsuo] le):utpaioa •••1011MSI a 0 tci 5. 144Th STREET .1 /.1.41/4/ ! I •I.:?. . 1 II ::---",„7, ,.-itn% r,--o,.I.. . .-.....--.-:., .-,,i, ,.i—r..'..1-1 ....-1..44 1 q... ..,.1. _: " . .-. .; 4 !,0 , /!• !I.'. / ..• ! —4.•0 rl47 •1. .-_:, . s4IiE_ ir:r-2I 4 .; 4I f: o ..7.4• . . ... • f I. — . ..1"•-• w 1 k..,.....D .-- - _,;.,„.. • It • 1 e .!! I. r • "11 - • • , • II : I 91 r.W1— f • • ' " • 0 0 m 5 14615 T. : (SOIL CLASSIFICATION S ;TEM ' LETTER MAJOR DIVISIONS SYMBOL GRAPH SYMBOL TYPICAL DESCRIPTION J 5 cn (/) ;; 0 7ii a?, Z'e, �, <t r ; ct CC e w to 0 W c CV ad Q w ° c U -- GRAVELS More than 50% of coarse fraction is larger than No. sieve Clean Gravels (less than 5% fines). GW • J 1 �: ; Well-graded gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines. OP :'. ; :. • �' • : Poorly - graded gravels, gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines. Gravels with fines. GM 'llei ....; ' Silty gravels, gravel- sand -silt mixtures, non - plastic fines. GC I f 4 4 Clayey gravels, gravel -sand -clay mixtures. plastic lines. SANDS More than 50% of coarse fraction is smaller than No. 4 sieve. Clean Sands (less than 596 fines). SW ` Well- graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines. SP : • ;+ :'i:,•' unii Poorly- graded sands or gravelly sands, little or no fines. Sands with fines. SM Silty sands, sand -silt mixtures, non - plastic fines. SC Clayey sands, sand -clay mixtures, plastic fines. FINE GRAINED SOILS More than 50% material smaller than No. 200 sieve size. SILTS AND CLAYS Liquid limit is less than 50%. ML Irorganc s is an• very ne sands, rock flour, s ltyy or clayeyy fine sands or clayey silts with slicint DlastIctfy. CL Inorganic clays of low s' m plasticity, aae clays, sandy cla ys, silty days, lean OL ��i�ttt��ttt Imo Organic silts and organic clays of low plasticity. SILTS AND CLAYS Liquid limit is greater than 50%. mil 11111 �i Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine sandy or silty soils, elastic, Cl-I Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays. O H III ' I Organic clays s of medit:m to high plastic ity, ; organic silts, HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS Pr ,'` , ;" Peat and other highly organic soiis. DEFINITION OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS I 2" OUTER DIAMETER SPLIT SPOON SAMPLER C TORVANE READING; tsf 7� 2.4 " INNER DIAMETER RING SAMPLER 11 OR SHELBY TUBE SAMPLER 01U PENETROMETER READING, tsf P SAMPLER PUSHED W MOISTURE, percent of dry weight * SAMPLE NOT RECOVERED pcf DRY DENSITY, pounds per cubic foot Q WATER LEVEL (DATE) LL LIQUID LIMIT,perc' nt iWATER OBSERVATION WELL PI' PLASTIC INDEX N STANDARD PENETRATION, blows per foot KEY TO TEST PIT LOGS LARRY'S MARKET King County, Washington ,..,; TERRA ASSOCIATES ...,`- 4 , ;, Proj. No. 1096 -3 Date 4/90 Figure 3 Geotechnical Consultants Logged By _MG_ Date 4-3-90 Depth (ft.) Oil 013 1 1 USCS TEST PIT NO. TP-1 Soil Description Elev 317± (%) 1 -- ,',•.,7,:(M/D1 , , _ .:, : ..: . - Brown, silty sandy GRAVEL over gravelly, silty SAND , moist, ffedium dense. (FiLL) 13 --. - ..._ :::. ... SM Red tan to tan mottled, silty, fine SAND with gravel, moist to wet, medium dense to dense. Grey, partially cemented, gravelly, silty SAND, moist to wet, dense. Glacial 11.11) Test Pit canpleted to 7.2 feet. Light seepage encountered from 3 to 4 feet. D1411. Grey, moderately cemented, silty fine SAND to sandy SILT with ravel moist ver dense Glacial. Till _ - )--- Test Pit canpleted to 6.0 feet. No seepage encountered. Old footing drain encountered at 2.5 feet. Logged By 1)IIG Date /4-3-90 1 1 TEST PIT NO. TP-2 Elev. 313± -. . ,-- 1---- . . - Brown, organic silty SAND with gravel and roots, wet, loose. (Topsoil) 20 12 RI Tan mottled, gravelly, silty SAND, wet, medium dense. ....:-.....--- DI Grey, partially cemented, gravelly, silty SAND, moist to wet, dense. Glacial 11.11) Test Pit canpleted to 7.2 feet. Light seepage encountered from 3 to 4 feet. TERRA ASSOCIATES Geotechnical Consultan ts TEST PIT LOGS LARRY'S MARKET King County, Washington Pro', 1096-3 Date 4/90 I Figure 0K� Logged By Date 6-3�0 Depth _Aft.) 1 1 USCS TEST PIT NO. TP-3 Soil Description ' -- __!�` _ _ : �' SM Brown, gravelly, silty SAND, moist, xedimodeome. (1.11,L) 19 8 27 18 _ � Si : Red tan to tan mottled, silty SAND with gravel, not, medimndenae to dense. . i-- --!. --� --' _ >-- _ Si DM, 1bo to grey, mcderately cemented, silty fine SAND with gravel, moist to met, very dense. Till) -- - - , 1bn. mottled, silty SAND with gravel, wet, loose to nx�'mo dense. Test Pit canpleted to 11.5 feet. Light seepage encountered at wuat end of test pit from 3.5 to 4.5 feet. Tan weak' cemented silt SAND wc� dense. Glacial 7�Il Logged By D|8]__ Date .L.:3-90 ��m TEST PIT NO. TP-4 Elev 326± ' _ -- � __���� __ - >--f���' -- - _ _ 01 Brown, silty, sandy (RAV11, moist, medium dense. 27 18 - • Si Grey, brown and mixed, silty SA{Dwidh gravel, clay and organics, wet, loose. /7O}`) - Brown, organic, gravelly, silty SAND over Topsoil., damp to wet, loom. (Topsoil) Si 1bn. mottled, silty SAND with gravel, wet, loose to nx�'mo dense. SM Tan weak' cemented silt SAND wc� dense. Glacial 7�Il Test Pit completed to 10,5 feet. No seepage encountered. '16 � / TERRA .�./ ,�.»^"�^~~=~""_^" Geo|cchnival[onsuhon|y TEST PIT LOGS LARRY'S MARKET KIng County, Washington N|C Logged By Date 4-3-90 Depth ga9 USCS �� TEST PIT ���� TP-5 ��� Soil Description Elev. 330± ' -- --� I .' "'' Brown tan, gravelly, silty SAND, moist, medium dense. (FILL) Topooill_weL, loose. 9 11 17 SP-S1 - SP-SM Red tan, gravelly SAND with silt, damp, loose to medium dense. __ Tan mottled, silty SAND gravel, wet, oox�modenoe ^ ~-- --^ , ^ SP-SM Tan mottled to tan, medium SAND with gravel and silt, moist to woC,modium dense. SP-S1 Tan, weakly cemented, gravelly 0AN»widh silt, wet, medium dense. Grades into moderately cewented silty (Glacial ?i l 1 1 ' moist, very dense. ' SM Tan, cemented, silty SAND with gravel, wet, dense. Test Pit cmmlotcd to 8.9 feet. No seepage encountered. . 01-((P Ybn, sandy (1ThW1L with cobbles and silt, moist, dense. )-_ -- SP-M Grey-tan, gravelly, maw SAND with silt:, wet, dense. _ _ Test Pit completed to 12.1 feet. Light oeupm&o below 7.5 feet to depths explored. 1C 1 Logged By _ Date 5 10 15 TEST PIT NO. TP-6 Elev, 324± — — --' i al/S1 Brown, silty sandy GRAVEL over organic ailLv , medium dense. ' (PILL) SP-S1 Red-tan, gravelly SAND with silt, damp to moist, loose to maim dense. SM Tan mottled, silty SAND gravel, wet, oox�modenoe ^ ~-- --^ , ^ —!...;11 __ -- — SP-S1 Tan, weakly cemented, gravelly 0AN»widh silt, wet, medium dense. Grades into moderately cewented silty (Glacial ?i l 1 1 ' moist, very dense. ' Si JSAND, Test Pit cmmlotcd to 8.9 feet. No seepage encountered. . TERRA ASSOCIATES Geotechnical Consultants TEST PIT LOGS LARRY'S MARKET King Proj. 1 Figure 6 Logged By DIM Date 4'3-90 Depth (ft.) .zCt 0 USCS TEST PIT NO. TP-7 Soil Description Elev. 329± (%) Logged By DUG Date 4-25-90 o TEST PIT NO. TP-8 77 Elev 3181 _ _ / • SM Brown, gravelly, silty SAND, wet, medium dense. (FILL) 15 SP-SM SP-S1 Red-tan to tan mottled, silty gravelly SAND, wet, main dense. _ - ... Grev,fimSANDudthsilt. damp. medium dense. Tan mottled, SEIruitliSAND, moist, mellitindense. SM-Gl Tan, silty, gravelly SAND with cobbles, uet, dense. : _ }1 Tan, weald.y to moderately cemented, silty SAND with gravel, moist to wet, dense. (Glacial Till) - - Test Pit completed to 9.8 feet. Light point source seepages encountered from 3.5 feet to depths explored. Old footing drain encountered at 4 feet. Logged By DUG Date 4-25-90 o TEST PIT NO. TP-8 77 Elev 3181 _ _ / - Dark brown organic, silty SAND with gravel, wet, loose. ' (FILL) 8 22 SP-SM Red tan, silty, gravelly SAND moist, mlitan dense. :,.., '...:::... SP Grev,fimSANDudthsilt. damp. medium dense. Tan mottled, SEIruitliSAND, moist, mellitindense. ML _ SP Grey-tan, fine SAND with silt, damp, medium dense to dense. Test Pit completed to 8.3 feet. No groundwater seepage encountered. . . '-'-7 TERRA r,,y,z4;7%1 ASSOCIATES Geotechnical Consultants TEST PIT LOGS LARRY'S MARKET King County, Washington Proj. 1096-3 Figure 7 Logged By NG cwe 4-25-90 Depth (H.) 0 5 10 15 USCS TEST PIT NO. TP-9 Soil Descdption Elev 325± -- -- -- -- __ -- - al (8 to 12 inches oC Topsoil and Sod) Red-tan, silty, gravelly SAND, mist, loose. Red Lan, cobbly, gravelly SAND with silt, moist to damp, medium dense. 22 ..MI SM M Red-tan to tan, mottled, silty, gravelly SAND, moist to wet, loose to medium dense. _-� '--� _-� —, -- -- __ __ __ _ _ ML Tan, interbedded, weakly cemented SAND with silt and fine sandy SILT, damp to moist, " , dense. • Grey-tan, silty, gravelly SAND, wet, medium dense to dense. SM Grey-tan, silty SAND with gravel, wet, dense. -_ __ __ _ _ ' Test Pit completed to 9.7 feet. Light point source seepage encountered at 5 feet. Test Pit completed to 8.8 feet. No seepage encountered. ~~�~~~~ Logged By DUG Date 4-25-90 TEST PIT NO. 1 0 Elev. 335± ' - 12 inches of Sod and Topsoil 17 __! SM M Red-tan to tan, mottled, silty, gravelly SAND, moist to wet, loose to medium dense. _-� '--� _-� —, -- -- __ __ __ _ _ � SM . Grey-tan, silty, gravelly SAND, wet, medium dense to dense. � SM Grey, strongly cemented, gravelly, silty SAND, moist to wet, very dense. ��lnicol Till) ` . Test Pit completed to 9.7 feet. Light point source seepage encountered at 5 feet. . 10 15 I') TERRA � / " "-"^"^"~ [-v. __-' '.��7/ JkSS��x�IA7FES - ....,� Geotechnical Consultant.; TEST PIT LOGS LARRY'S MARKET King County, Washington Logged By __ I)I IG _ Date 4 -25 -90 Depth (ft.) 0 5 10 15 USCS TEST PIT NO. TP -11 Soil Description Elev 316± W (%) — — -T - - Dark brown, organic, silty SAND, wet, loose. (Topsoil) 19 8 21 6 to 8 inches of Topsoil / 91_11, Red -tan, silty fine SAND,' wet, loose to medium dense. , SM- MI.,Grey, strongly cemented, gravelly, silty fine SAND, moist to wet, very dense. (Glacial Till) — — _ Test Pit completed to 5.9 feet. Very light seepage encountered from 2 to 2.5 feet. Logged By _UN_ Date 4-25-90 1 TEST PIT NO. TP -12 Elev. 314± _ i -T - ii:: S SP T Tan, fine SAND with s t`. not , low, (F 1t) 21 6 to 8 inches of Topsoil / Sbl R Red tan to tan mottled, gravelly, silty SAND, moist to 2 , DI G Grey -tan, strongly cemented, gravelly, silty SAND, moist to wet, very dense. 9 Test Pit completed to 7.8 feet. Light seepage encountered from 2.5 to /-7,1 TERRA ASSOCIATES Geotechnical Consultants TEST PIT LOGS LARRY'S MARKET King County, Washington Proj. 1096 -3 Date 4/90 Figure Logged By DIIG Date 4-25 -90 Depth (tt.) 1 1 USCS TEST PIT NO. TP -13 Soil Description Elev. 307± W ( %) 77 TERRA , ASSOCIATES Geotechnical Consultants TEST PIT LOGS LARRY'S MARKET King County, Washington Proj. 1096 -3 Date 4/90 Figure 10 - 12 inches of Sod and Topsoil 17 _ — SM -ML v Red -tan, very silty fine SAND with gravel, moist to wet, loose to medium dense. SM Grey -tan, strongly cemented, gravelly, silty SAND, moist to wet, very dense. (Glacial Till) — _ F Test Pit completed to 6.0 feet. Light seepage encountered from 2 to 4 feet. 77 TERRA , ASSOCIATES Geotechnical Consultants TEST PIT LOGS LARRY'S MARKET King County, Washington Proj. 1096 -3 Date 4/90 Figure 10 r .J z Q cc w I- w 0 cc 0 r T N N J a z w w z GRAIN SIZE STANDARD Li X C.) z fL w NUMBER OF MESH N w S U z z 0 z z a. 0 LL 0 w N 1 00' Z00' COO' 400 900' 000' 10' zo' £0' 40' 90' 00Z 001 09 01' OZ 01 't. fl 'I 'I I Cp 9 zl 8 PERCENT COARSER BY WEIGHT CO 0 0 U) 0 O M PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT 0 0 00' 00' 00' 00' 00' 00' 0' Zo f.0' 40' 90' 80" N CC Z' £' 2 J 9' Z 9' w N U) z Z oaC C7 £ 4 9 0 01 oe 0£ OP 09 09 001 00Z 00£ 0 U) w z U- w z u. i 0 w w w a 0 U CD z U) w z LL J W a cc w w ¢ a 0 U 0■ 0 .-4 Silty, fine to medium SAND with gravel. Gravelly, fine to coarse SAND with silt. U) 0 U) 0-1 1 LI, U) U) a.: o" oa C C 0 Ow co M 1fl 1 1 E-1 H 0 ‘-`-'7' TERRA 11 }. - -. 1: ., ASSOCIATES Geotechnical Consultants GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS LARRY'S MARKET King County, Washington Proj, 1096 -3 Date 4/90 Figure 11 ill III A 111111111111111111111111 1111 I I 111111111 6 I! I w � IIIlflhlP'HhIIII nii,nini II Pill 11111111111 Ailiii i 11 11111111 iii11 III w iIiUhiUIIi�e i -9i fiif i i ipilkIllil i� E '11101111 Ir ' li' ii 1 II '11'1 III III CO 0 0 U) 0 O M PERCENT FINER BY WEIGHT 0 0 00' 00' 00' 00' 00' 00' 0' Zo f.0' 40' 90' 80" N CC Z' £' 2 J 9' Z 9' w N U) z Z oaC C7 £ 4 9 0 01 oe 0£ OP 09 09 001 00Z 00£ 0 U) w z U- w z u. i 0 w w w a 0 U CD z U) w z LL J W a cc w w ¢ a 0 U 0■ 0 .-4 Silty, fine to medium SAND with gravel. Gravelly, fine to coarse SAND with silt. U) 0 U) 0-1 1 LI, U) U) a.: o" oa C C 0 Ow co M 1fl 1 1 E-1 H 0 ‘-`-'7' TERRA 11 }. - -. 1: ., ASSOCIATES Geotechnical Consultants GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS LARRY'S MARKET King County, Washington Proj, 1096 -3 Date 4/90 Figure 11 1994 Washin• ^i State Nonresidential Ener• Code Com•liance Form Mechanical Summak.r MECH -SUM 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Apnl, 1994 Project Info Project Address V a ve Date 7 0 f 1 4 z, Li .....j4:4 PP.a., v t L t-t t 6 r_t>,Ale...( s e For Buil ng De artment Use t..1kv�.l%. LS— a ./ • r Applicant Name: ftnQ // , / c` / / % L. L:j. Applicant Address: 92s or Atpriallr / //, i •�I Applicant Phone: /04, / r- 3//17 Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. ooF "Te21r' Ariz -to T.J MP Compliance Option Simple System ❑ Complex System ❑ Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. Cooling E • ui • ment Schedule Equip, ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity2 Total CFM OSA CFM Econo SEER or EER IPLV3 Location Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No,' Capacity2 Total CFM OSA cfm Econo Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency' Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No,' CFM SP' HP /BHP Flow Controls Location of Service 'If available. ' As tested according to Table 14-1, 14-2 or 14-3. 1 If required. 5 Flow control types: VAV, constant volume, or variable speed. ' COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, ctM �jJfH9I�Ai2aB�b%. ,tl, PERMIT CENTER 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Summary (back) 1994 Washngeon Slate Nonresteenbet Energy Cone Compeance Forms MECH -SUM Apnl, 1994 System Description See Section 1421 for full description of Simple System qualifications. If Heating/Cooling or Cooing Only: 0- Constant vol? ❑ Split system? 0 Air cooled? pi Packaged sys? IS <54,000 Btuh? 0 Economizer included? If Heating Only: ❑ <5000 cfm? ❑ <70% outside air? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. System Type Heating Onl eating /Cooling t/ or Cooling Only onstan olume Ir Cooled <5000 cfm no Reference, Sec, 1421 yes <70% OA no °ackage• yes stem no yes no Include) Econo? no yes 4,000 Btu r 1900 cfm Split stem Reference 54,000 Btu Sec. 1423) • r 1900 clm Simple System Allowed Reference ) Sec. 1420 Use Complex Reference System Sec. 1430 Complex Systems Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining wt-dch Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. 1994 Washing — State Nonresidential Energy Cod Compliance Form 'Mechanical 194 Wasnington Permit .0 ans Checklist MECH -CHK Apnl. 1994 State Energy Code Compliance Forme Project Address 14 Z 17 t� -"''"` 'Pam ► F ►c.. N t& u v�r a.-t ,s . Tl� K...I ■ �. �.,�. Date 7 fie // The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in t e Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. • Applicability circle one) Code Section Corn • • nent Information R • • uired Location on Plans Building Department Notes • r • • • f ' 1 ecttons . r - . . 1411 E • • mt • • rformance % no n.a. 1411.4 Pk.. elec. ht• .8r cl•. List heat •um• on schedule 1-n- 1 es no n.a. 1411.1 Minimum efficienc E • ui • ment schedule with 4• , ca • • c' , efficient .r - 1 1412 HVAC controls no (.a 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans es) no n.a. 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum 4PQG as no .a 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat eV no n.a. 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 different da r_types c,Zp.L as no• 1 a 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location and automatic controls • ] no n.a. 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule Sree- es no n.a 1412,6 Combustion ht • . Indicate modulatin • or sta • ed control es no n.a. 1412,7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans pal - l yes no al 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans as no jj, 1423 Economizers E • ui • ment schedule 1413 Air economizers es no .a 1413.1 O • • ration Indicate 100% ca • • bii' on schedule as nog 1413.2 Control • Indicate controls able to evaluate outside air yes no n.. 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling 1414 Ducting systems vrt. no n.a. 1414.1 Duct sealin• Indicate sealin• necessa E.r fm no n.a. 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct SPEC as no n.a. 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of Insulation on piping "AT t-L es no GE1 1424 Se•arate air s -. Indicate se•arate s tems on •tans fIll no • tr It • • Mech. Sum, Form • • ' 1 . 1 • • Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, In •ut/out •ut, efficienc , cfm, h•, economizer M- l • • • • • ecttons IF r- • • 14-40 Service water ht.. as no a] 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank yes no 4)1r1 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off 1450 Heated pools yes no Op 1452 Pool water heaters Indicate not electric resistance es no .a 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control , yes no idEl 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover as no D, 1454 Pools 90+ d • rees Indicate R -12 • • • I cover no is cum lea Tor any question, prow ae explanation: 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Electric. Motors 1994 Washington Stale Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Address 14ZZ1 Complete the following for all design A 8 B squirrel -cage, T -frame induction permanently wired polyphase motors from 1 hp to 200 hp having synchronous speeds of 3600, 1800 or 1200 rpm (unless one of the exceptions below applies). MECH -MOT April 1994 Date /7,.. . 4f For Bui ing partment Use Motor No. or Location HP Type o• nor closed escri . tion of A • • Iication or Use Synch. S,.., Min.Nom. Full load Efficient Exceptions: 1. Motors in systems designed to use more than one speed of a mum-speed motor. 2. Motors already included in the efficiency requirements for HVAC equipment (Tables 141 or 14-2). 3. Motors that are an integral part (I.e. not easily removed and replaced of specialized process equipment (i.e. equipment which requires a special motor, such as an explosion -proof motor). 4. Motors integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no qualifying motor has been approved (i.e. If the only U.L. listing for the equipment is with a less - efficient motor and there is no energy - efficient motor option). For motors claiming an exception, list motor and note which exception applies. F -1 E �c.EP'T10 Z Open Motors Closed Motors Synchronous Speed (RPM) 3,600 1.800 1,200 3,600 1.800 1.200 HP Efficiency (%) Efficiency (%) 1.0 - 82.5 80.0 75,5 82.5 80.0 1.5 82.5 84.0 84.0 82,5 84,0 85.5 2.0 84.0 84.0 85.5 84,0 84.0 86.5 3.0 84.0 86.5 - 86.5 85.5 87.5 87.5 5.0 85.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 7.5 87.5 88.5 88.5 88.5 89.5 89.5 10 88.5 89.5 90.2 89.5 89.5 89.5 15 89.5 91.0 90.2 90,2 91.0 90.2 20 90.2 91.0 _ 91.0 90.2 91.0 90.2 25 91.0 91.7 - 91.7 91.0 92.4 91.7 30 91.0 92.4 92.4 91.0 92.4 91.7 40 91.7 93.0 93.0 91.7 93,0 93.0 50 92.4 93.0 93.0 92.4 93.0 93.0 60 93.0 1- 93.6 _ 93.6 93.0 93,6 93.6 r 75 93.0 94.1 93.6 93.0 94.1 93.6 100 93.0 94.1 94.1 93.6 94,5 94.1 125 93.6 94.5 94.1 94.5 94.5 94.1 150 93.6 95.0 94.5 _ 94.5 95.0 95.0 95.0 200 94.5 95.0 94.5 95.0 95.0 Exceptions: 1. Motors in systems designed to use more than one speed of a mum-speed motor. 2. Motors already included in the efficiency requirements for HVAC equipment (Tables 141 or 14-2). 3. Motors that are an integral part (I.e. not easily removed and replaced of specialized process equipment (i.e. equipment which requires a special motor, such as an explosion -proof motor). 4. Motors integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no qualifying motor has been approved (i.e. If the only U.L. listing for the equipment is with a less - efficient motor and there is no energy - efficient motor option). For motors claiming an exception, list motor and note which exception applies. F -1 E �c.EP'T10 Z ENGINEERS—NORTHWEST INC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E.- SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 • (206)525.7560 - FAX d (208) 522.6898 Joel No Hsu eIJ ECT JOBS NAME 'vti . 7vkwiltt Ci+tOr) eet G Op 4o14-5 Cmrrn • % WA .14ieep ,F w" cre to Ctiede Gotonn r 4► k wra Ai . ,iis 4,76150 * tc'waoe lest 61��'* C..bvi i.e . r/ c ks; R yA - 21) . Vo ;47 uk ; 641 -3 e , $1 le I3 DATE " -7 -14 SHEET OR 9Y_. -._�Z HMO aora _4.01 544. P1106 4a 1,3 kt: Fa N b0.4 2 23, 9 N • 11 4,ffe 1/473 447 6* /r GOO Fie i2,1 cw1 t, t, A5c eM 1 p, 4 -/F akeck weld /e,s. : A* g" „ ~'144 a a r 1,7i C� 4� d �� WdI. 4 dk k 0 Paubty, , C1,o) �3�Cg� 3/16 g6 a= lilt' 4 113 k )7 4► .I* 44 ` 1/61) 1'AT 4,0/03 " �� 1.ca . r 4,1,14c"* 01, 4 1641' Ok. 664.. X64030 cowlpraasion : 3 y4'pl r c , .4 4i'tsw, Fa' 14► kf; (le : tIu',4 1::::04"; �; 16414 6e ag ENGINEERS— NQRTHWEST INC. P.S. WOODLAWN AVE. N. E. - SUITE 205 • SEATTLE, WA 98115 • (206)525.7560 - FAX # (206) 5224698 Jots No. .._.JOB NAME �/ 7 174nk („ /�/s - q�• / d,r 1 �1C� DATE 91-.14 SUBJECT 6r,• A,r! �? Gi�fM/ SHEET 2. op BY 44441 t{ 11 2. 1{ lI Omar 314 12,s fo,tk G,I 1 .6,3' l•4i tK C�&lag 6.1 /'► L n 16' M, z tat k' e►c J . roe t!ii: T... loess fro er reeiokid load , TI. "14$r%" 2, 4- ±' e 44/44 2 ' %. "�'# 1 wdIaI, a��% s mire S of 1' 41$ ; ls otrry s 0 . (-e. 44410 e ofir, eat. p r t t 41 k l \L • ENGINEERS— NORTHWEST INC. PS. 6869 WOODI.AWN AVE, N.E. • SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 • (206)525.7560 - FAX # (206) 6224696 JOB No. JOB NAME Swum: .L•0-0711 :' a 44 DATE SHEETOF By .44441. _ ar Aloe te4 h IDy n+ Cols ( V'TYp, �d 4j laIer'I +. . I below • .• 7. IA* J w oaf ro.� wv 4 Loom) • b • • , ion "A " • an N ENGINEERS — NORTHWEST INC. PS. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N. E. • SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)825.7560 - FAX # (206) 5224668 JOB No. Joe NAME SUBJECT • l ___ : &ge . "13" t ' *,ph . 691 uee i? eC G-/1 q_S r / all if5P6vit e 116 21 of ce penis • gene '3 111 vac V Z .. 'w ((w .DATE q -.1‘..94 .SHEET 4. OF r^# 4 0 ( 2 $r/.,.47 9...sT�1! D€44 1,1014 t 41044 b irrk r Ztqpi NOV."; A20013/ r 11 ptAr Ifud Watt ; A t(Pesti t5 r ..f.iftvietros* 01401151 Low & f ' l f C,4 4f4.7) viole llnif Nook ofjoorf% i my) 2 a wrier' in-plane Mead ritted 1n +. loads !r,%, T t'lvenns along trial 445, Dlsfrlbwfe 41+o loads °.�..'_`.. -. 1.A.405 4t,e 60110,,ns • asvordinq a 'ffi,t lvi litqfvhisiO of eels, and Ad 0$44.101.01 el,S1 feel rssf, N 4 s I u,ekoni 0wa4l as a .64.141 carrh bara+w Cr'od'F) DI'1 46ve/4 Ir e.;1,.1 Scip/ *rl.c Z c 4f i). /I 1 , • • ENGINEERS -- NORTHWEST INC. PS. 8868 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 • SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (208)525.7560 - FAX # (208) 52241888 JOB No. . -- JOB NAME SUBJEQT G/� eft*, •;e4421. irevr • t�s Fiftlic DATE 9.4—'4 SHEET. f OF BY X41 1 15.11 a vW 2 3 4 5 VAilo, c ty, r 01/ G��3� 4.4A11 4P ,awl wy wsv1�yie v. ealvmn Shorts, awr ekvvel s I rt4 F, r @4' 2.) ; 414 c* 40/".0 i`a f d efoi ,n trimly em ost„.64 ea_ d--- 4- —11. k b, q. klr �� 1✓ e�rb T4�' i �!' 7fe'Aldti 9 ksr kid L1 kg 5.0 l yip 2 X • 2 " k ' kl v kg k4• ti,, '14 kg k <4Y kqv Fc6 k• 1' Ar1C iv twooked 4v sh J.w4(I wl►'ci, h tidw ti,511,44) ;go Y4 Pelt : (Pm sit). 1C N to N ff0s4 400404-/on ENGINEERS—NORTHWEST INC. PS. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (2061526-7560 - FAX 4' (205) 522 -me Jos No. JOB NAME SUBJECT 4401•04 i N y 'Wlvw: (4 B DATE ~1+ SHEET 444___}e of BY 47 to G ,,0i .5j-'k'.f Oat tom [kt).'z,zJi3,i 4 ' 1®qre0 Gtra 33 ` " 21 Z ;Ci 3, Z.) w I ft1af ref Ki4A -2.P /14.40, g ° . ee a ea. n ,a •'3 + ## /14A ,e . 44 44,1 fr./ — hoof di/4plw# j . r4 t 4l' 9 e 4'11 klnio 9'5 4212 •,+ 4.51 tv14.0,12 6 •dam- s e eirot ENGINEERS — NORTHWEST INC. RS. • 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N. E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - 1206)5.25.7560 - FAX # (205) 522 -598 Joe No. ,_..,,JOB NAME' SUBJECT. ""����,,���// �s V gAMk ,_• DATE r�1 /_4' J.40/19 i�/, Ail 0 , 7 B• /�m /L' SHEET V OP 115' le I +ter/ LI 50 * k /6016 5614 :444 40k da.25" Amy 2i 1.!°'x21 dirt = 9,e<t5) 139 roof f 2.760) 6, 6 27 ab✓ %aof 22 j • fdttl 1,54(0) r - Ile/2 27 £Jlf� MOO 27 t- •2Z6 taof 249 foldvk abvoff 43 22g rodf avii �►93 ' "Re, 00 e r Cot. /0,./se, * /zie err, e,fa 1 26" 41g.• 1!$'" 119k o,oep" ,o p q` e • /6 75)tve • 2254, ire, ENGINEERS — .NORTHWEST INC. I.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. • SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 •12081525.7560 - FAX # (206) 522.8658 JOB No. SUaJECT Jos NAME DATE Perti/I' 6t, ;040110 SHEET OF NoRrH txte g1,119) ° I, Z13 K reoF . I=P $ PA) ' o4i to c 9151 rsof . 1510010) r '3,90k block, e + Z (Vile) 6,30k (load lb .2 (I 1,') (9 2) V 2, Zil sl'ud.�aU� 16,94 �P* .1,. V. k Wo. 060) s •44' roof V * 6',11k /2.2lrtit 6,31t. &r.4 , 6 -r, 411 5, 4, e 9,5'1 err, 4•,; 5, 9' 6,S1' /t4 a 3,$2k (6,4 ) & 26, Z a 0,23 (4,6) c t ;,2 }c' -r 0,33(40# ti, ;s w/ L99rc' Mob .4 Glionlo eonrred in ffiu di/weft: 9i 1 V x 4#4244 !wb a1nuf ern .4" ENGINEERS4-- NORTHWEST INC. P.S. WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 9811$ - 12001525-7500 - FAX 1 (206) 522 Joe No.- SUBJECT /lta,z JOB NAME 5 aik DATE SHEET • / OF BY 41,25 ,14 ,59ty 154 ,,% 5. b44 e40 _7._ 114, . ►.o9w „vv. 4 NORTH r 0 • 1 . 4444 , Aen14 /4'k1 som4a. g flew . ,'fie" fiv 1 'Z '" & 16.0' 42m ik aht if ,i tow roof 40; D.Y�/ • ,,...} of v6i be 00#1 001 "ii/ vp /N roe; diatehe" trv7 (4e4 _)64 440eti., def1'. ENGINEERS -- NORTHWEST INC. P S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525.7560 • FAX # (209)5224698 `" V �✓ c d1nk - r( �(�il�i ( - DATE 91 -14 SHEET 1° of BY Jos NO. Jos NAME � avL 4e L ciAtedido, SUBJECT G° 6k moo. defk644,ns Mam 6/1j. 2 Meal D% •Ai0' ern 7stryi6s ; ‘N a S elite viler, de/1/e4) 144 0 - 340 deck CVorro, ",R " e. 3, Ase 3 " R " tom, t ) 2.214. W40 -.34 wwc4/sLpp f3P c^ 2r4" 434/47w UVd 31opI$ re q,s 4e3C.9 r 2 .0 6.) wet4 /svrr, OP el 2,4" Mow, N" r 490 (1;`,6)� 11•4 U'tie etivSe* $ j dray, 4. 60, r 5(4,e 4 + 3 1.•tve Li PI �0 6 ' C069 t••5W 2. (t000)Z2�� 7 .a3, d ©0 rp,` GiMrsi4 r 21..eto. ksi Aiov " tivoi eteAfelygroi Q 5 ,2.00 101 16, 394 2files)c :mieve 1xt94 w • 074 14.g w4►in 0,1if level.. -,414-14.4 �' , 34" 8 �Pw tog 1�vw1 , T H • r ion '/Ha(� tvw to C'ivinviptivi P,■*e Horn Ce V5 04nk) .34 ale-m/144mi' (461s) , zg • 59" /002)%2 .~ ,32" ittN, GK k i* provide 4 i' �J, Mk trr s Tars L.41 k w4Gl a Ccorrert) n bl4M? rot •ides • 1wMn {�w revf r''34 'I�w i • 4 l • 43" 4- I (gets) w/n4J ENGINEERS NORTHWEST INC. PS. 6669 WOODLAWN AVE. N. E. • SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 • (206)625.7560 - FAX # (206) 522-$998 f' . - J /A oe NQ.. JOB NAME. 3 o.ok • DATE l SUSJEGT. t»4er.1 .._.. •e/d CotO � d� a. J� i7 SHEET_ 1 1 CP A1�� ilAwill I4,5- 4,5 6.3140 4.4 ¢, ,6,J mot, 4eI{ , G2''t aw alz A,,B 4.4, 4--- too r44F O�fG maz . Vnl4y a ,40" • q ettlidwins awe 0K A4 x9 (OD 2.1g 4 ii. ;osili. lb. 0 ..fib 4t4,1 1111 fr ea f Fa : , T/4:67 FVFb : let %2 ,b MI " z 2.0f 3. t, p' 61/t/16 � i&,3 36►$ 404 1.4 2,d0 iIk t 19.34 Gt) rt, eotse Fa: PAL? . Fb : 2I1V ?.i /1014 SNew 2.4 114 BY 1°2'1 k NT Iei¢.(i ) rrd till, 6 1,1 44 (Wm? 9r048 U.S. BANK INSTORE BRANCH LARRY'S MARKET /L1 14227 PACIFIC HWY. S. TUKWILA, WASHINGTON STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS SHEeTS 1 -5 OP 5 4 -2G -94 RECE, 'ED AUG 9 1994 ROBERT i OSSATT1 ASSOC, CITY OF TUKWItA Rt •T �✓ .f l:Iv!'i PERMIT CENTER US Qaru� 01F LAR Y • iOYw164 . 7-14 - A' A �5 II N I I I I 11 I V: N ' ,;(1..v127111144:1 •S ,4, 6 0. A. oxp. Batt$ Dt, §rtr, . Dr /r"( /rl 4kinW (ee ,t¢ die G1/ irid 4,6 G-111,01,0 W414.. ogit. , rfi1M,AT /a PLRrU. 0/1t 40(2,9).e 0 . /vie 66011)4'76 61,3 t 6604 4. Eva ; 6D$C5,04'lfl M z 11 , 0 k Ok ENGINEERS—NORTHWEST -INC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 - FAX # (206) 522 -6698 Joe No JOB NAME SUBJECT Wa c 12450 6Gapef _gyp eopprofy , irrdw x'111,1 4111,t 1 4 -- 1 41. ‘.1,t/i4 4 -0 g22 , , X0,5 t 9,1t �, 29,4 t _ —_._ a,`_,..- .____(g,;) (e,o41.) 61 dw) S' P z 25 DL ,( 3q,7)-r 14- !g, aF lib t ig,6 e 1.35 Vv r X33!' r ,?5 .: -;t, -/, 4/ r 2,60 P (11b)C b P 35� t- l D 3 ' / tip , 43 137(2,6e) —I.' 4,2►' ---'- .', use 3,6 Po(,& !g,6(3,65) r 68 (94 l-t//t- 4('1,6: /4,6 R4ia,, r 25 4,61 93r s - rvkwllit 1,8,7 's, DATE "?-14-14 SHEET G F BY (WZIi (o00 ! 2s/ 4 )1%4 Ti5 26 Jo- ho 6,5 9,1 qo 1( 0 \./ 365 949 rti 26 6� — — �---- f h bt 25 71, , � __.L7 25 l 5 =v,w arx ,77z:;: . 15 . `I 43b a 61. 5ec11ov, e S(M 5ed/ov19 • ENG MILERS— NORTH WEST CCNC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E.- SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 - FAX # (206) 522 -6698 Jos No. JOB NAME SUBJECT 1?' oP1 lJy 13a,fk - ThI w /lc3 G.Q fi DATE 1- ` -"9`i SHEET ^ ��O�F BY /I� V b, "/k 5g f3m. ' 4' M t i3,gk' GvldxG2 (10 (3, I 44z: 22 k' •g,htiNne 411 3 $ 4o C»: 4,6 f9k Gvrel-Jett O wlInvIf,: !r0 3 rL 14,51.( 7,1 t,1 /Vi r 14; St] lc 5,2 109 4,1 1§',1 ' 4-I2 l�J ew Columns ; PL 11,11. . /Jew Pr oicoz 1a . 9 p: 4,0k54 Col, G 6fk ,4 ' N 3�� arc PP AGlaw, r; 22 y 2.0.116t. u 1c-0" ' 2,2 (f Ole &leek F 3, D k • • wt, r ENGINEERS— NORTHWEST INC. PS. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE, N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525.7560 - FAX # (206) 522 -6698 JOB No SUBJECT Joe NAME Math cv(peci t) 13avii � 4a4i4 cue!leelier • &)1(6 7., 6v21)/ 4 Q (110,N) q�12 14 ry,C1 i) a.$ ,z/o-, col—Jest t4, I '� 15,4'. d29 0,29 4, 9, 3' ,1504-, I) s 11,41 (e ense VY IVl) GXJ41 -, f.' 1I 14 ,12 firmly 4.1' q 13,4,± ,/2 DATE `9-14-11 SHEET 4- OF BY � " �, �� �f/ V Gxr�,rk te/103/I2 ; ' 3,52 ._, . Z,ct 53,5 (11111 vV' 9' 4,1' a,'32' �, P2 6e9/0015,1 = , 116 leer tiVAG /14 r &12 k ' Bdc . /5 wad O, e662 " olc 1 6779k)CLj . t 629K 44 e i,19 k' 61z „ i 29 tz 61,11 ,, r , da16) bK PtLPZ4 ,3(,775) 1 (h C 0,49 k' alt GS m ts•, • , 0007 r, t041II4.1A - i (000jz 4. ,0076) , B002 • c 0/D/ rtitik, ENG I ERS - NORTHWEST P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525.7560 • FAX # (206) 622.6698 JOB No SUBJECT � L 9 5 1 3 2w% - L- a r r Y c, T v k w / / -1- i 5 - 9 4- JOB NAME Q DATE 6das5 Block watts SHEET �-� BY /�����`ti V �F 1/8' 043 1,0f t1 T6 COL M M W1 Ale, l/► , w q0,611: fo 4c/pr, Ol16,406l (i/444 Lead, ; r CeCi,eis Z. /91 uec 1,,2(14)14,4 e 16,3s &ep"s" J ttfe /o r 1.4 frr41 i 5r ' Le-7Z fl . Frdrrf, AQI 1 ca,b? 5,5)L /654 7.144sf N4 /, need G•fr,: )4411/1 /an (14e it 0.4 sl2 P 4,gt .14 D,33 ld,e W4It £AN 1046/(13,3) 142 s f z 14 4 1f .', ok Ne in•ler*ied t e i41)//,l o,s s s re 7 , tes 't Gv N ► 45(15, 5) 2 (16100 4= 103 fir 61401" Mr 1,52 k' 4R. I .1i,6la; ok �y 4164, s � 22" I /683 sd� ' f ENGIN(SERS- - NORTHWEST 'INC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N. E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 - FAX # (206) 522 -6698 vJOB No SUBJECT t JOB NAME Eft q' 5 E?/ e' c 115 F301446, tki+GairoI ,— Of6,.,/NJ Loan b dice Door J ol4u b w N 6,5 ( sr) N !a, I ,t A -9'M DATE SHEET 6 OF /44/IN BY /44/IN allow ,5 e A . (0, 9 6.2) - �0 lr b0 v -" _� N 1,2" ,2" C Weir ; 1Verie or 3/)e lArri I now' /h ve7 st ,At wad( tpoe,S 5e, 'Z1,6 22. 5. 1 632) A) 4 r l ,59 /n4 2'1 pdo(;2l Z, 60 i,^4 (V y`� •44.- 4'tve 9 o l io I /0 T l0►. 4 C Jt" J i/ o 14.anm I 041 - 4gijo l it) 1( 41, ` 00( Or )44411, (P/ H// 0.1 -trg r d -r5 ; 4 aikwe a5 Iva tt o J'F,e 4 'r - a6eve, CC lar. ENGINEERS - NORTHWEST INC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 - FAX # (206) 522 -6698 JOB No. JOB NAME V7 Vauk Lac/Y/5 . I UkW44 DATE 1'7- 14 SUBJECT 4ed 1 en C- 2 CCa6u( 41-1 on-5 1'1 5 r eerie, • �, ' , 9145,►' Vtlzetleee lc" 4P 4/ 3/I6 1115 nr et wk e.oltivs7h SHEET OF 1714'10 torn - 47-00g ", P,tta ,4 -36 (7 1m' w► a k Me 4:76 q5$) C 415 k c a¢ "Y Glitit e 1,0 3f ks i RECEIVED SEP 1 3 1994 RO B 1 f FOSSAITI ASSOC. R,164- 20 . C/n i'ty L°k ; Gt/ -. • ; 8l l l9 Oat/eel-ion : . 3$ wQ /61-- - 6Tfe 1/479 4A7 0k I4g /r GO? re 1.2,1 c►� �, 0 A iSCM, p , 4 -15 ekeck weld ,e,4. ; ,2o5" 0,344 a2, '9,77 " CI .. 1.4 0 ; was OK P L 4.7 '` k c 0 Pallew, t / MO(1,0)(V( ) OS ' a' 1,'' c 115 k ), 41V k s,. ,U6014-4c 4/0/03 4� ,g 1c ", (/, 4 k4 0 4r � N ,�Si, z bo +, mtal e Com re firm ; '✓ 4�irl g9 � � Wriir 5 ...... 41,1614/, Pa ° t41 2 k (!e ; (110/4 'o4, H) • r, G.mkld be OK . ENG14CERS— NORTHWEST(-INC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E.- SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525-7560 - FAX # (206) 522-6698 JOB NO JOB NAME U5 - Pa44k Larry. rfike4///4 DATE SUBJECT Cyr, A16 ry. Goof" 1,1 1u. /33 441, 17,1 6 3,? 1,9 .17 19 2.4 / 11 1 11 6, 124 6,1 k 5 5 K tgit 6'1 max 6,114 SHEET BY 20F A/1/W W204441 g, 2 rfof 5 16'44 Al-fr; I Z24 1 4 14 /14 z A41 z: ta2 k &IC t 25e 4. 1 fees 14,0 °viol* recia 41e /o6, "Ars" /Ts Pitei welet, eold4, /thng (1415 $4"re• etOge/1'446 tec 11- 4,3 Lary; k ENGINEERS—NORTHWEST INC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 • FAX # (206) 522 -8698 Joe No SUBJECT JOB NAME Leo-et-hi Alva , Tut'rtliei OA" U. DATE 11- 8.,94 • SHEET ^��/� �OF BY /t444 nCA' exist, roof roef Irri WI4 bleak Coif,. gie&(-iarl "A" vott roof block emu • eG¢lotl "13" ti ENGINkERS — NORTHWEST(iNC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 - FAX # (206) 522 -6696 JOB No. SUBJECT JOB NAME (94 Rik ... LaA fh'1 Akre* ;Is Gt/m of ; & itP , "5" U' n,P J , 111 voe 4,e 4,44/e Zone 3 DATE SHEET BY 4 OF ' ,d /i /✓� V ►ado,f Gr e t1/ 62(4/6,4 Zr of ( Dr/1' 47 9'6 )4 147 / V t ZV e w z 2w QeAd beads 414“ b /'€k t 2, tgff $h4 watt; x10(44 g,4; N'tip!, SFaye> wl-, e►lOOVe tow 2baf, w 10e4f, (Joe 1(2251w lln u/ fo Zvi /1.0013,8 a 130pg 2 2 04 5) s %(ta) z zre,c y14 (z (Ass block v1,00r13 l/ P1Ve wise t- In- lane r4ke 141, loads ink) Th e,olemitts along fllel #445. PJsfr,bate 4-14e loads a or►y c oolvw,Ns' accerdioi 4-o 'rthlive 44i yveis df eefs, and As PL41Iw1evit, 9,2 steel reef , '. ,.w :g .vattyle N 4 5 of /•ocl ro,�� rnodel ds .Putt.. 1609{1, conk, beyen sv srfa eols/ , wn� (roof) on 4everal �P 9 1°l° � ENGINitERS — NORTHWEST INC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 - FAX # (206) 522-6698 .JOB No t JOB NAME U5 /u 16 - Tvkw L 44 revI SUBJECT y4-ud wati Curio aP 11 / +i � d DATE SHEET BY 9 - -g--g4 5 OF ,v1%/k% I. 2. 3 4- 5 �11G1 sf. G e w yr y re-or ot! e evni •.wll 1yaw From a ib wwl i s1te / 7'� . €otvw,n 5vPloor% ao skvivh D rar4,r, jw, Z roe P, z z)1.66. 4 Iv1.9 2 C 46/ boo 414- 6reof-, ` 11, bbb ks/ kz' k3 tc?' kg ?PD k4 r Jeq Fc6 i'4 C'1 At' Z aLcc� ki; ala im li6ak8d 4o sk d ,walk wk'6i, t5 Ito eked et4j Rr1Mf : 5;c S 1.0 552.5 T4 6T-,b9" • (i‹ hole : Use okt , k 3.0 /►,. Gji ftt l4 GOn II I i- /on ENG I N ERS -- NORTHWEST (INC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 - FAX # (206) 522-6698 Joe NO. JOB NAME V 4 I3a411 DATE L 4 ret() N-3; SUBJECT 9 -g -'94- SHEET 6 OF B Y 1����� ' (02. 1 e 101 102 ffr•- -. 1. tn.-�• v� -`i• i� vv, v 141g" ,$6K ,14"� ,5v6 ,94" ,°361` pig a,`.34 a=;13I" 4c#28" _ ,6 =,19" 1oZ e 2(1&, -1Il) 63,2 IO2FM (1/1 = w2 c tpfd. (Y o se ) I m/ ` Rtti) 4 2, z J 13, 2 a oeirec 04 c 3:t/11, 2, 2 5113, 2` I Sger G 4440, L , goK e TS eoi. " r 34„ ftr 1114A -2.13 444e, Mr 41,9 k' - reef ciiaphrjr Tz 1,9 104-0 1-5 4-xis aPI 4,g 4 e1 rte.►4 4 Gv; ..e1,2 'I314 `09" 2,75 • h C44 0 ENGINCERS— NORTHWEST INC. PS. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N. E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525.7560- FAX # (206) 522-6698 JOB No SUBJECT Aieridi "“ . e/hvy/6 SHEET ri OF BY JOB NAME t) 13444k DATE -9 /1/144/ CO jiri t/1/1/1/1/1....' Vi 1.,•• 1.• • 1.• ,90 , 444 ,4e6 ,6t,25" .64,23 .621" t 9,2q(Ig) 13/ roof + 2 ,7 60) 2.7 ,obv repof 4' lir e 5q beak, Fp, e M3t 226 leaf' z449 kilook c j 7 obv torr GS rp 2, t* ttq ftf t 2/tT) c eau 4' 5r 44,4,,lo 27 r- 4.4v roof 3;1 rps for.€4F Max. g: I 67014 e 7-6:1 cot, Avg • L I 25#' err, 44 26" • 13k 25e,oe," rpt Zler top, e ,-3675)tve t eirr ENGINEcRS— .NORTHWEST IS4C. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 - FAX # (206) 522 -6698 Joe No AA I ,� (� SUBJECT ( e L' gyW, JOB NAME V! ?o'Id`' DATE 1 -1-94 SHEET C7 OF BY 4414/11 (0) ` 1.2'31f reo f �W r 639'(15) a 9,51K reoF, u • �,2'� P IS(2)(t30) e ',9ok bleed .x e 6,3 Gr. 4,6 5,1 4' 2(5)(130) r 1.3Dt`it Weeks ' - 1,3' Gr, �,$ 5,4 -�' t(II5)(98)' 2,25 4f-ud'aU . e 3,5 G-r, 4,p 5,4 r Z 1�52k c k '9 P Z M 3.82 `b,g5 � 2�, 2 k + 023 (4,6 c l , 2 k' 916'0 L (,44�` rvo`F ; t• 0,33 (410 c 1 , 5 IGi V z b, S3k I. .• -•. hoi.e 1e1s nil c con ftiIs hi ,Mils d ifeei (on c 4,42" Iw1- 4rAl 4,5 gr :)s' a6auf Gr. X4,5 ENGIN(,..ERS— NORTHWEST(_NC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 - FAX # (206) 522 -6698 Joe No Joe NAME Ali SUBJECT at. Oaw J i-4-1-e/A 1 4.25 irpI 'r goa' ►'l4 -W ►59w ,609 ,5, &. •44 1,1g ►q9 6 t' (3 44►k CO vmn !lw►w►ct•r DATE` ✓ '14 SHEET : �OF BY /1 X117 4V NORTH Awing. ,14 "fin/ 25 "E Miff e , eiesl'r'ca4hv14 in area e'f' ask ado i 4,► / . Gv 29'' } taw re/44 4yfi-/'►, an/ 144,06f be eamb■leaii/ �y{ A /N raoF ihrhety d e ¢ 1 (4ee nez4 ;40e4 G5, 10,5 • : " ENGI4tERS— NORTHWEST(INC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE, N.E.- SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525 -7560 - FAX # (206) 522 -6698 JOB No. JOB NAME " 5 13 nk " Tukwila DATE ✓�� ✓ 4 SUBJECT e �rGreel clledlo Ie4ledieo SHEET I ° O F B By /144/V CiNet j. Gr i f/i e'114.0h5 C N a 5 oQ El re c {,vn erl 1-14 /Ula.hl blab. jai a�oh► -�.� 2 Maio sovie6 , ' (f a, -1.158-36 (.2) 225 a . boy -16 weld /sviy, BP& 'L4" � 7 weloll/stoj 13P 24" Allow, 490 q'GWo'w V' 3Yrpc� F ��� �g.6)r 1,l,6 F e 4-C34.1)r 21,0 i(Ae ex'vorr<j8 , e 16,3 Fle.e)b,lt f* th, 4413 Seek (vertu) "'1Z" c, ; 41'" 3'-$(24.1 e»i4c4. Orr) 'tot, t A f + ©w rw,i4 4. E? 1-ave L F./ x 4b6 ,6q3 sets. 1113► 4-1' ("/ I l I. L .,.M4' sot' d 59 cuv»vl,��i�e (4o5) x �el►ar�s , At14. c 2,610 2 (109o)12 4 . 51733/ No ffriel E = Eet$0414 r 21 ®bb kf, pearl reol eteliallo?s Z1 6 5(.693�()4 ,200(101)16,3 3t4124 63)51.31oee 1x104 w •4, r lnr,u; ;ti'wtair; 0/c lev�I •1 44-e i .6, e , 34-" 9, low reo`i ldvdl ., C 634)r iO'5 w/ "dl !Ol.evsr" (i'uwivla'(i e PefFtre4%ort9 ( OS Rank N ,'3 4 Wa hl r f -{' 25 Ow raf ,g9"4l Maw '&05(12)12 . ► �2 (set's) - Iu+ provide stle `Jo /ahl err 5 lass Week watts ('corners, lI ,'0g5 »1 AM +A34 1iw 043' +-1,4al C wrh4j ENC It ERS— NORTHWEST-INC. P.S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525.7560 - FAX # (206) 522 -6698 JOB No JOB NAME U� SUBJECT_ L el terti Ctve& Cott , grrk 6.4 Ct', A,9' - 4 ►5 : a , !, o Cat 4,4 4,�,& 161 ► 1 � ,.36 ih ic' k' 0 r Al' r ,4vc 2,4 � 67 C. imaz,vnifr 2,04ni 1,4 �� ekeek , 35 01 ,41 k' hrti. , deR• 'e , 6O2"t DID DATE ! -g" -94 SHEET l OF BY 71/114/1/ r/ ) 416 5.4 A+ —wary F �. Case 41•611” 1)40fr CO iI, C a 4e 0.) O Li- %s0, + idllnd unl iy : 2$ T Ca/ Fa : 1,1-/1 ►1 I,i/114 F6/Fb • I,2/2 ?4 10, ?136,8 411P1, , (OD ,9s „� 62► 2 37 c2,os„ Corns are Ode Ay 19 ,I 1' Geis ci) Ti- 6046e 11 'i14y; Fa : 5•1/64 ?b/ Fb ; 2,1/21. ,44 1 IA 1/21414 ©(,-k Y Snow (2) -" Whit( LI 491 ¶2.i►a 3 )TL +. Sei6.(vyNO4 GYA '6/166. 12 ►Z1 ,3,-4 DL,*SNow 0,41, 6,41` (4) uL 's 9,1/36,8 a 0 g Q. °%R r "1 N N N W IN WA. iw 16I I AdONV3 'Ng 3 CO . (*? ZZ X VIM <V AC sd CI b 6a: ai .da (1)2 -a. ..0 cad a -, . L. x 7. ' . „ . inuiE • . •1. 11.4co- . ri o 44? 4 • 0• tio • •• ' • .• . • • • • ' fF!': S:J;S ��;r M4/iR�.rr:'....w'..wn�.w......•n n•.......•.. «.......... PROJECT MANUAL FOR U,S BANK - In Store Branch Larry's Market, Tukwila TENANT IMPROVEMENT PILE COPY 1 understand that the Plan Check approvals are subject to errors and omissions and approval of plans does not authodze the violation of any adopted code or crdtrnmoer Receipt of contractor's copy at appnwed plane Atlktmov4sdged. BY Date Permit No. DONALD CARLSON AND ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS A.S. 1925 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 Project Number 9412.02 June 25, 1994 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED SEP 2 3 1994 AS NOTED BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED AUG 9 1994 ROBERT FOSSA(1l ASSOC. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWItA .1uL 25 1994 PERMIT CENTER PROJECT DIRECTORY PROJECT: U.S. BANK - In Store Branch Larry's Market, Tukwila 14227 120th Pacific Highway South Tukwila, WA 98168 TENANT /OWNER: U.S. BANK 1420 5th Avenue, 13th Floor Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 344 -3630 PROJECT ARCHITECT: DONALD CARLSON AND ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS, P.S. 1925 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 -1014 (206) 441 -3066 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC. 6869 Woodlawn Avenue N.E., #205 Seattle WA 98115 (206) 525 -7560 MECHANICAL CONSULTANT: ABACUS CONSULTANTS P.S. 401 2nd Avenue South, Suite 201 Seattle, WA 98104 (206) 583 -0200 ELECTRICAL CONSULTANT: ABACUS CONSULTANTS P.S. 401 2nd Avenue South, Suite 201 Seattle, WA 98104 (206) 583 -0200 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SPECIFICATION /INDEX PART I DIVISION 0 00700 00800 00850 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE CONTRACT CONDITIONS CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS AIA General Conditions Form A201 Supplementary Conditions Index to Drawings 3 1 PART II TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 2 01040 Coordination 3 01045 Cutting and Patching 3 0105() Field Engineering 1 01060 Codes and Reference Specifications 2 01095 Format of Specifications 2 01100 Product Substitution 2 01150 Requirements for First Payment 1 01200 Project Meetings 2 01310 Construction Schedules 2 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3 01400 Inspections and Testing 2 01500 Temporary Facilities 2 01710 Clean -up 1 01720 Project Record Documents 2 01790 Contract Closeout 5 DIVISION 2 SITEWORK 02050 Demolition 1 02100 Site Preparation 1 02580 Pavement Markings and Signage 2 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 6 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 2 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 5 DIVISION 4 MASONRY 04100 Mortar and Grout 2 04270 Glass Unit Masonry 3 Index - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SPECIFICATION /INDEX TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE DIVISION 5 05100 05500 05300 METALS Structural Metal Framing 5 Metal Fabrications 4 Metal Decking 3 DIVISION 6 CARPENTRY 06100 Rough Carpentry 3 DIVISION 7 THERMAL and MOISTURE PROTECTION 07200 Thermal Insulation 3 07400 Preformed Roofing and Siding 3 07500 Membrane Roofing 11 07900 Sealants 3 DIVISION 8 DOORS and WINDOWS 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 4 08300 Access Doors 1 08400 Entrances and Storefornts 3 08700 Finish Hardware 3 0880(1 Glass and Glazing 3 DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09100 Metal Support Systems 2 09250 Gypsum Wallboard 4 09650 Resilient Flooring 3 09680 Carpeting 3 09900 Painting 7 DIVISION 10 Not Used. DIVISION 11 Not Used. SPECIALTIES EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12 12300 DIVISION 13 Not Used. FURNISHINGS Pre - manufactured Cabinets 3 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 14 Not Used. CONVEYING SYSTEMS Index - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SPECIFICATION /INDEX TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15060 Piping 15240 Mechanical Sound, Vibration, and Seismic Control 15250 Mechanical Insulation 15300 Fire Protection 15400 Plumbing 15780 Packaged HVAC Units 15880 Air Distribution 15950 Controls 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Work DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16040 Existing Systems 16050 Basic Materials and Methods 16110 Raceways 16120 Wires and Cables, Copper 16130 Boxes 16132 Floor Outlet Devices, Flush 16141 Wiring Devices 16170 Circuit and Motor Disconnects 16190 Supporting Devices 16195. Electrical Identification 16420 Service Entrance 16450 Grounding 16461 Dry Type Transformers 16470 Panelboards 16478 Overcurrent Protective Devices 16500 Lighting 16740 Telephone Raceway System END OF SECTION U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THIS PROJECT ARE THE AIA GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, AIA DOCUMENT A201, 1987 EDITION, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY MODIFIED BY THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION AND BY THESE SPECIFICATIONS. REFER TO SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS, 00800. END OF SECTION General Conditions = 00700 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.01 THE SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS These Supplementary General Conditions contain modifications and additions to the AIA General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, Fourteenth Edition, 1987, (Also referred to as AIA General Conditions or General Conditions). Provisions and requirements of the AIA General Conditions not modified by these Supplementary General Conditions or by the Owner /Contractor Agreement shall remain in effect. A. 2.1 Add the following: Owner's Representative, The Owner hereby designates David J. Reid, AIA (Manager, Construction & Maintenance - U.S. Bank) as Owner's Representative and Agent for the purpose of all notices, acceptance, approvals and communications between Contractor and Owner, Any and all notices to Owner called for in these Contract Documents shall be made upon such person. Said representative shall speak for the Owner, and matters calling for consent or approval of Owner shall be submitted to such person who shall have authority to consent or approve or disapprove all matters for Owner. Contractor will have the right to rely with acquittance on such consent or approval or disapproval. B. 3.7 - Except the Owner shall secure and pay for the building permit. C. 7.2.3 A maximum of Ten Percent (10 %) mark -up, for overhead and profit, will be added to the direct cost of labor and materials used by the Contractor or Subcontractor completing the work. An additional Ten Percent (10 %) mark -up will be added, for overhead and profit to the General Contractor only, on that portion of work performed by a Subcontractor. D. 9.3.4 There will be a 10% retainage held by the Owner until payment has been authorized of fifty percent of the Contract amount, after which time retainage will be reduced to 5 %. No interest will be paid on retainage. E, 11.1.1.8 Liability Insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including: 1. Premises Operations (including X, C and U coverages as applicable). 2, Independent Contractors Protective. 3. Products and Completed Operations. 4. Personal Injury Liability with Employment Exclusion deleted. 5. Contractual, including specified provision for Contractor's obligation under Paragraph. 6. Owned, non -owned and hired motor vehicles. 7. Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations. Supplementary General Conditions - 00800 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA F. 11.1.2 In addition to any insurance coverage required by Article 11 of the General Conditions or as may, from time to time, be required by Owner or Contractor, at a minimum, the Contractor shall carry and maintain in force the following insurance, the coverage and limits of which may be increased upon thirty (30) days prior written notice from Owner to Contractor. (1) Worker's Compensation Insurance a) State: Statutory b) Applicable Federal: Statutory c) Employers Liability: $500,000.00 (2) Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability (including Premises Operations; Independent Contractor's Protective; Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage) a) Bodily Injury, each occurrence: b) Property Damage, each occurrence: c) Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for six years after final payment. ci) Property Damage Liability (X,C,U): e) Broad Form Coverage shall include completed operations, (3) Contractual Liability $1,000,000.00 $1,000,000.00 $1,000,000.00 $1,000,000.00 $1,000,000.00 a) Bodily Injury, each occurrence: $1,000,000.00 b) Property Damage, each occurrence: $1,000,000.00 (4) Personal Injury. with Employment Exclusion deleted a) Each occurrence: $1,000,000.00 (5) Business Auto Liability (including owned. non -owned and hired vehicles) a) Bodily Injury Each Person: $1,000,000.00 Per Occurrence: $1,000,000.00 b) Property Damage, each occurrence: $1,000,000.00 Notwithstanding any of the provisions of Article 11 to the contrary, the Owner, Owner's Construction Lender, Tenant, Architect and Owner's Representative shall be added to the required policy(ies) as an additional insured as their interests may appear. No such policies may be cancelled, modified, or allowed to expire without ten (10) days prior written notice to Owner, Owner's Construction Lender, Architect and Owner's Representative. Supplementary General Conditions - 00800 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA G. 13.5 - The Owner shall retain and pay the expenses of a testing and inspection agency to perform any tests and inspections as may be required by the City of Bellevue or as otherwise deemed appropriate. H. PERMITS. REGULATIONS It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain all necessary permits, give notices, and pay any fees associated with the work. I. EMPLOYEES The Contractor will provide a competent superintendent or supervisor to have full charge over the work. This person will have broad experience supervising installations and projects of this scope. The superintendent will make himself available to the Bank's representative as necessary. The Owner reserves final approval over contractor's employees used in the service of this contract. If the Owner determines that a particular employee is unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall provide a qualified replacement for that person. J. INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall hold harmless and indemnify the Owner against all liability, including attorney fees which may arise from or may accrue directly from the performance of the Work or any obligation of the Contractor provided for in this Agreement. END OF SECTION Supplementary . General Conditions - 00800 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 00850 INDEX TO DRAWINGS ARCHITECTURAL T.1 Title sheet, Partial Site Plan, details A.1 Floor Plan, Demolition Plan, Material, Equipment and Well Types schedule A.2 Roof Plan, Reflected Ceiling plan, Sections, Elevations A.3 Elevation, Sections, Details A.4 Details A.5 Details STRUCTURAL S.1 Structural Foundations and Roof Framing Plans, Section, General Notes S.2 Structural Sections, Details MECHANICAL. M.1 Legend, Schedules, General Notes M.2 Floor Plan, Roof Plan, Details ELECTRICAL E.1 Legend, General Notes E.2 Lighting Floor Plan E,3 Power Floor, Plan E.4 Communications Floor Plan RECORD DRAWINGS (FP.2) Larry's New No. 1 record (west) lire protection plan (FP -3) Larry's New No. 1 record (east) tire protection plan END OF SECTION Index to Drawings - 00850 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 TITLES OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS U.S. BANK Larry's, Tukwila 1.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. The project consists of the construction of an approximately 635 s.f. branch bank to be located in an existing / operating Larry's Market grocery store. 13. The scope includes a complete and operating space including demolition, interior improvements and finishes, mechanical, fire protection and electrical systems. The scope includes the relocation of handicap parking on the existing building site and associated site work. C. The limit of work is defined as the area occupied by these improvements plus any adjacent areas that are disturbed during construction. The limit includes connections to utilities and restoration required of areas disturbed. D. The Contractor is responsible for providing the Owner with complete operating systems within the building and all connections and interconnections within a system and between systems to provide a complete operating space. He is responsible for the providing and the coordination of all contractors, subcontractors, and other trades and services, and any other provisions required to provide a complete finished operating space. E. Mechanical, Electrical and Fire Protection Systems are included in the project scope. Alarm, monitoring and/or interconnection systems required for specific equipment shall be provided by the equipment supplier. Interconnection between systems and to control, communications and monitoring systems of the building are included in this work and shall be coordinated and provided for by the General Contractor. Specifications, product literature and design drawings to be submitted to Architect for review prior to commencement of construction. F. All Signage, illuminated and non - illuminated where noted and detailed in the drawings, shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. Power and hook -up for illuminated signs and lighting for non - illuminated signs shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. END OF SECTION Summary of Work - 01010 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Comply with the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT IMPROVEMENTS AND PROPERTY Exercise all required precautions necessary to protect all improvements and other constructions on property adjacent to that of the work under this Contract. Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall pay for, any damage to such adjacent improvements and constructions on account of operations under this Contract. 1.03 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or in the Specifications, or unless otherwise called for by the Owner thereof, all water, gas, or irrigation lines, lighting, power or telephone conduit or wires, or sewer lines, structure or house connections in place, and other surface or subsurface structure or lines, shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall not be disturbed, disconnected or damaged by him during progress of the work; provided that should the Contractor in the performance of the work disturb, disconnect or damage any of the above, all expenses of whatever nature arising from such disturbance or in replacing or repair thereof, shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.04 BUILDING UTILITIES / SERVICES A. Locate drainage, sewer lines, water, gas, electrical, telecommunications and other utility service lines or piping in way of new work. Properly cap, plug, reroute protect as required. B. Send proper notices, make all necessary arrangements and perform all other services required in care and maintenance of all building services, assume all responsibility concerning same for which the Owner may be liable. 1.05 WORK HOUR LIMITATIONS A. The following work shall be completed between the hours of 10:00 pm and 6 :00 am: 1. Core drilling. 2. Roto - hammering. 3. Saw cutting. 4. Powder actuated equipment use. 5. Systems testing: audibility tests, etc. 6. Fire sprinkler system shut off /draining. 7. Disruption of power or water to building. Coordination - 01040 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.06 REMOVING OBSTRUCTIONS When the proper completion of the work requires their temporary or permanent removal, the Contractor shall at his own expense, remove and without unreasonable delay, temporarily or permanently replace or relocate in a workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Architect /Owner, all water pipes, pipelines, conduit, wires, etc. All such improvements temporarily removed shall be maintained until permanently replaced, all at the Contractor's expense. 1.07 SLEEVES AND HANGERS A. Contractor shall require Subcontractors for each Section of work to furnish and install conduits, outlets, piping sleeves, boxes, inserts or other materials, and equipment necessary to be built into work by General Contractor. Promptly furnish same and set such sleeves or other material in accordance with requirements of construction program. Contractor shall fill around all sleeves, openings, etc. with materials as required. B. Subcontractors shall cooperate fully in connection with performances of above work, as the cutting of new work will not be permitted without specific written permission from the Architect. 1.08 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY AND COOPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS A. Owner reserves the right to enter upon the site for the purpose of making inspections, which shall not be considered obligatory upon Owner, and to occupy portions of the site prior to the date of substantial completion, provided same does not interfere with the work under the contract. B. Owner, and their contractors for work under other contracts, reserve the right to enter upon the site for the purpose of installing equipment and other work prior to the date of substantial completion. Contractor shall cooperate with said Contractors in scheduling and performing his work to avoid conflict or interference with the work of others. Such cooperation may include coordinating access, temporary utilities, staging areas, parking areas. C. Exercise of the aforementioned rights shall in no way be construed or deemed to be acceptance of the work under the Contract by the Owner or any Lessee. 1,09 COORDINATION WITH BUILDING OCCUPANTS A. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating all work with the building occupant (Larry's Markets). The grocery store is operational 24 hours per day. All work / scheduling / staging shall be reviewed and approved by Larry's Markets prior to commencement of work. END OF SECTION Coordination - 01040 - 2 ] SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 TESTS U.S BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA Remove samples of installed work for testing as specified or as instructed by the Architect in accordance with Subparagraph 2.2.13 of the AIA General Conditions. 1.02 UNCOVERING OF WORK Uncover work for observation as instructed by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 13.5 of the AIA General Conditions. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill -timed work. 1.03 CORRECTION OF WORK Remove and replace defective work. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.04 PAYMENT FOR COSTS A. Cutting: The subcontractors shall be responsible for the cost of all cutting required for performance of their work. B. Patching; The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of all patching required as a result of alterations, penetrations, and installations made by all trades. C. Ill -timed or Defective Work: Costs caused by ill -timed or defective work, or work not conforming to Contract Documents, including costs for additional services of the Architect shall be borne by party responsible for same. 1.05 SUBMITTALS Prior to cutting which affects structural safety of Project, or work of another Contractor, submit written notice to Architect requesting consent to proceed with cutting. Include description of proposed work, scope of cutting and patching, responsibility for execution and costs, products proposed for use, extent of refinishing and alternatives to cutting and patching. Prior to cutting and patching done on instruction of Architect, submit cost estimate. Cutting and Patching - 01045 - 1 U.S.BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 2- PRODLJCTS, 2.01 MATERIALS & METHODS For replacement of work removed, comply with specifications for type of work to be done. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION Inspect existing conditions of work, including elements subject to movement or damage prior to and during cutting and patching, excavation and backfilling. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products. 3.02 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as required to maintain structural integrity of Project. Provide protection for other portions of Project and protection for elements. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. General., Remove, cut, alter, replace, patch and repair, or temporarily remove and replace existing work as necessary to install new work. Except as otherwise shown or specified, do not cut, alter or remove any structural work and do not disturb any ducts, plumbing, gas or electric work without approval of Architect. Existing work (walls, ceilings, partitions, floor, mechanical and electrical work, etc.) disturbed or removed as a result of performing required new work, shall be patched, repaired, reinstalled, or replaced with new work, and refinished and left in as good condition as existed before commencing work. Existing work to be altered or extended and that is found to be defective in any way, shall be reported to Architect before it is disturbed. Materials and workmanship used in restoring work, shall conform in type and quality to that of original existing construction, except as otherwise shown or specified. Upon completion of contract, deliver work completed and undamaged. Damage that may be caused by Contractor or his workmen to existing structures, grounds, and utilities or work done by others shall be repaired by him and left in as good condition as existed prior to damaging. B. Surfaces: Discolored or unfinished surfaces exposed by removal of existing work and indicated to be the final exposed surfaces, shall be refinished or the material shall be replaced to be uniform and harmonious with contiguous work. Work out of alignment, where exposed by removal of existing work, shall be called to the Architect's attention and repaired at the Contractor's expense. Cutting and Patching - 01045 - 2 U.S BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA C. Restoration of Utilities: At his own expense, Contractor shall immediately restore to service and repair any damage he may cause to existing piping and conduits, wires, cables, etc., of utility services or of fire protection systems and communications systems which are indicated on drawings and which are not scheduled for discontinuance or abandonment. END OF SECTION Cutting and Patching - 01045 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PART_I - GENERA 14 1.01 GENERAL Conform to the requirements of Part I and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall furnish his own construction surveying / measuring. B. Prior to Application for First Payment, Contractor shall confirm in writing that he has measured / surveyed the area of the work and has located all utilities, and that there is no conflict between the actual site conditions and the drawings. END OF SECTION Field Engineering - 01050 - 1 SECTION 01060 CODES AND REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA All construction shall be in accordance with the building code referenced hereinafter. Any material specified by reference to the number, symbol or title of a specific standard, such as Commercial Standard, Federal Specification, a trade association standard or other similar standard, shall comply with the requirements in the latest revision thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto in effect on the date of Invitation for Bids, except as limited to type, class or grade, or modified in such reference, and unless specific non - current date is stipulated. The standard reference referred to, except as modified in these specifications, shall have full force and effect as though printed in these specifications. A copy of all applicable codes and standards shall be kept at the job site. 1.02 BUILDING CODE Building Code shall mean the Uniform Building Code, 1991 edition as adopted by the State of Washington and City of Tukwila, State of Washington Rules and Regulations for Barrier Free Design, 1991 edition, and State of Washington Energy Code, 1991 edition also apply. 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS "ASTM" shall mean specifications, standards and methods of test issued by the American Society for Testing Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. "Federal Specification" shall mean "United States Federal Specification" prepared by the General Services Administration and distributed by the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. "Commercial Standard" and "Simplified Practice Recommendation" shall mean those publications recording voluntary standards and practices of various trades made available by the United States Department of Commerce and distributed by the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. "Military Specification" shall mean those reference standards so entitled and made available by Commanding Officer, Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5810 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA. "ACI Building Code" shall mean Building Code requirements for Reinforced Concrete issued by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, MI. Codes and Reference Specifications - 01060 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA "ANSI" shall mean standards and specifications distributed by American National Standards Institute (formerly American Standards Association), 1430 Broadway, New York, N.Y. "APWA" shall mean the "Standard Specification for Municipal Public Works Construction," published by the American Public Works Association. END OF SECTION Codes and Reference Specifications - 01060 - 2 � SECTION 01095 FORMAT OF SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 LANGUAGE U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA The following terms used on the Drawings or in the Specifications shall be defined and interpreted as follows: 1. Equals and approvals: Where the word "equal ", "approved equal ", "equivalent ", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Architect" unless stated otherwise. Where the words "approved ", "approval ", "acceptable ", "acceptance ", or words of similar import are used, the approval, acceptance or similar import of the Architect and Owner is intended. The word "similar" means similar in a general sense, but not identical. 2. Including: When the words "includes" or "including" is used, it is not the intent to limit the work to the items listed following these words. 3. Perform and Provide: The "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at his expense, shall perform all operations necessary to complete the Work, including furnishing and installing all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete such performance. The word "provide" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at his expense, shall furnish and install the Work, complete in place and ready for use, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary. These definitions apply equally to future and past tenses, except the word "provided" may mean "contingent upon" where such is the context. 4. Language and Intent: Sections of the Specifications are written in a modified imperative style consistent with clarity. Where such words as "perform ", " apply ", "install ", "erect ", "test ", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood the intent is that such words are preceded by the phrase "The Contractor shall ". The requirements indicated and specified apply to all work of the same kind, class and type, even though the word "all" is not stated. 5. "Indicated" means "as shown on the Drawings ". 6. "Required" means as required by the Contract Documents, including the requirements of the governing Building Code, unless otherwise stipulated. 7. "Limits of Work" means the area, as indicated, within which work under this contract is to be performed. Format of Specifications - 01095 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.02 NUMBER OF SPECIFIED ITEMS REQUIRED Wherever in these specifications, an article, device or piece of equipment is referred to in the singular number, such reference applies to all and as many such articles as are shown on the drawings or required to complete installation. 1.03 ORGANIZATION OF SPECIFICATIONS Divisions and sections of these specifications conform generally to customary trade practice. They are intended for convenience only. The Architect is not bound to define the limits of any subcontract. All sections of PART I, Building Requirements and Contract Documents, and DIVISION 1, General Requirements, of these specifications shall be a part of all technical divisions of sections the same as if they were specifically called for in each section. 1.04 FORMAT EXPLANATION The format of the principal portions of specifications is described as follows (although certain portions may not fully comply and no particular significance will be attached to such compliance or non- compliance): 1. Titles: The specifications are divided into divisions and sections for the convenience of writing and using. The titles of these are not intended to imply a particular meaning or to fully describe the work of each division, subdivision or section, and are not an integral part of the test which specified the requirements. 2. 3 -Part Section: Each section of specification has been subdivided into 3 "parts" for uniformity and convenience (Part 1 - General, Part 2 - Products, Part 3 - Execution). These do not imply a particular meaning and are not an integral part of the text specified requirements. Where text for one of the parts is not required, it is omitted and the end of the section is noted "END OF SECTION ", END OF SECTION Format of Specifications - 01095 - 2 } SECTION 01100 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.10 GENERAL U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Specified Products and Substitutions: Articles and materials specified by manufacturer's or vendor's names shall be furnished by the Contractor. Substitutions of materials or methods shall be allowed, unless specifically excluded by a specific Section, provided that they meet the following qualifications: 1. Requests for approval of substitution shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's specifications and technical date sheets, setting forth with sufficient detail the physical and chemical properties, life expectancy data, and other characteristics to enable the Architect to determine the acceptability of the proposed substitution. The burden of proof of equality in the proposed substitution shall be the sole responsibility of the Bidder. Insufficient supporting data will be cause for disapproval of the proposed substitution. 2. After the Agreement is executed, the Contractor may suggest substitute makes and kinds of materials and equipment, and shall also propose the amount of cost difference in every instance. Acceptance of substitute items will be only by written approval of the Architect and the Owner. If extensive evaluation of the suggested substitute item is necessary, the Contractor shall pay the Architect's fee and charges for investigating and evaluating the substitution. 3. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for assuring all of the substitute items will comply in every respect with the applicable requirements of the Specifications, unless such requirements are specifically waived in writing by the Owner and the Architect. 4. The Contractor may request a "No- Credit" substitution if in the event it is found that the specified item is not available or is obsolete at the time of construction. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred by all trades which result from each substitution of material or equipment and shall coordinate the substitution with the work of all trades and contractors affected by the substitution. B. Acceptance of Proposed Substitutions: Acceptance of each "equal" product is at the sole discretion of the Owner and the Architect, and is subject to the following qualifications: 1. Equal in material quality, in structural assembly, and in details of construction. Product Substitution - 01100 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. Equal in performance, mechanically and technically. 3. Equal in finish, or in characteristics permitting specified finish application. 4. Equal in arrangement: If substitutions require rearrangement of partitions, openings for pipe work or ducts, intakes, exhausts or any other items of new construction, then such arrangements shall be, in the opinion of the Architect, equal in convenience and compatible to the original arrangement. If such rearrangement is approved by the Architect and involves additional costs, such additional costs including the time required of the Architect shall be submitted to the Owner for approval. 5. Equal in price: Materials and equipment which are competitive products, and are approximately equal in price on the open market, will be considered as equal in price. If approval is requested for materials or equipment materially cheaper than the specified products, the Architect, at his discretion, may require that the specified products be furnished, or an identified savings be presented to the Owner. 6. Repair and maintenance: An important condition in determining equality of substitute materials and equipment is the availability of replacement parts and maintenance service. An inequality in this respect between proposed substitutions and specified products may be a determining factor in denying approval. END OF SECTION Product Substitution - 01100 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 01150 REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRST PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERA 14 Prior to submission of the first Application for Payment under this contract, the Contractor shall submit the following: A. List of Subcontractors with addresses and telephone numbers. B. Progress Schedule. C. Schedule of Values. D. Certificates of Insurance. E. Written confirmation of site survey /measurement and utility location. END OF SECTION Requirements for First Payment - 01150 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE, 1.01 Priori() the commencement of the work, a preconstruction conference shall be held on -site. 1.02 The Contractor's project manager, superintendent and the designated representatives of the major subcontractors shall be present. The Architect and Owner's representative will attend. 1.03 AGENDA SHALL INCLUDE 1. Projected Construction Schedule. 2. Project Coordination and lines of communication. 3. Procedures for: a. Field Decisions b. Proposal Requests c. Submittals (1. Change Orders c. Applications for Payment. 4. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. 5. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 6. Coordination with other Contractors. 7. Schedule weekly Progress meetings 1.04 Architect will take and distribute minutes. PART 2 - PROGRESS MEETINGS. 2.01 Weekly meetings shall be held on site 2.02 The Contractor's project manager, superintendent and the designated representatives of the major subcontractors shall be present. The Owner's representative and Architect may attend. 2.03 AGENDA SHALL INCLUDE 1. Review of previous meeting's minutes. Project Meetings - 01200 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. Review of work progress since previous meeting. 3. Review of problems, conflicts and questions regarding work progress. 4. Review of schedule and any measures required to maintain it. 5. Review of upcoming submittals and pre - installation conferences. 6. Final meeting of each month to include review of proposed pay request. 2.04 Contractor shall take and distribute minutes. PART 3 - PRE - INSTALLATION CONFERENCES 3.01 When required by individual specification section, Contractor shall convene and preside at a pre - installation conference prior to commencing work of that section. A. Notify Owner's representative at least 4 days prior to meeting. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Require attendance of those specified and those whose work is affected. B. Review all conditions affecting installation, including warranties related thereto. C. Contractor to take and distribute minutes. END OF SECTION ^! Project Meetings - 01200 - 2 SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Clarification Construction Schedule is referenced "Progress Schedule" in the General Conditions, AIA Document A201. B. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere: 1. Supplemental Conditions. 2. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, Section 01340. 3. Requirements of specific sections, C. Provide projected constructions schedules for work outlined in Section 01010. Revise intermediate dates periodically as required, and reissue to Owner and Architect any such revised schedules. D. Coordination: General Contractor shall resolve conflicts among schedules of various contractors, Contractor shall coordinate schedule with other contractors and shall alert Owner of any potential conflicts. 1.02 TYPES AND FORMS OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Schedule: At the discretion of the Contractor (to be approved by Architect). 1.03 CONTENT OF CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. Provide complete sequence of construction by activity. 1. Decision dates for: a. Selection of finishes. 2. Product procurement and delivery dates. 3. Dates for beginning, and completion of, each element of construction. 13. Identify work of separate floors, or separate phases, or other logically grouped activities. C. Show projected percentage of completion for each item of work as of the first day of each month. Construction Schedules - 01310 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA D. Provide subschedules to define critical portions of entire schedule. E. Include schedules of other contractors for coordination of work. F. &Lel At Contractor's option, the shop drawing submission schedule (refer to Section 01340) may be incorporated in this schedule. 1.04 UPDATING A. Refer to Supplemental Conditions. B. Show all changes occurring since previous submittal of updated schedule. C. Indicate progress of each activity, show completion dates. D. Include: 1. Major changes in scope. 2. Activities modified since previous updating. 3. Revised projections due to changes. 4. Other identifiable changes. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit initial schedules (three prints) within seven (7) days after Award of Contract. 1. Architect will review schedules and return reviewed copy within ten days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit as directed. B. Submit updated schedules accurately depicting progress to first day of each month. The completeness and accuracy of the current schedule will be reviewed in evaluating the monthly progress payment request. 1.06 DISTRII3UTION A. Distribute copies of schedules to: 1. Owner three copies. 2. Tenant two copies. 3. Architect two copies. 4. Other parties responsible to Contractor. B. Instruct recipients to report any inability to comply, and provide detailed explanation, with suggested remedies. Construction Schedules - 01310 - 2 END OF SECTION ; ••■' . , :•• '•• U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Submission to Architect for design review, shop drawings, product data, samples and other submittals required by Contract Documents. See attached submittal list. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Conditions of the Contract. 13. Pertinent Sections of these Specifications. C. Division 15, Mechanical. D. Division 16, Electrical. 1.03 SCIIEDULE Submit schedule to Architect and Owner's representative for review. 1,04 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Prior to submittal, check materials to be submitted for compliance with these specifications. Include transmittal with each submittal. 13. Shop drawings shall include: 1. Project title and Architect's job number. 2. Name of Architect, Contractor, subcontractor. 3. Field dimensions. 4. Identification of product and materials. 5. Fabrication and erection details. 6. Identification of deviations from Contract requirements. 7. Contractor's approval per Article 3.12 of the General Conditions signifying that each document submitted complies with the Contract Documents. S. Reference number to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers shown on Contract Drawings, and Specification section number where applicable. 9. Indicate complete method of connection, jointing, support, anchorage, reinforcement and other features of construction, including abutting finish surfaces. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples - 01340 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, T UKWILA C. Product Data Shall Include: 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submittals. 2, The Project title and number. 3. Trade identification. 4. The names of the Contractor and supplier. 5. Identification of the product, with the specification section number. 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work and materials. 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM, federal specification numbers, or as indicated. 9. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 10. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 11. Contractor's stamp, signed, certifying to review of submittal, (refer to 1.04, B, 7) verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. 12. Performance characteristics and capacities. 13. Dimensions and clearances required. 14. Wiring or piping diagrams and controls. D. Samples Shall Consist of: 1. Samples of material, size and finish specified. 2. Tags or labels attached to samples or inscribed identifying job, architect, material, texture, finish, model or catalog number, and Contractor's stamp with signature that he has reviewed submittal and that it is in conformance with Contract Documents (refer to paragraph 1.04, B, 7 above). 3. Full range of color, texture and pattern if not specified. 1.05 RESUBMISSION A. Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Architect and resubmit until stamp "No exceptions taken" or "Exceptions as noted" is affixed. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those requested by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples - 01340 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S,'I'UKWILA 1.06 COPIES REQUIRED A. Submit the following number of copies of each item unless required otherwise in the Specification. B. Shop Drawings: One (1) sepia transparency and three (3) prints. Sepia and (1) print will be returned. If additional sets are required for the contractors' use, submit additional sets. C. Samples, Brochures. Catalog Cuts. Diagrams. Charts. Schedule and Other Standard Descriptive Data: Five (5) copies. Three (3) will be returned. Samples: submit two (2) product samples D. S_ttbmission Schedule: Five (5) copies, Three (3) will be returned. 1.07 ARCHITEC'T'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Architect will review submittals for design concept and general compliance with Contract Documents. This will not be a detailed review. He will not be responsible for quantity, size, or dimensional errors on shop drawings. 13, Architect will affix submittal with stamp indicating action to be taken. C. Approval of a separate or specified item does not constitute acceptance of an assembly in which the item functions. 1,08 TIMING A. Architect shall review and return submittals within ten (10) days after receipt of submittal. B. Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling submittals to allow Architect time to review submittals as stated above, C. Contractor shall be responsible for timing of rejected submittals. No additions to Contract Sum or Contract Time for corrections or resubmittals will be considered. 1.09 DISTRIBUTION A. Contractor: Responsible for his own use, Owner, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturer, field office. 13. Architect: Responsible for his own use, and his consultants, if applicable. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples - 01340 - 3 U.S BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 01400 INSPECTION AND TESTING PART l - GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Comply with all requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions, preceding these specifications. Owner will engage and pay Testing Laboratory to provide inspection services rcquircd by these specifications and by the local jurisdictional authority. Testing and Inspection by Owner does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility to furnish satisfactory materials and workmanship in accordance with drawings and specifications. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: The independent testing and inspection agency(ies) will prepare logs, test reports and certificates applicable to specific tests and inspections, and deliver one copy to each of the following: Architect, Contractor's Field Office, Contractor's Main Office, Consulting Engineer, Owner and City of Bellevue, as appropriate. Other tests, certificates and similar documents shall be obtained by the Contractor and delivered to Architect in such time as not to delay progress of the work or final payment therefore. B. Certificates: Product producers and associations which have instituted approved systems of quality control are not required to have further testing, but may submit certificates of compliance in lieu of further testing. Concrete mixing plants, plants producing fabricated concrete and wood products certified by the Building Department, lumber and plywood grade marked by approved associations, and materials and equipment bearing Underwriters' Laboratories label require no further plant inspection or testing. Other testing may be specified by referenced specification or by specification in the technical sections hereinafter. Furnish compliance documents where required. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Access: Furnish free access to various parts of the work and assist testing and inspection personnel in the performance of their duties at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Data: Furnish records, drawings, certificates, and similar data as may be required by the testing and inspection personnel to assure compliance with the Contract Documents. Inspection and Testing - 01400 - 1 U.S BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA C. Notice: Furnish notice to testing and inspection personnel not less than 24 hours prior to any time required for such services. Schedule portions of the work requiring inspections and testing so that the time the agency is on the project is as continuous and brief as possible. D. Defective Work: When tests or inspections indicate non - compliance with the Contract Documents, subsequent retesting occasioned by such non - compliance shall be performed by the same personnel as performed the initial tests or inspections, and shall be paid for by the Contractor. Remove and replace any work found defective or not in compliance with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the Owner and furnish notice for retesting as specified hereinbefore. 1.04 LABORATORY AND INSPECTOR DO FOLLOWING A. Inspector: 1, General: Keep accurate records; make appropriate reports. 2. Authority of Inspectors: Full authority to see that specifications are complied with. In the event unforeseen circumstances develop, inspector may stop work and make immediate report to Architect for decision. B. Tests and inspection Required: C. Reports: 1. General: Make reports as soon as practicable. 2. Mail Copies of Reports to the Architect, General Contractor, Owner and City. END OF SECTION Inspection and Testing - 01400 - 2 U.S BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 01400 INSPECTION AND TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Comply with all requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions, preceding these specifications. Owner will engage and pay Testing Laboratory to provide inspection services required by these specifications and by the local jurisdictional authority. Testing and Inspection by Owner does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility to furnish satisfactory materials and workmanship in accordance with drawings and specifications. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: The independent testing and inspection agency(ies) will prepare logs, test reports and certificates applicable to specific tests and inspections, and deliver one copy to each of the following: Architect, Contractor's Field Office, Contractor's Main Office, Consulting Engineer, Owner and City of Bellevue, as appropriate. Other tests, certificates and similar documents shall be obtained by the Contractor and delivered to Architect in such time as not to delay progress of the work or final payment therefore. B. Certificates: Product producers and associations which have instituted approved systems of quality control are not required to have further testing, but may submit certificates of compliance in lieu of further testing. Concrete mixing plants, plants producing fabricated concrete and wood products certified by the Building Department, lumber and plywood grade marked by approved associations, and materials and equipment bearing Underwriters' Laboratories label require no further plant inspection or testing. Other testing may be specified by referenced specification or by specification in the technical sections hereinafter. Furnish compliance documents where required. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Access: Furnish free access to various parts of the work and assist testing and inspection personnel in the performance of their duties at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Data: Furnish records, drawings, certificates, and similar data as may be required by the testing and inspection personnel to assure compliance with the Contract Documents. Inspection and Testing - 01400 - 1 U.S BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA C. Notice: Furnish notice to testing and inspection personnel not less than 24 hours prior to any time required for such services. Schedule portions of the work requiring inspections and testing so that the time the agency is on the project is as continuous and brief as possible. D. Defective Work: When tests or inspections indicate non - compliance with the Contract Documents, subsequent retesting occasioned by such non - compliance shall be performed by the same personnel as performed the initial tests or inspections, and shall be paid for by the Contractor. Remove and replace any work found defective or not in compliance with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the Owner and furnish notice for retesting as specified hereinbefore. 1.04 LABORATORY AND INSPECTOR DO FOLLOWING A. Inspector: 1. General: Keep accurate records; make appropriate reports. 2. Authority of Inspectors: Full authority to see that specifications are complied with. In the event unforeseen circumstances develop, inspector may stop work and make immediate report to Architect for decision. B. Tests and Inspection Required: C. Reports: I. General: Make reports as soon as practicable. 2. Mail Copies of Reports to the Architect, General Contractor, Owner and City. END OF SECTION Inspection and Testing - 01400 - 2 U.S. BANK :. LARRY'S, TUKWILA U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUK \VILA 1.05 CLEANING At all times during the course of this Contract keep the buildings, the Owner's premises and the adjoining premises, including streets and driveways, free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish caused by employees or work or by the employees or work of Subcontractors. Clean, polish, soul, wax and provide all other such finish operations noted on the drawings or required at the time of acceptance of work under the Contract. 1.06 PROJECT OFFICE Provide and maintain, for the duration of the Contract, an area with a layout table. Provide and pay for a temporary telephone, facsimile machine, temporary power and light service. 1.07 'TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES Enclose area of work to contain dust and noise and as required to protect existing improvements. Coordinate size and location of in -store temporary enclosure with Owner's representative and building tenant. 1.08 PROJECT SIGNS The Contractor shall be allowed to erect one professionally painted, six square foot project sign if approval by the owner. The Owner and Tenant representative may erect their own signs on contractor's temporary enclosure. The Owner may require any and all signs to be removed at any time, Said removal shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities - 01500 - 2 SECTION 01710 CLEAN -UP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Maintain site in clean, orderly condition during construction. Remove all debris as construction progresses. B. Perform final clean -up just prior to final completion of work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Use materials and methods for cleaning and polishing as recommended by appropriate manufacturers. Soaps and cleansers shall be of types not injurious to the surfaces on which they are used. The use of acid is prohibited unless otherwise specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All the work shall be left clean and free of dirt, spatterings of paint, plaster, concrete, mortar, fingerprints and foreign matter. The contractor shall leave the building clean and orderly, ready for the occupancy for which it is intended. 3.02 Contractor shall.. A. Remove all stains from glass. Wash and polish glass inside and out. Do not scratch glass or injure glazing compound. B. Clean fixtures, equipment, appliances, floors, walls, ceiling surfaces, doors, light fixture lenses inside and out, and all other materials exposed to view. C. Clean HVAC system, including replacement of disposable filters. D. Remove all rubbish from site. END OF SECTION Clean -up - 01710 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERA!, 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Shop Drawing, Product Data and Samples, Section 01340. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at job site, one copy of each of the following as record documents: 1. Contract drawings (blueline prints), including all revisions and clarification drawings. One set shall be furnished free of charge. 2. Project Manual (General Conditions, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications) including Addenda and Bulletins. 3. Reviewed Shop Drawings and samples. 4. Modifications: Change Orders, Directives, and other written amendments to the Contract. 5. Field test records. 6. Project Meeting Notes. 7. Progress Schedule. 8. Submittal Log. 1.04 RECORDING A. Label each record document "PROJECT RECORD" in two inch high printed letters. B. Keep record documents current. C. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. D. Record Contract Drawings and Specifications: Legibly mark to record actual construction: 1. Field changes of dimension and detail. 2, Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. 3. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 4. Concealed utilities, etc. Project Record Documents - 01720 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.05 FINAL RECORDING U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 01790 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Comply with requirements stated in General Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the work to provide an orderly and efficient transfer of the completed work to the Owner. B. Contractor shall be liable for the cost of reinspection, including the Architects and Engineers time, should the work not be ready for Substantial Completion or Final Inspection at the time of the Contractor's request for such review. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS Conditions of the Contract. Fiscal provision, legal submittals and additional administrative requirements: 1. Section 01720, Project Record Documents. 2. The respective sections of Specifications: Closeout submittals required of trades. 3. Division 15, Mechanical. 4. Division 16, Electrical. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When the work is considered substantially complete, submit to Architect a written notice that the work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete. 13. After receipt of such notice, Architect will make an inspection to determine the status of completion. C. When Architect concurs that the work is substantially complete, he or the Owner's Representative will: 1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA form 0704, accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, as verified and amended by the Architect. 2. Submit the Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. Contract Closeout - 01790 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.04 FINAL INSPECTION A. When the work is considered complete, submit writtcn certification that: 1. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 2. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 3. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational. 4. Work is completed and ready for final inspection. B. Architect and the Owner's Representative will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Should Architect or Owner's Representative consider that the work is incomplete or defective: 1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to Architect that the work is complete. 3. Architect will reinspect the work at Contractor's expense. D. When the Architect and Owner's Representative finds that the work is acceptable to the requirements of the Contract Documents, he will request the Contractor to make close -out submittals. 1.05 PREREQUISITES TO FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Prior to authorization of final payment, the following requirements of the Contract Documents shall have been fulfilled: 1. Satisfactory completion of the entire work and acceptance by the Architect and the Owner. 2. Delivery to the Owner of the "Certificate of Occupancy" indicating approval by the governing building authorities of occupancy of the premises for the purpose intended. 3. Submission, by the Contractor to the Architect, of all required written warranties and written approvals from governing agencies as specified. Contract Closeout - 01790 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 4. Submission, by the Contractor to the Architect, of record drawings, signed by the Contractor and the applicable Subcontractors. 5. Submission, by the Contractor to the Owner's Representative, of an affidavit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the work for which the Owner or his property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. (AIA Form G706). 6. Delivery to the Owner of a complete file of Operation and Maintenance Manuals of equipment and materials used in the work, including names of local service representatives. 7. Submission, by the Contractor to the Owner's Representative, of consent of surety, if any, to final payment. (AIA Form G707). 8. Submission by the Contractor to the Owner's Representative, of Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens. (AIA Form 0706A). 9. Provide the Owner with Subcontractor Affidavit and Waiver of Lien (AIA Form G706A) and Subcontractor Guarantee in accordance with the included form. 10. Provide the Owner with a complete list of Subcontractors and principal vendors, including addresses and telephone numbers. 1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to Architect. 13. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: I. The original Contract Sum. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders b. Allowances c. Unit prices (1. Deductions for uncorrected work e. Deductions for reinspection payments f. Other adjustments 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 4. Previous payments. 5. Sum remaining due. C. Owner's Representative will prepare a final Change Order, if necessary, reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1.07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract. Contract Closeout - 01790 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TU K W ILA 1.08 INSTRUCTIONS Instruct the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel in proper operation and maintenance of systems, equipment and similar items which were provided as part of the work. PART 2 - GUARANTEE 2.01 Contractor shall cause every Subcontractor performing work or furnishing material incorporated in this project to submit a written guarantee of that work or material, in the form that follows. 2.02 The General Contractor shall also execute the guarantee form described in 2.01 above. 2.03 The guarantee period shall be for that period of time stated in the various trade sections of the specifications. When no period is so stated, the guarantee period shall be one year from date of Substantial Completion. Contract Closeout - 01790 - 4 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA (SUBCONTRACTORS LETTERHEAD) GUARANTEE FOR We hereby guarantee that the which we have installed at the has been done in strict accordance with the drawings and specifications and that the work installed will fulfill the requirements of those specifications. We agree to repair or replace or cause to be repaired or replace any or all of our work which may prove to be defective in workmanship or materials, together with any adjacent work which require repair or replacement because of our defective work, within a period of one year from date of Final acceptance of the above -named project by the Owner, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted, If we fail to start compliance with the above paragraph within 10 days after receipt of written notice from Owner or Architect to do so, or fail to pursue such compliance with diligence, we, jointly and severally, do hereby authorize the Owner to proceed to have the defects repaired and made good at our sole expense, and we will honor and pay the costs and charges for it together with interest at the maximum rate then permitted by governing state law, upon demand. If we fail to fulfill the preceding obligations, and if Owner brings an action to enforce this guarantee, we agree to pay Owner's reasonable attorney's fees incurred in connection therewith. Signed (Subcontractor) Countersigned (Contractor) END OF SECTION Contract Closeout - 01790 - 5 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAI. 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED Demolition as indicated on drawings and as required to accommodate new construction to include: A, Removal of walls, flooring, lighting, mechanical, etc. B. Removal / relocation of utilities / appurtenances as required for execution of the work. 1,03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with applicable local, state and federal safety requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION Protect all adjacent improvements indicated to remain. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. Demolish only as required by the drawings or to accommodate new construction. B. Maintain dust control procedures during all demolition work. 3.03 REMOVAL A. Remove all debris promptly from site. B. Dispose of all debris in accordance with applicable regulations, 3,04 CLEAN -UP A. Thoroughly clean areas adjacent to demolition at completion of demolition. END OF SECTION Demolition - 02050 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Conform to the requirements of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE A. Furnish equipment, tools, materials and labor as required to perform the work indicated on the drawings as specified and necessary to complete the contract, including, but not limited to, the following major items: 1. Safety precautions required by Code. 2. Dust control. 3. Removal and disposition of all materials resulting from this work. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS All Contractors submitting bids for this work shall first examine the site and all conditions and limitations thereon and thereabouts. All bids shall take into account all such conditions and limitations whether or not the same are specifically shown or mentioned in any of the Contract Documents and every bid shall be construed as including whatever sums are needed to complete the work in every part as shown, described or reasonably required or implied, and attain the completed conditions contemplated by the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Contact the Owner's representative and building tenant prior to performing any work on this project. All work shall be performed in adherence to the owner's requirements regarding work hours, parking, materials storage, staging, disposal, etc.. END OF SECTION Site Preparation - 02100 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 02580 PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL Conform to the provisions of Part [ and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE Furnish equipment, tools, materials and labor as required to perform any and all work described in the specifications and indicated on the drawings as necessary to complete the contracts, including but not limited to these major items: A. On site pavement markings 0. Handicapped signs C. Handicap pavement markings D. Fire Lane signs, markings as required 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Site Preparation, 02100 13. Curbs and gutters, see Cast -in -Place Concrete, 03300. 1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Field Conditions:' 1, Complete site preparation as required in Section 02100. 2. Complete installation of all underground facilities as required elsewhere in the contracts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION 2,01 MA'T'ERIALS A. Pavement Marking: 1. Materials shall meet the WSDOT Standard Specifications as defined in Section 8- 22,2 for roadway striping. The glassbeads, as noted in Section 8- 22.3(4) shall not be Pavement Markings and Signage - 02580 -1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA rcquircd. Off -site color as per WSDOT Standard Specifications. On -site color. white. 2. Striping, Symbols and Arrows - Uniform in width throughout and with no black bitumen showing through. Use stencils, masking tape or striping machines as required to obtain clean, sharp lines. Obtain Architect's approval of all layouts before application of paint. Color: White. 3. Fire Line Stripping shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Fire Marshall for the City of Tukwila as to layout and colors. Prepare a drawing for approval by Fire Marshall and Architect prior to commencing striping work.. 4. Application - Pavement markings shall not be applied until all paving operations are complete, all Landscaping materials have been installed and the pavement has been cleaned.. Paint shall be applied at 70 to 80% of the specified rate. After drying, the second coat shall be applied at the full specified rate. If discoloration of the paint occurs due to bleeding of bituminous materials, additional light coats of paint shall be applied until color is uniform throughout. Prevent overspray on adjacent surfaces. B. : Signs shall be reflective 3M material on aluminum sign blanks in conformance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, and the Washington State rules and regulations for barrier -free facilities. Provide galvanized sign poles, footnigs, and brackets as required for complete installation. C. Reflectors: Reflectors shall be Type 2d Lane Markers per WSDOT 9 -21.2, installed in accordance with 8 -09.3, as indicated. END OF SECTION Pavement Markings and Signage - 02580 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART_LLESERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Engineering design and forms for all cast -in -place concrete. B. Setting of embedded items. C. Removal of forms. 1.03 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Concrete Reinforcement, Section 03200. B. Cast -in -Place Concrete, Section 03300. C. Furnishing Embedded Items, Pertinent Sections. D. Inspection and Testing, Section 01400. 1.04 BUILDING CODE All concrete work shall conform to the requirements of the 1991 Uniform Building Code as adopted by the City of Tukwila and ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings ". Where conflict occurs with other provisions of this specification, the Building Code shall govern as to minimum requirements. All items not otherwise specified shall conform to ACI Standard 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Criteria: 1. General: Conform to ACI 347, Chapter 2, DESIGN. 2. Plywood: Conform to tables for form design in APA Form V345, including strength. B. Reference Sifications and Standards: 1. ACI 347: Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. Concrete Formwork - 03100 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. APA: Form V345 Plywood for Concrete Forming. 3. APA: Grading Rules. 4. NFPA: National Design Specifications for Wood Construction. C. Allowable Tolerances: Conform to ACI 347, Article 3.3.1, "Tolerances for Reinforced Concrete Buildings ". 1.06 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES Chock with all trades which require openings for the passage of pipes, conduits, ducts and other inserts. Sleeves, conduits, boxes and other items for mechanical work are specified to be installed under the appropriate sections of the Specifications. 1.07 SCHEDULING Contractor shall provide and erect sufficient forms so that the work of pouring concrete will proceed at a rate to insure maintaining a schedule so that the time of the inspector shall be as continuous as practical. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Plywood: "Plyform" grade Douglas fir veneer; conform to Product Standard PS1 -74. Edge sealed and factory treated with form oil. May be face sealed in lieu of form oil at Contractor's option. 3/4- inch thickness if used as sheathing with 12 -inch stud spacing or 1/4 -inch thickness if used as lining with shiplap sheathing. B. FE,rrp Ties: Removable form bolts with coil ties, or snap ties. Either system shall have cone spreaders and tic metal shall be 3/4 -inch minimum back of concrete face. Approved manufacturers are Superior Concrete Accessories, Burke or Richmond. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. General: Conform to shapes and dimensions shown, and within specified allowable tolerances. Construct accurately; brace to be unyielding. Make reasonably tight to prevent excess leakage. Set form board and plywood for wall horizontally. Provide openings required for other trades, including mechanical and electrical. Provide openings in bottoms of forms for clean out prior to pour. Concrete Formwork - 03100 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA Remove all debris and clean out all forms before pouring any concrete. Keep forms moist prior to pour to prevent shrinkage and warping. B. Maximum Spacing: Studs and joists not farther apart than 12- inches o.c. Horizontal form walers spaced not to exceed 2' -0" o.c. Space wall form tics not over four feet apart horizontally and two feet apart vertically. C. Chamfering: Chamfer salient corners in exposed concrete except where flush with adjacent surfaces. Chamfer size 3/4" x 3/4" except as otherwise detailed. D. Plywood Forms: Use for all exposed concrete. May be used for other unexposed concrete at Contractor's option. Make joints flush, in regular pattern, as possible. Use full size sheets insofar as possible in exposed work. C. Re -use of Plywood: Plywood forms may be reused provided all damaged edges are removed, all imperfections in faces are repaired, all holes filled and plywood is cleaned to obtain concrete surfaces equal to that obtained by new plywood. F. Allowable Tolerances: Construct all form work to conform to the dimensional tolerance in finished concrete work specified herein, 1. Variations from the plumb. a. In the lines and surfaces of columns, piers, walls, and in arrises: 1/4 inch per ten feet, but not more than one inch. b. For exposed corners, columns, control -joint grooves, and other conspicuous lines: In any bay or 20 feet maximum 1/4 in. In 40 feet or more 1/2 in. 2. Variations from the level or from the grades indicated on the drawings: a. Interior slabs on grade 1/8 in. Concrete Formwork - 03100 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA b. For exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines: In any bay or 20 feet maximum 1/4 in. In 40 feet or more 1/2 in. 3. Variation of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related position of columns, wall and partitions. In any bay or 20 feet maximum 1/2 in. In 40 feet or more 1 in. 4. Variation in the sizes and locations of sleeves, floor openings, and wall openings 1/4 in. S. Variation in cross - sectional dimensions of columns and beams, and in the thickness of slabs and walls: Minus 1/4 in. Plus 1/2 in. 3.02 TREATMENT A. Sealing of Lumber and Plywood Forms; Before usage, faces and edges shall be coated with Coating and Adhesives Corp. "White Roc FR -20 "; Nox -Crete "Pre- Form "; or approved equal. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's directions, 13. Form Release Agent: Before each pour, coat forms with Coating and Adhesives Corp. "White Roc BT- 100S," Nox- Crete "Form Coating ", Layco "Lacton ", or approved equal. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 3.03 RETIGIITENING FORMS Required for all exposed construction joints. Install row of adjustable spreaders approximately two inches above joints. Retighten just before making the succeeding pour. 3.04 INACCESSIBLE FORMS All forms are to be removed except where specifically indicated to remain. Provide adequate access for removal. Concrete Formwork - 03100 - 4 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.05 SLOPE TO DRAIN Construct to slope whcrc so indicated on drawings. 3.06 MISCELLANEOUS EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Anchor Bolts: Set as rcquircd on the drawings, or as necessary for other work. 11. Inserts. Sleeves. Reglets. Conduit and Similar: Allow all trades and contractors time on facilities to install. Conform to Section 503 of ACI Building Code and the Building Code. General Contractor shall furnish and install all sleeves and frames for all openings shown on drawings or required for equipment, except those sleeves specified under the Mechanical and Electrical work. C. All Other Miscellaneous Items: Built -in items specified in other Sections exactly where shown. Verify locations which may be critical. 3.07 JOINTS AND STOPPAGES A. Construction Joints: In accordance with Paragraph 2606(d) of the Building Code, except as modified herein. Provide nominal 3/4" x 2 -1/2" key at all construction joints, unless otherwise shown on drawings. Submit proposed locations of construction and contraction joints to Architect for approval. B. Expansion Joints; 1. Materials: Preformed non - extruding expansion joint filler; ASTM D1751. 1/2 -inch thick unless shown otherwise. 2. Joint ■here Finish is Concrete: Provide at location indicated on the drawings, Provide in sidewalks, paved areas and curbs, not over 20 feet apart; and at walls, columns, and elsewhere as indicated. Joints shall be continuous and full depth and width of concrete. Stop filler 1/2 inch below top of concrete; allow for sealant provided under Section 07900. Tool edges of all exposed joints. 3.08 REMOVING FORMS AND SHORING A. Tics: Remove lour days after pour. Fill holes with dry pack cement mortar. Concrete Formwork - 03100 - 5 .~�~'�°,=`=- ,r"^"�~.°°-.ve•__— U.S. BANK LARRY'3.7UK\VlLA 8. Forms: Remove only afcer concrete has thoroughly hardencd. Vcrtical forms may be rcmovcd 24 hours aficr pour where siructure is supported on shores. C. Remove shoring only aftcr concrete has reached its 28 day strength. All shoring for beams and slabs shall remain in place at all timcs until all concrete work over has been if necessary to remove any shoring in order to remove plywood forms, all shoring so removed shall immediately be reinstalled to support all loads. END OF SECTION Concrete Formwork - 03100 - 6 U.S BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 • GENF,RAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part I and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Inspection and Testing, 01400. B. Concrete Formwork, 03100. C. Cast -in -place Concrete, 03300. 1.03 BUILDING CODE AND STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ACI 318 "Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ". 1.04 CODE Uniform Building Code 1991 edition ( "Building Code "). 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS Furnish, in accordance with the General Conditions, reinforcing steel bending and placing diagrams prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified steel detailer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing Bars: All steel shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60 as indicated on drawings. Unpainted, uncoated, free from rust, dirt and loose scale. Welded steel per ASTM A706, Grade 60, where indicated on drawings. B. Steel Fabric; Welded steel wire fabric, ASTM A185. 6 x 6 inches mesh Number WL. 4 (10/10) wire size unless noted otherwise on drawings. Concrete Reinforcement - 03200 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Tie Wire: 16 - 18 gauge or heavier, black annealed wire. B. Spacer Bars for Wall Reinforcing: Number 3 bars, "U" shape, Stock items of equivalent function may be submitted for approval. 2.03 BENDING AND CLEANING Conform to Building Code. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING Conform to Building Code. Place accurately in accordance with shop drawings. Tie intersections in accordance with best practices and as necessary to prevent displacement. Install spacer bars in walls at three foot centers both ways where appropriate. Prevent water from softening soil at footing during steel placement. 3.02 SPLICES Refer to structural drawings, 3.03 PROTECTIVE COVERING OF CONCRETE Refer to structural drawings. 3.04 WELDING Welders to be state certified, Conform to requirements of Standard Code of Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction issued by the American Welding Society. 3.05 SUPPORTS FOR REINFORCEMENT A. On Ground: Concrete blocks. B. Over Formwork., 1. In Unexposed Areas: Concrete blocks or metal chairs. 2. Exposed Slabs and Similar: Approved "Invisible" chairs. Hot -dip galvanized or approved plastic type, Concrete Reinforcement - 03200 - 2 U.S BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.06 STEEL FABRIC Provide in all concrete slabs on grade. Provide in all floor slabs where bars are not indicated. Provide elsewhere where indicated on drawings. Block up so as to obtain complete embedment in top of slab. Overlap at splices not less than 1-1/2 times the mesh size. Do not carry through expansion joints. END OF SECTION Concrete Reinforcement - 03200 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GF,NERAI, 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1, 1.02 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Inspection and Testing, 01400 Concrete Formwork, 03100 Steel Reinforcement, 03200 Caulking of Expansion Joints, 07900 Hangers attached to or embedded in concrete are covered elsewhere, Hangers, sleeves and inserts for Mechanical and Electrical work, Divisions 15 and 16. 1.03 BUILDING CODE AND STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS All concrete work shall conform to the requirements of the Uniform Building Code, 1991 edition ( "Building Code ") and ACT 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." Where a conflict occurs with other provisions of this specification, the Building Code shall govern as to minimum requirements. 1.04 FOREMAN Employ experienced foremen for all work. 1.05 LOADING STRUCTURES Protect all existing structures from excessive loading. Shore and brace as necessary to prevent all damage. 1.06 DEFECTIVE WORK Contractor shall remove and replace at his own expense. 1.07 WORK OUTSIDE OF BUILDING LINE Repair existing improvements (if any) which are damaged or removed during construction. Repair to original condition free of obvious patches. Obtain necessary permits, pay all required fees. Specifications of the governing authority supersedes those written herein, except that requirements specified here are the minimum acceptable. Cast -in Place Concrete - 03300 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 2 -,PRODUCTS 2,01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or Type III, Portland Cement. Use same brand of cement for all exposed work. B. Regular Aggregates: Conform to requirements of Paragraph 403 of the ACI building code. C. Bonding Agent: "Weld- crete" as manufactured by Larsen Products Corporation, "Daraweld -C" as manufactured by Dewey & Almy. D. Densifying Admixtures: "Plastiment" as manufactured by Sika, "Possolith I00XR" as manufactured by Master Builders, or approved equal. E. Air - Entraining Agent: Conform to ASTM C260. F. Sealer; "Kure -N -Seal" as manufactured by Sonneborn, Inc. or approved equal. 2.02 CONCRETE MIXING A, General: Ready- mixed concrete per ASTM C94. Contractor responsible for quality of concrete. B. Proportioning: Conform to Paragraph 3,8.2 of the Standard Specifications using any of methods 1, 2 or 3. C. Water Content: As little as practicable for the specific conditions. Maximum three -inch slump for all concrete slabs, four -inch elsewhere. D. Admixtures: Admixtures other than air - entraining agents and densifying admixture as specified shall not be used except as approved by Architect. A water reducing admixture, Pozzolith (See UBC Standard No, 26 -9), used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, shall be incorporated in concrete design mixes upon approval by Architect. Admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used, Cast -in Place Concrete - 03300 - 2 �. U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA E. Air - Entrained Concrete: An air entraining agent, conforming to the UBC Standard No. 26 -9, shall be used in all concrete mixes for work which is exposed to earth or weather. The amount of entrained air shall be 5% +- 1 %o by volume. F. Densil'ying Admixtures., Use in concrete for interior slabs. Use in all other concrete except air - entrained concrete at contractor's option. Use two fluid ounces per sack of cement in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. Add at mixing plant. Reduce water content to provide slump recommended by admixture manufacturer. 2.03 STRENOTIIS OF CONCRETE Water /cement ratios for various concrete strengths (f c) shall be as shown on the drawings. Concrete strengths shall be verified by standard 28 -day cylinder tests. 2.04 GROUT MATERIALS A. Non - Metallic. Non- Shrink Cement Grout: Portland Cement, ASTM C150, Type I, and clean natural sand, ASTM C440. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. General: In accordance with the Building Code. Pour monolithically insofar as practicable. Adjust mix only on approval of Architect. Deposit concrete as close to final position as practicable. Vibrate as necessary to obtain thorough compaction, embedment of reinforcing and complete filling of forms. Protect soil - bearing surfaces from softening during placing operations. Use trunks to control drop of concrete. B. Protection., 1. General: Protect all concrete from freezing per UBC 2605. Protect fresh concrete from direct rays of sun or drying effect of wind. Protect all concrete floors against rain splatter. No pitted floors will be accepted. 2. Floor Slabs: After concrete floors have been cured and before any traffic or work is allowed over floors, protect floors with reinforced kraft paper. Maintain in good condition until all painting is completed or floor covering installed. Cast -in Place Concrete - 03300 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.02 SLAB FINISHES A. Genera;. Screed to true levels or slopes. Finish monolithically with topping. Tool all salient edges of concrete. Machine trowelling will be permitted provided that maximum specified tolerance is not exceeded. Do not absorb water with neat cement. Make sharp arris at all wall to floor conditions. 13. Slab Tolerance: Tolerance 1/8 inch in 10 feet based on mean floor elevation. Tolerance not cumulative. Control by 10 foot straight edge. Interior areas to receive floor coverings with tolerance in excess shall be ground or underlaid as specified hereinafter. Interior areas indicated to remain exposed with tolerance in excess shall be removed and replaced. C. Interior Slab Finishes: Steel trowel all surfaces to hard, dense surface, free from marks. All slabs, two -pass steel trowel. 3.03 EXPOSED FORMED SURFACES All exposed concrete not otherwise specified shall be treated as follows: A. Fins. Remove from all exposed work by carborundum stone or power grinder. 13. Voids. Gravel Pockets and Similar: Cut out defective areas one inch deep; vertical edges. Wet cavities and adjacent areas. Cement mortar to match adjacent areas, use as little water as possible. Retemper every two hours to control shrinkage. Thoroughly fill voids and finish off; match adjacent surface in exposed work. C. Finish: Exposed concrete to be sack finished. 3.04 CURING A. General: Keep all surfaces of concrete moist for not less than seven days. 13. Curing Slabs: After clanger of pitting is over, use one of the following at Contractor's option. 1. Flooding or fine mist spray for seven days. 2. Cover with one inch of wet sand. Keep sand moist seven days. Cast -in Place Concrete - 03300 - 4 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3. Cover with reinforced waterproof kraft paper with joints sealed. 4. Application of non -film forming curing compound compatible with resilient flooring cement. 3.05 SEALER Apply in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, two coat minimum. 3.06 GROUT FOR BASE AND BEARING PLATES A. Grout Mixes: 1. Non- Shrink Grout: Consisting of premixed compound and only enough water to provide a flowablc mixture without segregation or bleeding. 2, Non - Metallic Cement Grout: Consisting of one part portland cement, 2 -1/2 parts sand, and only enough water to properly mix and for hydration. 13. Installation: Provide non - shrink grout where indicated on the drawings. Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain grout in place until sufficiently hard to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, plumb, and level with adjacent concrete surface. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours after it has taken its initial set. Promptly remove any grout material from exposed surfaces before it hardens. END OF SECTION Cast -in Place Concrete - 03300 - 5 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, 'TUKWILA SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND GROUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. inspection and Testing, 01400. B. Glass Unit Masonry, 04270. 1.03 DELIVERY OF MATERIAL Deliver cement dry; keep dry on job. Store materials to prevent damage from staining, breakage and freezing. Use tarps when necessary or directed during delivery and storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: Comply with ASTM C150, type I. B. Quickline: Comply with ASTM C5. C. Hydrated Lime: Comply with ASTM C207, Type S, except Type N for interior only. D. Sand: Comply with ASTM C404. E. Aggregates for Grout: Comply with ASTM C404. F. Water; Clean and fit to drink, Mortar and Grout - 04100 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT A. General: Mortar shall comply with Building Code. When densifier is used, not more than one ounce per sack of cement. 13. Lime Preparation: Hydrated lime, make into putty at least 24 hours before using unless manufacturer specifically recommends otherwise. Quicklime, slake in accordance with Appendix of ASTM C5. C. Mortar Proportions: Types and strengths as indicated on drawings. D. Mortar Mixing: Measure ingredients accurately; mix by approved machine for at least three minutes. Hand mixing permitted for small quantities only. Use mortar containing cement within three hours after mixing. Rctcmper mortar for workability as necessary within above time limit. Use of mortar mixed more than three hours is prohibited. Mix densifier in accordance with manufacturer's directions. E. Grout: Grout shall be minimum 6 sack 60/40 mix (60% sand, 40% pea gravel). Grout shall be delivered to the jobsite with a 3 -5 inch slump, shall contain no additives and should achieve a minimum fc of 2500 psi when tested in delivered condition per UBC Std No. 26 -10. Just prior to placing, the grout should receive a six lbs per cubic yard dosage of Grout -Aid Type II by Sika Corp. per manufacturer's recommended procedures. After addition and thorough mixing of grout additive, add minimum water necessary to achieve optimum workability. 2.03 COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS Refer to Section 04200 for preconditioning mortar and grout. PART 3 - EXECUTION, NOT USED. END OF SECTION Mortar and Grout - 04100 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 04270 GLASS UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.01 GENERA!, REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 RELATE!) WORK A. inspection and Testing, 01400. 13. Mortar and Grout, 04100. C. Metal Fabrications, 05500. 1.03 SUIMITTA LS Two glass block units of each type specified showing size, color, design and pattern of face. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Store unopened cartons of glass block in a clean, cool, dry area. 13. Protect opened cartons of glass block against windblown rain or water run -off. C. Do not install glass block when temperature is 40° and falling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS BLOCK UNITS 8" x 8" x 4" partially evacuated hollow units as manufactured by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. Style: as noted on the drawings. 2.02 ACCESSORIES All accessories by Glass Block manufacturer to be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. A. Panel Rdptbrcing: Two parallel 9 -ga. wires on either 1 -5/8" or 2" centers with electrically welded cross - wires, galvanized after welding. As supplied by Pittsburg Corning Corporation. 13. Expansion Strips: White polyethylene foam, 3/8" thick. As supplied by Pittsburgh Coming Corporation. Glass Unit Masonry - 04270 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 20 ga. perforated steel strips 24" long by 1 -3/4" wide, galvanized after perforation. As supplied by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. C. Panel Anchors: 20 ga. perforated steel strips 24" long by 1 -3/4" wide, galvanized after fabrication. Supplied by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. D. Asphalt Emulsion., Water based asphalt emulsion. "Karnak 100" as manufactured by Karnak Chemical Corp. (800) 526 -4236. 2.03 MORTAR A. Type S, in accordance with ASTM C270, with integral waterproofing. I. Portland Cement: Comply with ASTM C150, type I (white). 2. Lime: Type S, comply with ASTM C207. 3. Sand: Clean, white quartzite, free of iron compounds, for thin joints. ASTM C 144. PART 3 - EXF,Cl1TION 3.01 MORTAR A. Mix all mortar components to a consistency that is drier than mortar for ordinary masonry. Do not use antifreeze compounds or accelerators, 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Cover sill area with heavy coat of Asphalt Emulsion. Allow to dry before proceeding with mortar, 13. Adhere expansion strips to jambs and head. Make sure strips extend to sill. C. Set a lull mortar bed joint, applied to sill. D. Set lower course of block, Maintain a uniform joint width of 1/4 inch, plus or minus 1/16 -inch. All mortar joints must be full and not furrowed. Steel tools must not be used to tap block into place. Glass Unit Masonry - 04270 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA E. Install panel reinforcing horizontally on 16" centers and immediately above and below all openings within panel. Install vertical reinforcing and anchor to horizontal reinforcing as indicated. Place reinforcing continuously from end to end of panels. Lap not less than 6 ". Cut at expansion joints. 1. Place lower half of mortar bed in place. Do not furrow. 2. Press panel reinforcing into place. 3. Cover panel reinforcing with upper half of mortar bed. Trowel smooth. Do not furrow. F. Place full mortar beds for joints not requiring reinforcing. Do not furrow. Maintain uniform joint width. G. Set succeeding course of blocks. Space at head of panel must remain free of mortar. H. Strike joints smooth while mortar is still plastic and before final set. At this time, rake out all spaces requiring sealant to a depth equal to the width of the joint. Remove surplus mortar from faces of glass blocks and wipe dry. Tool joints smooth and concave before mortar takes final set. I. After (final mortar set install packing tightly between glass block panel and jamb and head construction. Leave space for sealing. J. Apply sealant evenly to the full depth of recesses as indicated on the drawings. 3.03 CLEANING A. Mortar should be removed while it is still plastic using a clean, wet sponge or household scrub brush with stiff bristles. 13, Do not use harsh cleaners, acids, abrasives, alkalines. Do not use steel wool or wire brushes. C. Use solvents to remove excess calking. Wash with water after use. D. Final cleaning to be done when block is not exposed to direct sun light. Start at top of panel and wash with generous amounts of clean water. Use clean, dry, soft cloth to remove all water from block surface. Change cloths frequently to eliminate dried particles which could scratch the surface of the block. END OF SECTION Glass Unit Masonry - 04270 - 3 SECTION 05100 STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERA(, REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install all items of structural metal framing. 1.03 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Metal Decking, 05300 Metal Fabrications, 05500 (Painting requirements of that Section apply to this one.) 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection and Tests Conform to requirements of Section 01400. B. Regulations: Conform with requirements of the Uniform Building Code, 1991 edition, as adopted by the City of Tukwila ( "Building Code "). C. Standard Specifications: 1. AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings," including the "Commentary of the AISC Specification." 3. AISC "Manual of Steel Construction." 4. Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. 5. Welding electrodes to conform to AWS D1 for filler metal and manufacturer's recommendations for actual positions and conditions of use. 6. A Guide to Shop Painting of Structural Steel by SSPC and AISC. D. Fabricator/Erector: Must have not less than two (2) years experience in the fabrication and erection of structural steel. Structural Metal Framing - 05100 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA E. Welder Qualification: WABO certified. F. Workmanship: 1. All work shall be performed in accordance with best trade practice which will insure a finished product of the highest quality obtained with the trade. 2. When in the opinion of the Contractor or his subcontractor, materials or procedures are specified which are contrary to best trade practice for obtaining this desired quality, he shall contact the Architect for the necessary modification or correction to the Specifications prior to submitting his bid. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings., Submit in accordance with Section 01340. Show complete details and schedules for the fabrication and shop assembly of members, B. Mill Tests: Submit, as required by applicable codes and standard specifications, certified statements with copies of test reports showing compliance with specified requirements. C. Templates: Furnish templates and placing plans as required for the proper placing, connection or anchorage of all structural steel. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements., In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Deliver materials in the proper erection sequence, including all necessary bolts and connections. Fabricator shall include templates and instructions for setting of anchor bolts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: Plates and WF; ASTM A -36, latest edition. Structural Metal Framing - 05100 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Structural Pipe' A -53 (type E or S, Grade B Fy = 35 ksi), latest edition. C. Structural Tubing: ASTM A -500, Grade B, latest edition. (Fy = 46,000 psi) D. Bolts: ASTM A307, latest edition, Grade A, machine bolts galvanized where exposed to weather, course thread series in accordance with ANSI BI, complete with washers under bolts or self- locking nuts. E. Welding Electrodes: E -70XX Series, low hydrogen, appropriate for use. F. Non - Shrink Grout: "Masterflow 713 ", or approved. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate structural steel items in accordance with AISC and AWS Standards listed above and approved shop drawings. Properly mark and match -mark all materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling. B. s nnections: 1. All connections which are welded, fillet weld appearance equal or better than workmanship standard listed above. 2. Field welding shall be shielded metal arc; shop welding shall be submerged arc. C. Shop Assembly: Fabricate in as large a part or section as practicable. D. Grinding: Fillet welds shall not be ground. Grind butt welds flat, perpendicular to the weld direction only if required for fit or appearance. E. Tolerances: Fahricate all steel members to tolerances in accordance with AISC Standards. F. Cutting: Do no flame cutting by hand, unless approved by Architect. If approved, smooth all handcuts by chipping, planing or grinding. Cut and fit all members to specified tolerances; no sharp kinks or bends will be allowed. Structural Metal Framing - 05100 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA G. Straightened Material: Examine all material straightened prior to fabrication for signs of distress or other defects before lubricating. No distressed or otherwise defective material will be accepted. 11. Curved Members: Bend members indicated to radius required free from kinks and defects. 1. Bearing Plates: Drill and fabricate to accurate sizes and shapes as indicated. Include all fasteners and accessories required for installation. J. Painting. Clean all surfaces per SSPC -SP 1 and paint with one coat of shop paint. Refer to Section 09900 for direction in painting all exposed structural steel members. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION A. General: 1. Erector must examine areas and conditions for installation of structural steel work and notify contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do no work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Ercct structural steel framing in accordance with code and standard specifications and in accordance with approved erection drawings. Provide temporary bracing to stabilize members until securely anchored into place and permanently connected into the Work. B. Work Standard: Comply with AISC Standards listed. Maintain work in a safe and stable condition during erection. C. Temporary Shoring and Bracing. Provide as required with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of the structures as erection proceeds, as required. D. Anchor Bolts: Preset anchor bolts to be connected in place with a template. E. Column Base Plates: Set on leveling nuts to accurate elevations and grout solid with non- shrink grout. Structural Metal Framing - 05100 - 4 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA F. Tolerances: Erect members so that deviation from plumb, level and alignment does not exceed 1/500. 0. Bearing Plates: Align and wedge into accurate positions with metal shims, Set in grout as specified. I-I. Field Assembly: Accurately assemble framing to lines and elevations indicated within specified tolerances. Align and adjust the various component parts after assembly, but before being fastened. Clean all bearing surfaces which will be in permanent contact before members are assembled. Make splices only where indicated or where approved on shop drawings. Remove erection bolts used in welded construction and plug weld holes. L Welding: 1, Materials and Processes: Electrodes per subparagraph 2.01 (E). Methods per 2.02 (B) 2. Make all structural welds not less than 3/16" unless noted otherwise on the drawings. 2. Types of Welds: Required weld types are indicated by symbols on drawings. Characteristics of welds in accordance with standard specifications or codes as applicable. Each welder shall mark his identification symbol on his work. 3, Preparation for Welding: Prepare edges to be jointed as indicated on drawings. Clean of all oil, grease, scale and rust. END OF SECTION Structural Metal Framing - 05100 5 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 05300 METAL DECKING PART 1 - GENERAI, 1.01 GENERAI. REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install metal roof and floor decking. 1.03 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Structural Metal Framing, 05100 Metal Fabrications, 05500 (Painting requirements of that section shall apply to this one) Membrane Roofing, 07500 Flashing and Shcctmetal, 07600 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Inspection and Tests: Conform to requirements of Section 01400. 13 Regulations: Conform with requirements of the Uniform Building Code, 1988 edition, as adopted by the City of Tukwila ("Building Code "). C Standard Specifications: 1, Steel Deck Institute (SDI), "Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks and Roof Decks" 2. Amcrican Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members" 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), "General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process ", ASTM A 525. D. Fabricator/Erector: Must have not less than two (2) years experience in the fabrication and erection of structural steel. E. Welder Qualification: WABO certified. Metal Decking -05300 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA F. Workmanship: I. All work shall be performed in accordance with best trade practice which will insure a finished product of the highest quality obtainable within the trade. 2. When in the opinion of the Contractor or his subcontractor, materials or procedures are specified which are contrary to best trade practice for obtaining this desired quality, he shall contact the Architect for the necessary modification or correction to the Specifications prior to submitting his bid. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340. Submit manufacturer's design calculations along with shop drawings for all deck units and accessories before work is started. The drawings shall show a large -scale cross - sectional detail of the decking, various connections, bearing on structural supports, methods of anchoring, attachment of accessories, roof layouts, placement directions and other pertinent details. B. Sample: one sample of each type of deck proposed. C. Certificate stating that deck will meet stated diaphram requirements. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage: Handle, transport and store deck in a manner to protect it from corrosion, deformation, and other types of damage. Exercise care not to damage the material or overload the decking during the construction period. The maximum uniform distributed load shall not exceed the design live load. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, remove damaged deck from site immediately and replace with new, undamaged deck at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.01 MATERIALS A. Deck to be zinc- coated steel. Zinc coating to conform to ASTM A 525, 060. B. Accessories to be same gage as deck, but not less than 20 ga, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION A. General: 1. Erector must examine areas and conditions for installation of steel decking notify contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do no work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Metal Decking - 05300 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. Erect decking in accordance with code and standard specifications and in accordance with approved shop drawings. Permanently anchor all units placed by the end of each working day. 13. Inspection: Inspect the decking top surface for flatness after installation. The top flanges of each sheet must be flat with no concavity or convexity which exceeds 1/16 inch. END OF SECTION Metal Decking -05300 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1- GF,NEj L 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE Furnish materials and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the Contract, including, but not limited to, these major items. 1. Shapes, sleeves, anchors, connectors, plates, backing plates, supports and fastenings required but which are not specified in other Sections. 2. Sign Supports. 3. Sign Panels. 4. Metal Wall Panels. 5. Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications as indicated or required. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Setting of items to be embedded in concrete or masonry. B. Structural Metal Framing, 05100. C. Painting, 09900 1,04 FIFLD CONDITIONS Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report to the Architect all conditions which prevent proper execution of this work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS Submit shop drawings in accordance with Division 01340, showing in complete detail all information required for fabrication, finishing and installation of this work. Metal Fabrications - 05500 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 2- PRODLJCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Shapes: Conform to ASTM A36. B. Steel Pipe: Conform to ASTM A53, Grade B. C. Pipe for Railings., Conform to ASTM A53, Type S, Grade A. D. Welding Rods: Conform to requirements of AWS for intended use. E. Galvanizing., 1. For coatings on products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip, conform to ASTM A123, 2. For coatings on iron and steel Hardware, conform to ASTM A153. 3. For coatings on steel sheets, conform to ASTM A525. F. Bolts. Nuts. Screws: Conform to ASTM A307, Grade A. G. Steel Plate: Conform to ASTM A36. H. Steel Tubing: Conform to ASTM A500. 1, Bars. Flats. Rounds: Conform to ASTM A36, standard grade mild steel. J. Paint -Shop Prime Coat for Ferrous Metal: "X -60 Red Bare Metal Primer ", "760 Damp -Proof Red Primer ", or "960 Zinc Chromate Primer ", as manufactured by Rust -Oleum Corporation, or "99 Metal Primer" as manufactured by Tnemec. K. Touch -Up for Galvanized Surfaces: All State #321 Galvanizing Powder (30% tin, 30% zinc, 40% lead and flux). L. Miscellaneous Ivlaterial: As indicated or specified. M. Metal Wall Panels: 18 gauge, Type 304, No. 4 finish stainless steel. N, Sign Panels; 18 gauge, Type 304, No. 4 finish stainless steel. Metal Fabrications - 05500 - 2 U.S, BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 SHOP PRIME COAT Ferrous Metal: At items indicated to be painted, properly clean and prepare for painting in compliance with the paint manufacturer's instructions and apply one shop coat of material of the type specified. Thoroughly and completely cover all exposed surfaces as well as surfaces concealed after assembly. Apply paint by brush or spray -gun, as best adapted by to the paint material and surface condition. Allow paint to become dry and hard before handling. Apply primer to 1 mil minimum dry coat thickness and touch- up after installation and leave in proper condition to receive finish coats. 2.03 GALVANIZING A. General: I . Galvanize all exterior items and those interior items so indicated. Use the hot -dip process, conforming to ASTM requirements appropriate to items as specified above. 2. Average weight of zinc coating per square foot of actual surface: Not less than 2.0 ounces, with no individual specimen showing less than 1.8 ounces. (One ounce of zinc corresponds to a coating thickness of 0.0017 ".) B. Additional Finishes: 1. Exterior Metal Fabrications indicated to be painted, in addition to the galvanizing required above, shall be mill phosphatized. 2.04 FABRICATIONS A. General: 1. Using skilled mechanics, form and fabricate items of work as indicated and as required to meet installation conditions. Make provisions to connect with or receive the work of other trades. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, weld or bolt connections between members. Where possible, conceal connections in the finished work. Where exposed screw connections are required, use Philips oval head screws to match parent material. Fit or miter exposed joints to hairline tolerance or use welded joints. On finished surfaces, grind all welds smooth and flush with base metal. 3. Bend pipe or tubing without collapsing or deforming the walls, and so as to produce a smooth uniform curved section and maintain uniform sectional shape. 4. Where items are to be embedded in concrete, providing welding on anchors or lugs as indicated or required. Metal Fabrications - 05500 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWVILA PART 3 - EXECUTION( 3.01 ITEMS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY Provide bolts, eyebolts, dowels, anchors, plates, inserts, and other miscellaneous items that are to be installed in forms before concrete pouring, or for building into masonry, as indicated. Examine and check the drawings for the number, type and location of such items. 3.02 INSTALLATION Install all items plumb, level and square, securely and rigidly attached to supporting construction and as detailed. 3.03 DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS A. Those items which are of standard or stock design or which are sufficiently detailed or described on the drawings to permit their fabrication and installation, may not be covered herein even though they may be included in the Scope. Metal Fabrications - 05500 - 4 END OF SECTION U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install all carpentry complete including, but not limited to studs, plywood, fasteners, nailers, blocking, bridging, furring, woodwork, wood trim and other items not specifically described as being installed under other sections of these specifications. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Workmanship: All work shall be performed in accordance with best trade practice which will insure a finished product of the highest quality obtainable within the trade. 1 When in the opinion of the Contractor or his subcontractor, material or procedures are specified which are contrary to best trade practice for obtaining this desired quality, he shall contact the Architect for the necessary modifications or corrections to the Specifications prior to submitting his bid. B. Standards and Codes; 1. Federal Products Standards PS 20 (lumber) and PS 1 (softwood plywood). 2. "Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber" No. 16 (WCLB) West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 3 "Standard Grading Rules for Western Lumber" (WWPA) Western Wood Products Association, 4. "Timber Construction Standards" A1TC 100, American Institute of Timber Construction. 5, "199I Uniform Building Code" as adopted by the City of Bellevue. Rough Carpentry - 06100 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAI,S A. Lumber: All grade marked in accordance with current grading rules of the WCLB or in equivalent WWPA if not available in WCLB graded material. Framing lumber shall be dried to moisture content not exceeding 19 percent at time of installation. All framing lumber uniformly sized, S4S, unless otherwise specified. B. Framing Lumber; Surfaced four sides (S4S) to standard dimension except where detailed otherwise. C. E itgh Hardware: 1. Bolts: A307. 2, Nuts: FS FF -N -836 D. 3. Lag Screws and Bolts: FS FF -B -588 C. 4. Toggle Bolts: FS FF -B -588 C. 5, Wood Screws: FS FF -S -111 C. 6. Nail and Staples: FS FF -N -105 B. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Cut and lit all items of work accurately to details and dimensions indicated. Locate centers, bucks, blocking and templates for other trades in laying out their work. B, Rough Hardware: Furnish and install all rough hardware required to connect wood members to other wood members and construction. Fabricrte timber members for true fit to all hardware, in accordance with applicable AITC standards. Use galvanized hardware for all exterior locations. C. Nailing Schedule: Size and number of nails for various connections as required by Building Code, table 25Q, unless a more restrictive method is indicated, D. Rough Framing: Use straight material for all work so as to produce a uniform finished surface in true plane for easy application of subsequent materials. Place crown side up, align framing with adjacent members. Rough Carpentry - 06100 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA E. Wood Nailers and Similar Items: Attach to building construction as indicated. Where necessary counter bore for nuts and washers to provide smooth surface for flashing or other work. F. Blocking: Provide solid blocking per Building Code and as indicated on the drawings. Provide blocking for accessory mounting. Wood furring, blocking, grounds, nailers, etc., shall be used as necessary to engage woodwork, cabinets, grab bars, towel bars, and finished items. All items mentioned above shall be secured in place with approved types of nails, ties, bolts, insets, etc., spaced 10 provide rigid support. END OF SECTION Rough Carpentry - 06100 - 3 U.S, BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 07200 THERMAL INSULATION FART I - GENERAL, 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE A. Furnish and install rigid perimeter insulation. 13. Furnish and install blanket insulation. 1.03 RELATED WORK Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete Section 05500, Structural Metal Framing Section 07500, Membrane Roofing. Section 09100, Mctal Support Systems 1,04 SUBMITTALS Manuf'acturer's product literature including evidence that insulation meets the R value required. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: 1. Deliver materials to job site and store in a safe dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. 2. Use all means necessary to protect building insulation materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. 13, Replacement: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. Thermal Insulation - 07200 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERIMETER INSULATION A. Extruded styrofoam, two inch thick, R -8 minimum. 13. Approved Products: I. "Styrofoam" SIvt, Dow Chemical 2. "Fuarnular ", U.C. Industries 2.02 BLANKET INSULATION A. Foil-laced fiberglass blanket insulation, R as indicated. 13. Approved Manufacturers: Mansvillc Building Materials Corporation. 2, Owens- Corning Fiberglass Corporation 2.03 BOARD INSULATION A. Isocyanurate: ASTM -C -518, Factory Mutual Class I, RICITIMA Aged Testing Procedure 281 -1 Federal Specification. HH- I- 1972/2. Class I, 8/12/81 as manufactured by R -MAX Corp., Manville, Atlas, or approved equal, 2 1/2 inches thick, R -20 minimum. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1, Dow Corning 2. Manville 3. Cclotex PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PERIMETER INSULATION Install after gravel fill has been built up to grade and thoroughly tamped, and vapor barrier placed. Lay insulation in place with edges pressed together and butting foundation wall or adjacent vertical insulation. Pour concrete slab to cover all insulation. 3.02 BLANKET INSULATION A. Insulation shall fit in all framing spaces, behind electrical outlets and piping, and other areas to form a complete insulation blanket. Thermal Insulation - 07200 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA !3. Vapor barrier to be continuous and on the interior side of the blanket. Tape joints. 3.03 BOARI) INSULATION A. Install insulation between structural members on underside of metal roof decking as indicated. Provide suspension furring systems as required. Allow for airspace required for moisture ventilation above suspended insulation as required. 3.04 CLEAN -UP A. Remove and dispose of excess materials, litter and debris. 13. Leave work in clean condition. END OF SECTION Thermal Insulation - 07200.3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 07400 PREFORMED ROOFING AND SIDING PART 1 -GENERAI4 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE A. Furnish and install preformed metal panels. Flashing, trim, and fasteners shall be factory pre- finished to match. 1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Rough Carpentry, 06100 13. Flashing and Sheet Metal, 07600 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's literature, including recommended detailing, for each material. 13. Submit shop drawings showing specific methods and locations of attachment, sealing and flashing. C. Submit samples of manufacturer's standard color line. D. Submit 6" x 6" sample of product and color selected by Architect for final approval. E. Submit manufacturer's standard warranty against structural failure or perforation. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, remove damaged material from site and replace at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.06 WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's standard 20 year warranty for material finishes. Preformed Roofing and Siding - 07400 - 1 U.S, BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2M1 PREFORMED METAL WALL SYSTEMS A. Materials: I . Exterior Metal Siding: a. Metal Siding panel base material: Steel conforming to ASTM A-446 Grade A or greater with a protective coating of Zinc - aluminum alloy (Zincalume or Galvalume) conforming to ASTM A- 792 -83, 45% Zinc and 55% aluminum by weight applied to a thickness of 1.9 mils. NOTE: The terms galvalume and zincalume are interchangeable and refer to substantially the same product. b. Exterior metal siding panels shall be not less than 22 gauge and roll formed into the Mini -V -Beam profile (ASC Pacific). B. Accessories: C. I. All accessories for each type siding described shall be by the same manufacturer. EPDN1 closure strips and fillers, Zee shaped formed metal insulation spacers with thermal break, fasteners, and flashings (with material and finish to match adjacent panels), and all other materials needed for waterproof construction. pprovcd Manufacturerg Profiles listed above are from the specific manufacturer listed. Products of similar profiles, meeting all other requirements, may be accepted as an 'equal', upon approval by Architect. Exterior metal siding panels: a. ASC Pacific, Tacoma, WA b. ECI Building Components, Inc., Stafford Texas c. Metal Sales Manufacturing Corp., Louisville, Ky. (I. Approved equal Preformed Roofing and Siding -07400 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 FASTENERS Fasteners to match panel or flashing color with EPDM washers. Do not overdrive fasteners. See manufacturer's installation recommendations. PART 3 - EXECIJTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Panels shall be erected straight, true and with due regard to expansion and contraction, and in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Dissimilar metals shall be adequately separated to prevent galvanic action. C. Inspect all panels upon delivery for damage. Store all bundles off ground and protect from rain. When handling, take care not to bend, twist or scratch panels. Protect installed panels from foot traffic and keep free of all debris during construction. 3.02 INSPECTION Examine alignment of structure and related supports prior to installation and do not proceed until the defects are corrected. 3.03 INSTALLATION A, Install panels, fasteners, trim and related items in conformance with approved drawings and manufacturer's specifications. B. Follow manufacturer's instructions for handling during construction to prevent soiling and staining of panels. C. All panels shall be installed full length from top to bottom on vertical and inclined surfaces. No horizontal laps will be permitted. 3.04 CLEAN -UP Remove all temporary coatings, scraps and other debris. Leave finish surfaces clean and without scratches. END OF SECTION Preformed Roofing and Siding - 07400 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 07500 MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1, L02 SCOPE OF WORK; A. The work covered in this section of the specification consists of furnishing all equipment, labor, services, materials, insulation, and roofing systems as specified. 1. Mechanical fasten specified substrate as per manufacturer's specifications. 2, Install modified roofing system as specified. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL; A. Contractor shall meet the following qualifications: 1. Shall be approved by the Owner. 2. All applicators must be certified by the manufacturer prior to bidding this project. 13, The material manufacturer shall meet the following qualifications: 1. Manufacturer shall be nationally recognized in the roofing and water proofing industry for 15 years. 2. Manufacturer shall be an associate member in good standing with the N.R.C.A, 3. Manuf'acturer's technical representative shall monitor the procedures used by the contractor to assure adherence to manufacturer's recommended application procedure. 4. Manufacturer's representative shall submit written reports to Architect after each inspection. 5. Manufacturer's representative shall advise Architect and Owner's roofing consultant of any non- compliance by the contractor. C. Materials and application shall conform to the Uniform Building Code, 1988 edition, as adopted by the City of Tukwila, Washington, Class A roof. Membrane Roofing - 07500 -1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.04 RELATED WORK: Section 01400 Testing and Inspection Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 1.05 PROJECT MEETINGS: A. Pre-construction: 1. Scheduled by General Contractor at least ten days prior to commencement of work covered in this section. 2. Attendance: Architect, General Contractor, Roofing Contractor, materials manufacturer's representative and Owner's representative. 3. Agenda: a. Review and clarification of roof related details. b. Review of installation procedures. e. Review of approved roofing submittals. d. Establish schedule for periodic inspections by material manufacturer's representative and Owner's roofing consultant. 8. Periodic Inspection: 1. Owner's roofing consultant shall perform quality control inspections as provided above. Further, as directed by the Owner, the Consultant shall verify the Roofing Contractor's application is in accordance with the manufacturer's written specifications. 2. Manufacturer's representative shall inspect job as provided above. C. Final Inspection: 1. Scheduled with Owners Representative at completion of job. 2. Attendance: Owner's representative, Architect, Roofing Contractor, roofing materials manufacturer's representative. a. Walkover inspection. b. Preparation of punch list. 1.06 SUI3MITTAI,S: A. The following submittals shall be submitted two (2) weeks prior to the pre - construction meeting: 1. Shop drawings, details, and special roof related details. 2. Submit selected roofing system's details and accessories. Membrane Roofing - 07500 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3. Submit copy of contractor's two year warranty which shall cover any and all defects in workmanship and materials. 4. Roofing contractor shall submit copy of manufacturer's certification of contractor as an approved applicator of the specified system. 5. Submit copy of manufacturer's twelve (12) year warranty form. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Delivery of Materials: 1. Deliver materials to job -site in new, dry, unopened, and well marked containers showing product and manufacturer's name and date of manufacture. 13. Storage of Materials: 1. Store membranes on end only, selvage end up. Discard rolls which may have been flattened, creased, or otherwise damaged. Place materials on pallets. Do not stack pallets. 2. Stack wood neatly on dunnage. 3. Cover all materials with plastic tarpaulin and secure so as to keep materials dry at all times. 4. Rooftop storage: disperse materials to avoid concentrated loading. Deck damage caused by over loading shall be repaired at roofing contractor's expense. 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Requirements: I. Do not work in rain or in the presence of dew, water, ice, or snow. 2. Do not perform work if temperatures are below 40 °F. Membrane Roofing - 07500.3 U.S, BANK LARRY'S,TUKWILA 13. Safety Requirements: 1. All application, materials, handling, and equipment shall conform to and be operated in compliance with OSHA and EPA requirements. Compliance with Federal, State, Local and City fire and safety requirements shall be mandatory. 3. Advise General Contractor whenever work is expected to be hazardous to personnel and /or operations. el, Maintain fire extinguishers within easy access whenever power tools, torches, and roofing kettles are in use. 1.09 WARRANTY: A. Upon project completion and acceptance by Owner, a twelve (12) year warranty shall be provided by material manufacturer covering labor, materials, and workmanship. Any products not specified in these specifications or not supplied by the membrane manufacturer shall be approved in writing by the Owner's roofing consultant prior to use on this project. The warranty shall cover all labor and materials necessary to maintain the roof and membrane flashings in watertight condition for the warranty period. 13. The Roofing Contractor shall issue a two (2) year warranty to be effective upon job completion. (See PART -5 of these specifications for warranties). 1. Sixty days prior to the end of the two year warranty period, the roofing contractor shall schedule and inspect the roofing system and shall correct all defects in material and workmanship at no cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOFING SYSTEMS: U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 ROOFING MATERIALS: A. Pipe projections: I. Standard M. Vents /Adjustable M. Vents by membrane manufacturer. 13. Roof moisture vents: 1. One -way vent by membrane manufacturer. C. Roofing penetrations: 1. MPAN two -piece preflashed metal penetration enclosure. 2.03 RELATED ROOFING PRODUCTS: A. Asphaltic Primer: 1. Karnak Asphaltic Primer, or equal as approved by roofing manufacturer. 13. Elastomeric Cement: I. Grundy Elastomeric as manufactured by Grundy, or equal as approved by roofing manufacturer. C. Sealants: 1. SikaFlex 15 LM, Bastick, Sonneborn or equal as approved by roofing manufacturer. D. Coatings: 1. Atactic Polypropylene modified asphalt and mineral granual surfacing by roofing manufacturer. E. Asphalt ASTM D312, Type III or IV as required by materials manufacturer. Membrane Roofing - 07500 - 5 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.05 INSULATION: A. Refer: Section 07200, Thermal Insulation. B. Protection Board: 1. 1/2" Protection Board: i/2" Densdcck as manufactured by USG for canopy area. 2.06 CANT STRIPS: A. Material: Perimeters - perlite. B. Manufacturing Standards: ASTM C -728. C. Shape: Triangular. D. Minimum size on horizontal /vertical sides: 4 inches. E. Shall be installed on specified protection board. 2.07 TRAFFIC PAD: Brai /Flex walkboard set in hot asphalt or roofing cement. PART 3 - EXECUTION, 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Field measurements and material quantities: 1. Roofing contractor shall have sole responsibility for accuracy of all measurements and estimates of material quantities and sizes, B. Protection: 1. Roofing contractor shall be responsible for protection of property during course of work. Building shall be protected from damage. Repair of damages shall be at no cost to Owner. C. Deck Preparation: I . Clean deck of all dirt and debris achieving a smooth and clean surface. 2. The deck shall be acceptable as a suitable substrate prior to systems installation. 3.02 DECK INSPECTION: A. Proceed with application of roofing system only when the following conditions have been approved: Membrane Roofing - 07500 - 6 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA I . Built -up roofing application shall not commence until all other trades have completed work and related equipment has been removed from roof areas. 2. Verily that deck surfaces to receive protection board are smooth, dry, clear of debris, and secure as required by the material manufacturer. 3.03 A PPLICATION REQUIREMENTS: A. Bitumen rooting, flashings, and insulation shall be installed and sealed in a watertight manner on same clay of installation. 13. At the start of each work day, drains within daily work area shall be plugged. Plugs shall be rcmovcd at the end of each work day. C. At the end of each work day, and before any rain, partial installation shall be sealed with water stops along edges to prevent water entry into the system and insulation, any wet areas must be removed before work can continue. D. Preparation work shall be limited to those areas that can be covered with installed roofing material on the same day. E. Remove materials to be disposed of from roof as it accumulates. F. Arrange work sequence to avoid use of newly constructed roofing. Move equipment and ground storage materials as work progresses. G. Roofing contractor shall instruct and police his workmen to ensure that dirt and debris is not tracked into new work area on workmen's shoes or equipment wheels. H. Discovery of entrapped foreign particles within the new membrane is sufficient cause for rejection. PART 4 - INSTALLATION 4.01 APPLICATION /INSTALLATION: A. Flashings: General 1. The flashing system shall be approved by and compatible with the roofing man u lam rer /system. 2, Shall not be applied until modified built -up roofing has been installed. 3. Extend roofing membrane 4" or more above all cants, or as recommended by roofing manufacturer. 4. All vertical surfaces shall be canted. Membrane Roofing - 07500 - 7 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 5. WATERPROOF at top and side above the reglet or curb to prevent seepage behind or into the flashing or roofing system. 13. Curb Flashings: I. Shall be minimum of 10 inches above finished roof membrane plane. 2. Provide for nailing to the top surfaces. 3. Install or mechanically fasten nailing surfaces (treated wood /nailer strips) cast flush with surface. 4. Embed strips 3" from outer face of wall. C. Cants: 1, Shall be installed at all vertical roof intersections. 2. Shall be approximately 4" in horizontal and vertical dimension. 3. The face of the cant shall not exceed an incline of more than 45° with the roof plane. D. Projections /Extensions: 1, Install all projections and extensions through the roof deck prior to installation of roof system. 2, No projections shall be constructed through the flashing cant and not less than 15" from the intersection of the cant and roof deck. 4,02 PREPARATION & USE OF MATERIALS: A. Material: i . Only selected manufacturer's material shall be installed as per their written specifications. a. Install basesheet as first layer of manufacturer's roof membrane system into a solid mopping of hot asphalt applied to the coverboard. Where Densdeck is used on the canopy solid mop the basesheet to the Densdeck. b. Install remaining plies and baseflashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. If conflicts arise with these specifications, use more stringent specification. Membrane Roofing - 07500 - 8 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 5 - CONTRACTORS WARRANTY CONTRACTOR WARRANTY The undersigned Roofing Contractor hereby warrants that he has complied with the material manufacturer's written specifications and recommended installation practices with respect to the job described herein. Roofing contractor further warrants that this installation meets or exceeds standard N.R.C.A. requirements, and that for a period of two (2) years from the date hereof the Roofing Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide labor and materials to stop all Teaks and /or correct any non - conforming conditions resulting from faulty workmanship and to meet installation specifications. Following a passage of said two year period, unless under notice from the materials manufacturer of some defect, the Roofing Contractor shall have no further obligation to make repairs at his own expense under this warranty. ROOFING CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR I.D. #. BY Authorized Signature PHONE NUMBER DATE PROJECT NAME LOCATION NAME OF MATERIAL MANUFACTURER ******************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Send Warranty To: U.S. BANK 1420 5TH AVENUE, 13TH FLOOR SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101 ATTENTION: Construction Coordinator Membrane Roofing - 07500.9 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PRE - APPROVED APPLICATOR LIST J & M Roofing #9 N.E. 103rd P.O. Box 1752 Bellevue, WA 98009 (206) 455 -5155 END OF SECTION Mcrnbrnne Roofing - 07500 - 10 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED 1. Furnish and install flashing and sheet metal including but not limited to all scuppers, conductor heads, gutters, downspouts, protective coverings at all horizontal and near horizontal interruption of any weather protection, roof edges, roof plane intersections and other areas to provide a complete watertight condition. a. Coordinate with roofing contractor. b. Coordinate with metal siding /roofing contractor. Trim to match material and finish of preformed panels. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 07400, Preformed Metal Roofing and Siding B. Section 07500, Membrane Roofing. C. Section 07900, Sealants. D. Division 15, Mechanical, 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Installation of items not shown in detail or not covered by specifications shall meet the requirements of the Architectural Sheet Metal Manual of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA). 1.05 GUARANTEE Submit written guarantee that work to be watertight for a period of two years from final acceptance. Corrective work required during guarantee period to be accomplished without additional cost to Owner. Flashing and Sheet Metal - 07600 -1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings showing all fabrications and methods of attachment and joining. B. Guarantee form PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Metal: Conform to ASTM A525, mill phosphatized for paint adhesion, thickness indiciated or specified, but not less than 24 gauge. B. Qji valume or Zincalume: NOTE: The terms galvalume and zincalume are interchangeable and refer to substantially the same material. Steel base material conforming to ASTM A-44, Grade A or greater, with a protective coating of Zinc- aluminum alloy conforming to ASTM A- 792 -83, 45% Zinc and 55% aluminum by weight applied to a thickness of 1.9 mils. C. Solder: Standard brand of 50 :50 alloy lead -tin, complying with ASTM B32. Name of manufacturer and grade designation shall be cast or die- marked on each bar. D. Solder Flux: Raw muriatic acid. E. Sheet Metal Fasteners: Rivets, nails, sheet metal screws, machine screws, self - tapping screws, and stove bolts of the types and sizes best adapted to the condition of use. Provide fastners of the type specified or indicated. 1. Use galvanized steel or 300 Series alloy stainless steel, 2. Pop rivets may be used for metal -to -metal connections when future dis- assembly is not required. Open ended type may be used for all applications except where watertight connections are required, in which case, use closed end type. 3. Provide EPDM washers where indicated or otherwise required to maintain a waterproof, veathertight condition. F. Flashings and Regleti: Fry or Lane Aire complete assemblies with all splices, preformed in- and -out corner assemblies, and accessories required for proper installation in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Fabricate and install flashing to exert a constant pressure against reglet and roofing. Install !lashing with overlapped ends to insure a tight waterproof seal. Tape or fill reglets with a removable filler to prevent intrusion of mortar or dirt. Flashings shall be readily removable and replacable without clips or screws unless otherwise approved. Select from following types as required by job conditions. 1. For surface installation: Fry type SM with drive pins except install on masonry with galvanized expansion screws or toggle bolts fitted with 7/8" neoprene faced stainless steel washers. Flashing and Sheet Metal - 07600 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY - GENERAL A. Workmanship: Fabricate and finish metal work in a first class manner in accordance with best trade practices with all joints and corners accurately machined, filed and fitted, and rigidly framed together and connected. Carefully match components to produce perfect continuity of line and design. Make joints and connections in exterior face metal watertight, using approved sealing materials and methods of assembly. Fit faces of metal in contact with hairline joints, except as otherwise indicated or required for expansion or fitting. Conceal fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. Conceal required reinforcements within the finished assembly. 13. Expansion and Contraction: Form and fabricate work to adequately provide for thermal expansion and contraction and building movement in the completed work, without overstressing the materials, breaking connections, or producing wrinkles or distortion in finished surfaces. Finish sheet metal work water and weathertight throughout. C. Attachment Clips: Where subject to thermal expansion and contraction, attach members with clips to permit movement without damamge to the installation, or provide slotted or oversized holes with washers where appearance is not critical as approved by the Architect. D. Lock Seams: Make lock scam work flat and true to line. Sweat full of solder except where installed to permit expansion and contraction. Lap flat lock scams, and lap seams where soldered, according to pitch but in no case less than three inches. Make seams in direction of flow. Fill expansion joints with sealant. E. Soldering: Thoroughly clean and tin material prior to soldering. Solder with heavy coppers of blunt design, properly tinned before use. Solder slowly with well heated coppers, heating the seams thoroughly and completely filling them with solder. Finish surfaces neatly, full - flowing and smooth. Wash acid flux thoroughly with a soda solution after soldering and completely remove soldering flux on exposed surfaces. F. Welding: Conform to the requirements of AWS "Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding ". Perform welding in a manner resulting in strong durable, tight, flush, smooth and clean joints. Weld sheet steel to produce full and complete fusion welds without inducing locked -in stresses in the metal, or surface distortions. G. Caulking: Where indicated, caulk joints in sheet metal work and between sheet metal work and adjacent construction with poly - sulfide sealing compound. Apply in accordance with Caulking and Sealants Section. Flashing and Sheet Metal - 07600 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Installation: After base flashing and weather - resistant membranes have been installed, inspected and approved, install counterflashing in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Install flashing and weather resistant membrane lapping in the direction which best sheds water. Lap flashing a minimum of three inches. Install sheet metal items as indicated and as required to properly complete work in accordance with best standard practices of the trade. Securely fasten and assemble work, and make watertight and weathertight. B. Isolation: 1. Except for embcded reglets, isolate sheet metal flashings from direct contract with concrete or masonry with one layer of 150 pound asphalt roofing felt. 2. Dissimilar metals shall be adequately separated to prevent galvanic action. 3.02 SHEET METAL ITEMS A. Coping Caps: Use 24 gauge gaivalume with finish to match metal siding. Make corner units with 18 inch long legs, joints locked and full soldered. Install in eight foot lengths, joints flat loose locked and filled with sealant. Secure with continuous cleats locked into drip hems at side away from roofing and screws with EPDM washers through slotted holes 24 inches on center, maximum, on the roof side unless otherwise detailed. B. Counterflashinga: After built -up base flashing has been installed, inspected and approved, install (waterproof underlayment where indicated and) counterflashing in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Lap flashing a minimum of three inches. Include unions and preformed corner pieces as required. Furnish and install in longest single lengths practicable, complete with necessary couplings and in -and -out angle fittings, in accordance with standard details and instructions of manufacturer. Provide setting instructions where installed in work of other trades, C. Gravel Stops and Edgings: Profiles as indicated, 24 gauge galvanized steel, corners locked and soldered, joints lapped four inches and set with plastic cement. Nail roof flange at four inch centers. Flashing and Sheet Metal - 07600 - 4 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA D. Scuppers: Use 24 gauge galvanized steel. On outside face of parapet, provide 2" minimum closure flange around scupper opening. Scupper to be cocked into closure flange. On the roof side of parapet wall, provide 4" wide flange to solder to scupper prior to installation. Gravel Stop fastened into place in scupper prior to installation. Provide continuous sealant at the top of all junctions between masonry and flange. E. Conductor Heads: Use 24 gauge galvanized steel. Finish to match adjacent metal siding. Conductor head to be a minimum of 2- inches wider than scupper. Attach to wall with masonry fasteners. Outlet tube to be a minimum 4- inches in length. Shape as indicated. Provide ball strainer at each conductio head. F. Downspouts: Usc 24 gauge galvanized steel. Finish to match adjacent metal siding. Provide 90 degree elbow at all roof -to -roof downspouts to terminate at splash pans. At all locations where downspouts connect to rain leaders at grade, connect to galvanized steel pipe as indicated. Provide downspout hangers as indicated maximum 4 feet on center, minimum 2 per downspout. G. Wall Separation Joint Covers: Form to profile shown and for spring fit. Lap joints three inches to shed water. Secure along one edge as noted. Include locked and soldered top closure as required. H. Parapet Joint Flashing: Install in eight foot lengths with flat loose locked joints filled with sealant. Close exposed ends with locked and soldered covers, Gutters: Use 24 ga. galvanized steel. Install butt type gutter expansion joints at midpoint locations between downspouts. Gutter brackets and spacers to be of 1/8" x 1" flat stock galvanized steel. Install brackets at 4' -0" centers. Gutter spacers to be fastened to front and back of gutter and spaced alternately with brackets. Provide continuous gutter screen with 1/4" hardware cloth in sheet metal frame. END OF SECTION Flashing and Sheet Metal - 07600 - 5 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 07900 SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED (but not limited to) A. Sealing of window and door frames. B. Scaling of joints between dissimilar materials. C. Scaling of glazing. D. Other areas as required. 1.03 SUBMITTA LS Submit manufacturer's literature and color chart for approval. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver in manufacturer's unopened containers. B. Store in arca away from heat or open flame. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CAULKING SCHEDULE Caulk and scal joints and embed materials in accordance with following schedule. In general, use gun grade materials for vertical joints and pour grade for joints in horizontal plane. 1. At all exterior joints, unless specified otherwise: Polyurethane, ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS. 2. At all exterior and interior horizontal joints subject to traffic and abrasion: Polyurethane, ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P. 3. At all interior joints, unless specified otherwise: Acrylic Latex, ASTM C834. Sealants - 07900 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 BACK -UP MATERIALS Closed cell resilient foams, flexible tubes or beads, jute or oakem, as indicated on drawings or as required for proper caulking of joints. Back -up shall be clean, free of oil, grease or other substances that might swain or otherwise harm the effectiveness of the sealant. Back -up below grade shall be closed cell Polyethylene Foam or Neoprene Rod stock. 2.03 BOND - PREVENTIVE MATERIALS Wax paper, aluminum foil, polyethylene tape or other material approved by sealant manufacturer. 2.04 OTHER CAULKING ACCESSORIES Primers, admixtures, bedding tapes and similar materials used as a part of a caulking system shall be products recommended by the sealant manufacturer for use with his product. PART 1. EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF JOINTS A. Joints and spaces to be scaled shall be clean, dry and free of dust, loose mortar, and other foreign materials. Clean surfaces of joints by wiping out completely with a clean, solvent -wet cloth. Allow surface to dry. B. Ferrous metals shall be cleaned of all rust, mill scale, and coatings by wire brush, grinding or sandblasting. Porcelain enamel glaze shall be removed by sandblast, wire brush or sandpaper. C. Protective coatings shall be removed from aluminum surfaces against which caulking compound is to be placed. D. All metal shall be cleaned before scaling with solvent based materials such as Xylol, Toluol, Methyl Ethyl, Ketone, etc. Soap detergent or any water based cleaners shall not be used. E. The depth of joints and spaces which are to receive sealant should not exceed 1/2 the width nor be less than 1/4 inch; nor shall they be less than 1/16 inch wide nor more than one inch wide. Where these requirements are not met, no caulking shall be done without written approval of the Architect. Joints which are deeper than required shall be backfilled solidly to the required depth with an appropriate tiller. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Caulking shall be applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Contractor shall conform to manufacturer's cautions relative to use of those materials which are flammable or toxic. Sealants - 07900 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Immediately prior to caulking, sides of joints in porous materials shall be primed. Apply one coat of primer to all open surfaces. Wipe out any excess primer with clean cloth. Allow primer to dry thoroughly before applying caulking. C. Adjacent surfaces shall be masked with masking tape prior to priming and caulking. Tape shall be removed after joint has been tooled. D. All adjoining surfaces, finished floors and walls, fixtures, etc., shall be carefully protected throughout caulking operations, and any stains, marks, etc., shall be removed. Work shall be left in a neat, clean condition. E. To prevent caulking from bonding to the bottom of joint, place bond release material over bottom of joint before application of caulking. F. Materials shall be used and applied within time limits specified by the manufacturer. Materials not used within the prescribed time limit shall be condemned and not used. G. No caulking shall be placed when the temperature is below 40 degrees F. H. Caulking compound shall be applied with a gun, using a nozzle of proper size to fit the joint width, and shall be forced into grooves with sufficient pressure to expel all air and fill the groove solidly, I. Caulking shall be uniformly smooth and free of wrinkles. J. After joints have been completely filled, they shall be neatly tooled to a slightly concave surface. K. Caulking around openings in exterior walls shall include the entire perimeter of each opening. END OF SECTION Sealants - 07900 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install metal doors and frames indicated on Drawings, including labeled and nonlabeled hollow metal doors and frames. 1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Sealants, 07900 B. Finish Hardware, 08700 C. Painting, 09900 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Installers: For actual installation of metal doors and frames, and installation of finish hardware on metal doors and frames, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required and who are completely familiar with the manufacturer's current recommended methods of installation as well as the requirements of this work. B. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations: 1. In Guarantee and in Shop Drawings, comply with nomenclature established in American National Standards Institute Publication A123.1 -1967 "Nomenclature for Steel Doors and Steel Door Frames ". Standard Steel Door Institute Specification: S.D.I. 100. 1.05 SUBMI'T'TALS Within 35 days after award of the Contract, and before any metal doors and frames are delivered to the jobsite, submit Shop Drawings of all metal doors and frames to the Architect for review in accordance with the provisions of Section 01340 of these Specifications. Metal Doors and Frames - 08100 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: I . Deliver, store and handle all metal doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other containers, separators, banding, spreaders, and paper wrappings as required to completely protect all metal doors and frames during transportation and storage. 3. Store doors upright, in a protected dry area, at least one inch off the ground and with at least 1/4 inch air space between individual pieces. Protect all prefinished and hardware surfaces as required. 4. Use all means necessary to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. PART 2 - PRO I .TS 2.01 METAL. DOORS A. General: All metal doors and frames shall be the product of one manufacturer. _. 13, Type and Design: I . All metal doors shall be full -flush design, in the dimensions and types shown on the } these Specifications. 3. Close top and bottom edges of doors with steel channel minimum 14 -gauge extending full width of door, spot welded to both faces. Top of exterior swing -out doors to be filled flush with additional channel to prevent moisture accumulation. 4, Com: a. Interior: Phenolic honeycomb. 5. Prcclean and shop prime each door for finish painting or application of glass finish which will be performed at job site under Section 09900 of the Specifications. Metal Doors and Frames - 08100 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 METAL FRAMES A. Construction: 1. All metal frames shall be accurately fabricated to match the doors to be installed in thcm. 2. Metal frames may be full welded unit types or knock -down type. 3. Metal frames shall be 16 -gauge steel. 4. Provide metal covers to protect hardware preparation when frames are grouted. 5. Drill frames for rubber silencers and provide removable spreader at bottom. B. Anchors: Provide head and jamb anchors as required by wall conditions providing not less than a minimum of three anchors per jamb, spacing not to exceed 2' -0" o.c. and provide angle clips welded to frame for floor anchors with provision for two anchor bolts at each clip. C. Preelenn and shop prime each frame for finish painting which will be performed at the job site under Section 09900 of the Specifications. 2.03 HARDWARE FOR DOORS AND FRAMES A. Secure templates from finish hardware supplier and accurately install or make provision for all finish hardware at the factory. 13. Doors and frames shall be properly reinforced for specified hardware which attach to doors and frames with reinforcement adequate for secure permanent attachment and to prevent warping or buckling of surfaces. C. Reinforcing for butts, closers, and other similar moving items shall not be lighter than 3/16" steel. D. Reinforcing for locksets shall be equal to that manufactured by the manufacturer of the locksets. E. Reinforcing for butts shall be minimum 10 -1/2" x 1 -1/2" on hinge side of door and frame. F. Reinforcing for closers shall be full width of door and located on frame per template of closer manufacturer. G. Reinforcement of other items shall be of size, thickness, and location as appropiate. Metal Doors and Frames - 08100 - 3 .qr,...,......�, >...;tat; •s:�.�y.:.S"Yy?ii�`e'�`, ,.. :'�';i : �YXC� ;rc;:!`'1;i�l;i` +:"F;�.`:::A'1 FV,'raa U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Install all metal doors, frames and hardware in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regualtions, the approved shop drawings and the manufacturer's recommendations, anchoring all components firmly in position for long life under hard use. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Doors and frames shall be erected plumb and in a straight and even plane with adjacent surfaces. B. Set frames in position, plumb, align and brace securely until permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floors with expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Build wall anchors into walls or secure to adjoining construction as indicated, specified or required. C. Frames requiring ceiling struts, special reinforcement, or structural overhead bracing shall be anchored securely to ceilings or structural frame above as indicated, specified or required. D. Grout solid all frames at masonry walls. E. Doors shall be neatly installed in designated locations after walls are finished with fixed units securely fastened in place and operateive units adjusted to work smoothly and silently. F. Install all finish hardware in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, eliminating all hinge bound conditions and making all items smoothly operating and firmly anchored into positions. END OF SECTION Metal Doors and Frames - 08100 - 4 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 08300 ACCESS DOORS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install access doors and frames as indicated or necessary to provide access to existing equipment, controls, etc.. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's literature. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS DOORS Manufacturer: Milcor M 3202 -014 (size as required). PART 3 - F,XFCUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Install in accordance with manufacturers written recommendations. END OF SECTION Access Doors - 08300 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 08400 ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART L J 1 NERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE Furnish and install all entrances and storefront systems required for this work as indicated on the drawings. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Hardware, 08700. 13. Glass and Glazing, 08800. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualification of Installer: I . For the actual fabrication and installation of the storefront system, use only mechanics who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required and who are completely familiar with the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation plus the requirements of this work. 2. In acceptance or rejection of installed storefront system, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of installers. B. Job Preparation: Prior to start of installation of the work of this Section, installer shall inspect and verify that the openings in which storefront system materials are to be installed are all in condition suitable for that installation. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List: Submit to the Architect a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this Section, making all submittals and resubmittals in accordance with the provisions of Section 01300 and these Specifications. Entrances and Storefronts - 08400 -1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 13. Samples., Submit samples of metal frames showing wall thickness, configurations, finish, Sample shall be complete with glass and glazing materials proposed for this work. C. Shop Drawings; Accompanying the materials list, submit complete shop drawings in accordance with requirements of Section 01340 showing all details of the fabrication and installation, including proper and adequate provision for installation of the specified glass, and completely describing all hardware. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. 13. Replacement: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODJJCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. "Rimless" glass entry systems: 1. Drawings and specifications are based on the "Total Vision Concept (T.V.C.) Entrances" as manufactured by Brite Vue Glass Systems, Inc. / Kawneer. All glass, hardware, etc. for the entire opening shall be provided by a single manufacturer. 2. Rail style shall be as shown on the drawings. 3. Finishes: n. All exposed fittings / hardware shall be Satin finished Stainless Steel (Type 304) (U.S. standard US 32 -D), 4. Gloms: a. Glass shall be 1/2" thick minimum, fully tempered, clear. Glass shall conform to federal specifications DD- G -1403C and DD- G-4510 for fabrication and tempering. 5. Hardware: a. Push / Pulls shall be BV -3 (1" diameter x 10 "). b. Floor closer. c. Floor lock (keyed outside / thumb turn inside). Entrances and Storefronts - 08400 - 2 { U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Existing storefront Modification and Replacement: 1. Materials: Extrusions shall be 6063 -T5 alloy and temper (ASTM B 221 alloy G.S. 10A -T5). Fasteners, where exposed, shall be finished to match (painting not permitted). Perimeter anchors shall be aluminum or steel, providing the steel is properly isolated from the aluminum. Glazing gaskets shall be EPDM elastomeric extrusions. 2. Finish: Finish shall be clear anondized (AA M12C22A31) or Duranar UC to match existing, as indicated. 3. Manufacturers: The drawings and specifications and all system listed below are based on products manufactured by the United States Aluminum Corporation. Products from other manufacturers may be considered as equal if approved by the Architect. All materials provided under this section shall be by the same manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION, 3.01 INSTALLATION Doors shall be set in correct locations as shown on the plans and details and shall be level, square, plumb and in alignment with other work in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop drawings. All joints between framing and the building structure shall be sealed. 3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEANING After installation, the General Contractor shall adequately protect exposed portions from damage The General Contractor shall be responsible for final cleaning. END OF SECTION Entrances and Storefronts - 08400 - 3 SECTION 08700 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE Furnish all finish hardware with suitable fastenings for complete work, in accordance with drawings and specifications. Items not specifically mentioned but necessary to complete the work shall be furnished, matching in quality and finish the items specified. 1,03 RELATED WORK A. Finish Carpentry, 06200. B. Entrances and Storefronts, 08400. C. Wood Doors and Frames, 08200. 1,04 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper operation and fitting of hardware in locations specified. B. The hardware supplier shall mark each item of hardware as to description and location of installation in accordance with approved hardware schedule. C. Exposed surfaces of hardware shall be covered and well protected during and after installation, so as to avoid damage to finishes. 1.05 SCHEDULE SUBMISSION A. Upon being awarded the finish hardware contract, the hardware supplier shall submit a complete schedule of finish hardware required herein for the Architect's approval, in accordance with Section 01340. Such schedule must be completely detailed, showing all items, numbers, and finishes for all hardware for each separate opening. Any corrections or changes necessary in the schedule, to comply with the requirements of the drawings and specifications shall be made promptly. 1. Attach copy of catalog cut -sheet for each item on schedule. Finish Hardware - 08700 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 13. Approval of the hardware schedule shall not relieve the hardware supplier of responsibility for errors or omissions therein. 1.06 TEMPLATES A. The hardware supplier shall furnish blueprint templates to the contractor for fabrication purposes. 1.07 KEYS AND KEYING A. Hardware supplier shall confirm the keying requirements from the owner. Hardware supplier shall maintain n back -up inventory of blanks and cylinders for Owner's use. !land deliver or send all master keys and special keys via registered mail to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer's of equal products will be considered subject to Section 1100 - Product Substitution. Items Manufacturer Butts McKinney Locks Schlage Levers Schlage Surface Closers LCN Kick Plates Tice Floor & Wall Stops Quality Thresholds, Wcatherstipping Smoke Gasket Pemko Silencers Quality Flush Bolts Glynn- Johnson 2.02 FINISHES A. Exposed Door Closers: Finish to match adjoining hardware. B. Butts: Black, US1D C. Lockscts and Trim: Black, US 1D. D. Wall Stop Dull Chrome, 26D Finish Hardware - 08700 - 2 ' 2.03 LOCATIONS As recommended by ASAHC, BHMA, or DHI. 2.04 HARDWARE GROUPS 1-1W-1 (Metal Door and Frame) 1 1/2 pr. Butts TB2714, 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 1 ca. Lockset L9456 - 12L 1 ea. wall stop IHW-2 (Glass Entry Systems) All hardware to be provided by entry system manufacturer. 1 ca. Cylinder compatible with entry system and specified hardware. 1 ea. Stop (floor or wall as required) ea. Closer 1 set. pivot housings, brackets as required for complete system. 1 Push pull (BV:3) END OF SECTION U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA Finish Hardware - 08700 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE Furnish and install all glass and glazing as indicated on the accompanying drawings and specifications. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Sealants, 07900. 1,04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A, Qualification of Installers: Provide at least one person who shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, who shall be thoroughly familiar with the referenced standards and the requirements of this work, and who shall personally direct all installations performed under this section of these specifications. B. When in the opinion of the Contractor or his subcontractor, materials or procedures are specified which are contrary to best trade practice for obtaining this desired quality, he shall contact the Architect for the necessary modifications or corrections to the Specifications prior to submitting his bid. C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Provide and install glass and glazing to meet requirements of all applicable codes and ordinances as pertain to design, fabrication and installation of glass and glazing, including Consumer Product Safety Standard 16 CFR 1201. D. Reference Standards: 1, Federal Specification DD- G -451D. 2. Federal Specification DD- G- 1403B, 3. Federal Specification DD- M- 004112. 4. Manual of the Flat Glass Marketing Association, Glass and Glazing - 08800 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Literature For: 1. Coated Glass. B. SAMPLES Provide (2) 12" x 12" samples of glass and glazing materials. Provide samples with baked ceramic frit and painted opacifier backing. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect glass and glazing materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacement., In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Identification: 1. Tempered Glass: Provide permanent identification at lower corner. 2. Labels: Leave in place until glazing is accepted by Architect. 3. Delivery: Deliver to site in factory labeled unbroken containers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2,01 GENERAL Provide types and configurations of glass as indicated on the drawings. Each general type of glass listed below shall be the product of a single manufacturer: 1. Entry system glass: Provide 1/2" thick, minimum, fully tempered clear glass. Glass shall conform to federal specifications DD- G -1403C and DD -G -4510 for fabrication and tempering. 2. Coated Glass: (signage surface) a. Provide ceramic frit baked on finish on number two surface of the glass. b. Color: Custom color to match PMS -287 on the number two surface of clear glass. c. Opacifier coating: Provide black latex paint over ceramic frit coating as opacifier o number two surface of the glass. d. All edges of glass panels shall be ground smooth and chamfered. Glass and Glazing - 08800 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 GLAZING NIATERIALS A. Provide black exposed glazing materials, unless another color is indicated, or unless another color is selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Provide hardness of materials as recommended by the manufacturer for the required application and condition of installation in each case. Provide only compounds which are proven to be fully compatible with surfaces contacted. Use in strict compliance with manufacturer's printed directions on the containers. Deliver and store compounds in the manufacturer's original sealed and labeled containers. 13. Provide adhesive compatible with the glass finish and substrate detailed on the drawings. C. Cleaners. Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECIITION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Check that glass is free of edge damage or face imperfections. B. Do not proceed with installation until conditions are satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurement: 1. Field measure area to receive glass. 2. Compute actual glass size, allowing for joint / edge clearance. 13. Preparation of Surfaces: 1. Remove protective coating (if any) from surfaces to be glazed. 2. Clean glass and glazing surfaces to remove dust, oil and contaminants, and wipe dry. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install glass in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and the specifications. 3,04 CLEANING A, Remove labels I'rom glass surface prior to final inspection. 13, Wash and polish both faces of glass prior to final inspection or prior to signage lettering application. Polish glass surfaces after signage application for final acceptance by Owner /Architect. Glass and Glazing - 08800 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.05 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK A. Protect glass from damage. END OF SECTION Glass and Glazing - 08800 - 4 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 09100 METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE A. Partition framing and furring. B. Blocking. C. Ceiling framing. 1.03 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A, Gypsum Wallboard, 09250. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Uniform Building Code, 1991 edition, as adopted by the City of Bellevue for zone 3 seismic 13, ASTM C 754, "Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw - Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water - Resistant Backing Board, PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Light gage metal framing, non -load bearing. 1. ASTM C645, galvanized, 25 Ga minimum or as required by span conditions or specified fire assemblies. 2. Shapes as required or as indicated on drawings. B. Fasteners: self- tapping screws. C. Blocking:, 18 ga. steel or fire retardant treated wood. Metal Support Systems - 09100 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 STANDARD SPECIFICATION ASTM C754. 3.02 PARTITION FRAMING A. Secure top and bottom runners at 24" o.c. B. Install studs plumb, spacing per drawings. C. Coordinate installation with openings, mechanical equipment, electrical equipment and other items requiring blocking or openings. D. Stud splicing not permitted. 3.03 CEILING FRAMING A. Suspended Ceiling: 1. Comply with seismic restrictions of Uniform Building Code, 1991 edition, as adopted by the City of Bellevue. 2. Install true, level and plumb. 3.04 TOLERANCE Surfaces shall be flat with a maximum deviation of 1/8" in 10 feet. END OF SECTION Metal Support Systems - 09100 - 2 • U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART I - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE Furnish and install drywall, furring channels and drywall accessories. 1.03 RELATED WORK A, Rough Carpentry, 06100, 13. Caulking and Sealants, 07900. C. Metal Support Systems, 09100, D. Painting, 09900, 1,04 DELIVERY AND PROTECTION Deliver materials in original unbroken containers or bundles bearing name of manufacturer and brand. If possible, wallboard should be delivered to site not more than 24 hours in advance of application. Store wallboard inside, under cover, off ground and stacked flat. Protect from breakage and deformation. Exercise care not to overload the floor structure of the storage space. 1,05 TEMPERATURE AND VENTILATION When the outdoor temperature is below 55 degrees F. provide controlled heat in the range of 55 degrees to 70 degrees F. This heat must be maintained both day and night, 24 hours where material is stored on site, during and after entire wallboard and joint treatment application and until permanent heating system is in operation or the building is occupied. lRT 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD AND TRIM A. Gypsum Wallboard: 1. 5/8" thick, conforming to ASTM C36 with tapered edge for finished surfaces and butt edge for concealed surfaces, Type 'X' as indicated. Gypsum Wallboard - 09250 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Fasteners: All fasteners shall be metal screws and nails specially designed for application of gypsum panels to metal or wood studs and shall be the length and pattern recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum panels used. I. Nails: ASTM C 514. 2. Nails: ASTM C1002. 3. Screws: ASTM C646 Type S, 1" for single layer application to drywall metal framing. Type S, 1 -5/8" for double layer application. For trim and other fastenings, as recommended by the manufacturer. Use cadmium plated screws at exterior locations. C. Metal Cornerbead and Trim: All metal cornerbead and trim, and all accessory items, shall be a system recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum panels used as being compatible with the gypsum panels. Fabricate from corrosive protected metal or plastic. D. joint Treatment Materials., 1. General: The joint system, including tape and compounds, shall be a system recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum panels as being compatible with the gypsum panels. 2. Components: A single compound may be used for embedment of tape, skim coating, and finishing if the compound is recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the gypsum panels used. E. Water: All water used in joint system shall be clean, fresh and free from deleterious amounts of foreign material. F. Other Materials: All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of gypsum drywall, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Conform to ASTM C840 - "Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard" and the recommendations of the manufacturer as supplemented or modified herein. Gypsum Wallboard - 09250 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.02 DISCREPANCIES In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect and do not proceed in the area of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been resolved. Installation of wallboard shall constitute acceptance of framing by drywall contractor for drywall installation. 3.03 APPLICATION TO WALLBOARD A. Position panels so that ends and edges occur over framing or furring members, except when edges are at right angles to the framing members as in horizontal applications or when the end joints are backblocked. 13. Use panels of maximum practical lengths to minimize end joints. When ends occur they must be staggered and located as far from the center of the walls and ceilings as possible. Do not place a butt end next to a tapered edge. Arrange joints on opposite sides of a partition, so they occur on different studs. C. Cut panels accurately to fit around pipes and electrical fixtures. When horizontal construction is used on walls, apply top wall panel first, butted against ceiling. When vertical application is used, span sidcwall from ceiling to floor with single length of wallboard. Use vertical application where ceiling height is over 8 " -2 ". D. Where openings occur, use panels of sufficient length to span wall areas, covering the openings. If joints occur near an opening, apply panels so vertical joints are centered, if possible, over opening. Keep vertical joints at least 8" away from external corners of windows, doors or similar openings except at interior or exterior angles within the room, E. Reinforce internal corners. Provide metal trim at external corners, at exposed edges of wallboard and where wallboard abuts dissimilar materials. 3.04 APPLICATION OF JOINT TREATMENT A. Check all fasteners and drive home all that protrude, so as to leave a dimple in the surface paper. 13. Pre -fill joints between panels with compound. Apply with five inch or six inch finishing knife. Wipe off excess compound beyond groove. Allow pre -fill compound to harden. The pre -fill compound must be dry before proceeding with taping. C. Butter compound into joint channel with a broad finishing knife, filling channel fully and evenly. Center tape material and embed it into fresh joint compound with knife removing excess compound. Do not use topping or finishing compound for embedding tape. Immediately after embedding, apply a skim coat of joint compound. Apply first coat of joint compound to individual nail heads immediately prior to or after embedding tape. Allow to dry completely before proceeding. D. Apply second coat, feathered approximately two inches beyond edges of first coat. Spot fastener heads with a second coat application. Allow to dry completely before proceeding. Gypsum Wallboard - 09250 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA E. Sand lightly. Apply a thin finishing coat to joints and fastener heads. Feather joint edges at least two inches beyond second coat. Allow to dry completely and sand lightly. Repeat this procedure as required to obtain a smooth finish. F. Butt or end joints are treated the same as tapered joints, except fill slightly above surface of panels to allow for shrinkage in drying. Finishing coats of joint compound must be feathered wider (approximately 18 "). 3.05 FINISHING Sanded and finished smooth to receive wall covering or painted finish. 3.06 CLEANING After installation and before painting, correct surface damage and defects. Leave surfaces clean, smooth, satisfactory to the Architect. Remove all rubbish and excess material from the building, leaving floors broom clean. Gypsum Wallboard - 09250 - 4 END OF SECTION N. • ) U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE A. Furnish and install vinyl tile goods, reducer strips and rubber base. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Carpeting, Section 09680. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals to be in accordance with Section 01300. 13. Submit Manufacturer's literature for: 1. Adhesive. 2. Vinyl tile goods. C. Submit samples of: 1. Manufacturer's standard vinyl patterns and colors. 2. Manufacturer's rubber base colors. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS Adhesives and materials shall be kept at a temperature of not less than 70 degrees F. for 24 hours prior to and during installation. Should a particular manufacturer's printed requirements differ from these, those requirements shall govern. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VINYL TILE A. Armstrong Imperial Excelon 1/8" gauge flooring. Colors as indicated on the drawings, or selected from manufacturers standard. Resilient Flooring - 09650 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2,02 ADHESIVE A. As recommended by vinyl manufacturer. 2.03 BASE A. Armstrong standard core, or 4" rubber, 1/8" ga, self cove, roll. Colors as indicated or selected from manufacturer's standard colors. Use longest pieces possible. Strips not permitted. Use formed base at outside corners (no cutting allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report to the Architect all conditions which prevent proper execution of this work. B. Examine substrate for excessive moisture content and unevenness which would impair quality of resilient flooring as specified. C. Maximum Subfloor Variation From Slope or Level: 1/8" in ten feet. D. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove dirt, oil, grease or other foreign matter from surfaces to receive resilient floor covering materials. B. Fill cracks with crack filler. Level and sand smooth. C. Prime concrete surfaces in accord with floor covering manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 APPLICATION OF ADHESIVES A. Mix and apply adhesives in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide safety precautions during mixing and application as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. C. Apply adhesive uniformly over surfaces using a notched trowel. 1. Covcr only that amount of area which can be covered by flooring material within the recommended working time of the adhesive, Resilient Flooring - 09650 - 2 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. Remove any adhesive which dries or films over. 3, Do not soil wells, bases, or adjacent surfaces with adhesives. 4. Promptly remove any spillage. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF VINYL A. Install flooring only after all finishing operations, including painting, have been completed and permanent heating system is operating. Moisture content of concrete slabs, building air temperature and relative humidity must be within limits recommended by sheet flooring manufacturer. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF BASE A. Install self -cove rubber base on cove strip per manufacturers recommendations. 3.06 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION A. Remove rubbish, wrapping paper and scraps. B. Floors to be left broom clean and free from any adhesive on the surface. C. After installation, protect from soiling and damage. END OF SECTION Resilient Flooring - 09650 - 3 I U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 09680 CARPETING PART 1 - GENERA I, 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE A. Install carpet as shown or scheduled on the drawings. 1.03 SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES A. Comply with Department of Commerce Flammability Standard DOC FF 1 -70. B. Comply with National Bureau of Standards Radiant Panel Test 75 -950. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Minimum two (2) 2' -0" x 2' -0" sample of each carpet. B. Manufacturer's literature for adhesive. C. Manufacturer's standard base colors. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Inspection: Vcrify that Subfloor is clean, dry, level and solid with no holes or projections that will damage carpet. Notify General Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions. Installation of carpet constitutes acceptance of subiloor. B. Delivery: Do not deliver until installation is ready to start. Deliver in original unbroken mill- wrapping with Manufacturer's register number label. C. Storage: Store in clean, dry place. Do not store carpet rolls on end. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain 0° F. temperature. B. Maintain 30 footcandles illumination, measured at three feet above floor. Carpeting - 09680 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 2 - PRODUCTS, 2.01 (GENERAL Reference to specific Manufacturer is for the purpose of establishing color, texture and quality. Alternate manufacturers will be accepted if their product is submitted and approved by the Architect prior to bid. 2.02 CARPET A. Mannington Commercial Carpets - Medera Line. Color: "Gray Beard" (GRBE) 2,03 ADHESIVE A. Waterproof, nonflammable, carpet adhesive as furnished or recommended by the carpet manufacturer. Use waterproof, nonflammable, and nonstaining seam adhesive as furnished or recommencicd by the carpet manufacturer. 2,04 RESILIENT BASE .1" rubber, 1/8" go, cove. Color as indicated or selected from manufacturer's standard. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Apply filler to cracks Icss than 1/16" and depressions less than 1/8 ". 1. Larger defects to be corrected by General Contractor prior to commencement of installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Foliow manufacturer's directions for preparation and application of adhesive. 13. Carnet: 1. Lay with minimum possible seams. Match carpet at seams. Run seams and pile inclination in the same direction. Locate seams in inconspicuous areas. Center seam at doors. 2. Roll carpet to expel air - bubbles. Carpeting - 09680 - 2 C. Base: Adhesive shall be spread evenly to firmly adhere base to wall surface. 3.03 CLEAN -UP AND PROTECTION A. Remove all debris and completely clean carpet after installation. B. Provide protection for carpet after installation. C. Vacuum carpet at conclusion of job prior to tuming over to Owner. END OF SECTION U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA Carpeting - 09680 - 3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED Unless specifically scheduled or specified otherwise, all exposed surfaces are to receive paint or stain finish as specified herein. 1. Mechanical and electrical work in exposed areas: Include that portion of ductwork or plenum spaces, the interior of which is visible through the grilles. n. Shop primed metal surface of all mechanical and electrical equipment shall receive two finish coats of paint to match adjoining wall or ceiling surfaces. Prime coat, in addition to above, on all unprimed surfaces. Principal items of this work include interior of hose cabinets, air grilles, ceiling diffusers, electric panels, telephone panels, access panels, conduit, outlet and pull boxes, ducts and pipe. b. All other mechanical equipment exposed to view, such as covered and uncovered piping and ductwork, pumps, compressors, air conditioning equipment, tanks, etc., shall be painted as specified herein, where not supplied finished under other sections. 1.03 SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED Unless specifically specified otherwise, the following surfaces are not to be painted: Exposed finish metals (aluminum, brass, bronze, stainless steel, copper, chrome,). Sealant, interior and exterior, Ceramic tile, stone. Glass and plastic laminate. Resilient floor coverings, bases, mats. Reins having a complete factory finish, except those items built into surfaces which have painted finish. Permanent concealed surfaces need not be painted, except for prime coats on metal and backpriming on mill work. 1.04 WORKMANSHIP A. All work shall be performed in accordance with best trade practice which will insure a finished product of the highest quality obtainable within the trade. Painting - 09900 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. When in the opinion of the Contractor or his subcontractor, materials or procedures are specified which are contrary to best trade practice for obtaining this desired quality, he shall contact the Architect for the necessary modification or correction to the Specification prior to submitting his 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Submit four (4) samples of each type of paint finish and color specified, indicated or scheduled on 8 -1/2" x 11" (or other size if specified elsewhere) sheet of substrate to which it is to be applied and reference paint type, application specified, and manufacturer in accordance with Section 01340 of the Specifications. Furnish additional samples as required until colors, finishes and textures are approved. 2. If in the judgement of the painter the surface specified or finish method selected indicates that color variations may be inevitable, the painter may elect to submit samples in sets of three or more illustrating the possible range of these variations. 3. The finished sample or sample sets shall then become the final criteria for evaluating color and finish appearance conformity. 13. Manufacturer's Literature: Data showing compliance with these specifications. 1.06 PRODUCT A. Protcc(.Q.;. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. 13. Delivery of Materials: Deliver paint materials to the job site in sealed, original, labeled containers, each bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Storage of Materials: Adequate storage facilities are to be made available at the jobsite, Store paint materials at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F. in a well ventilated and heated designated area or areas. Painting - 09900 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA D. Fire Hazard and Safety: Take all necessary precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion and conform to the requirements of the applicable regulatory agencies. E. Toxic Materials: Where toxic materials, and both toxic and explosive solvents are used, take appropriate precautions, as a regular procedure, conforming to the manufacturer's recommendations therefore, and to the requirements of the applicable safety regulatory agencies. In applying acid etch coating or solutions to metals, concrete, plaster and toxic material to copper, provide ventilation and take protective measures to conform to the requirements of the applicable regulatory agencies. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: Do no exterior work on unprotected surfaces if it is raining or moisture from any other source is present, or expected before applied paints can dry or attain proper cure without damage thereto. Allow surfaces wetted by rain or other moisture sources to dry and to attain temperatures and conditions specified herein before proceeding with work, or continuation of previously started work. B. Temperature: Except as noted hereinafter, do no painting work when temperatures on the surface or of the air in the vicinity of the painting work are below plus 40 degrees F. for interior work and plus 50 degrees F. for exterior work, unless specifically approved in writing by the Architect. C. Lighting: Do not proceed with work under this section unless a lighting level of a minimum of 30 foot candles measured at 3 feet above finished floor is provided on the surfaces to be painted or finished. D. Vcntilationt Provide adequate continuous ventilation as required for the various specified materials used in the spaces scheduled, but in no case for a dine less than that recommended by the paint manufacturer for drying. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specified, furnish paint, varnish, stain, enamel, lacquer, fillers and related products for prime, intermediate and finish coats, of a type, brand and manufacturer listed herein. Painting - 09900 - 3 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Materials not specifically noted herein and required for the work such as linseed oil, shellac, thinners or other materials required for the work, shall be of quality not less than required by applicable published Federal or State Specification Standards, and as manufactured by approved Firms. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Miller Paint Company 2. Pratt & Lambert 3. C & C Paint Company 4. Glidden 5. Parker Paint Company 6. Others as specifically required herein. 2.02 MIXING A. Furnish paints ready -mixed unless otherwise specified, except field -mix coatings which are in paste or powder form, or to be field - catalyzed, in accordance with the directions of its manufacturer. 13, Fully grind pigments to maintain soft paste consistency in the vehicle during storage that can and shall be dispersed readily and uniformly by paddle to a completely homogeneous mixture ready for use to have good flowing and brushing properties, to dry to cure free of streaks or sags and to yield the desired finish specified. 2.03 COLOR SELECTION Colors of finish coats shall be as indicated. Manufacturers' names and color designations, if indicated are used for the purpose of color designations only and are acceptable for use on this project only if they conform to all specified requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DISCREPANCIES In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect and do not proceed in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 GENERAL All painting shall conform to the Field Quality Control requirements specified hereinafter. Except as noted hereinafter, starting work under this Section implies acceptance of surfaces. Unless otherwise specified hereinafter, the following surfaces are considered, under this section, as the responsibility of the trade. Painting - 09900 - 4 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA I . Shop prime coats of structural steel, miscellaneous metal, sheet metal, and other shop prime coated metal items except for minimal spot touch -up painting at field welds and surfaces abraded during their installation. 2. Gypsum wallboard finishing of joints, moldings and fastenings. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect concrete walls, carpets, prefinished surfaces and other similar items from paint and damage caused by this work. B. Provide sufficient drop cloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or dripping From fouling surfaces not being painted ancl, in particular, surfaces within the paint storage and preparation areas. C. Place waste, cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and daily remove from the site. D. Removal of Hardware and Miscellaneous Items: Carefully remove electrical outlet and switch plates, mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to starting work under this section. Carefully store, clean and replace these items upon completion of work in each area. Use no solvent or abrasives to clean hardware that will remove permanent lacquer finish normally used on some of these items. 3.04 PREPARATION OF NEW SURFACES A. New Work. General: Prepare surfaces to receive scheduled work under this section as hereinafter. B. Steel and Iron. General Requirements: Surfaces are to be in a proper condition to receive paint with grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust removed by other trades except as hereinafter noted. Use only prime paints that are compatible with finish coats. C. Steel and Iron Shop Primed by Others: At field welded or abraded spots apply a phosphoric acid etch solution and let set for a time recommended by the acid etch manufacturer, rinse with potable water and, when thoroughly dry, immediately apply a prime coat. Wash previously primed surfaces free of any remaining minor areas of oil and grease. Touch up damaged prime painted surfaces, Painting - 09900 - 5 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA D. Steel and Iron Surfaces Not Previously Shop Primed: Remove rust and scale by wire brushing, sandblasting, or by other methods and means to clean surface. Remove dust, dirt, oil, grease. Clean surface by solvent wash. Apply phosphoric acid solution and let set the time recommended by the acid etch manufacturer, rinse off with potable water and, when thoroughly dry, immediately apply prime coat. Any defects showing in primed surface to be repaired by other trades and then reprimed over repaired defects. E. Galvanized Iron and Steel (jndicated to be painted): Remove surface contamination, wash metal with phosphoric acid or approved solution. At exterior location, brush blast per SSPC -SP -7. F. Anodized or Duranar Coated Aluminum: No work required. G. Wood Products to Receive Stain Finish;. Remove dust, grit, oil and other contaminates prior to prime coat. After installation by other trades, fill over all exposed, set finish nail heads with matching color filler after prime coat is applied. H. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Prepare metal surfaces as specified hereinabove for "Miscellaneous Steel and Iron" and "Non - Ferrous Metals" as applicable to type of materials scheduled to be painted. Remove dirt, grease, oil and other contaminates from surface to be painted. 3.05 PREPARATION OF PREVIOUSLY PAINTED SURFACES A. Compatibility: Test previously coated area with 3 square foot of specified new coating. Let dry. Test for adhesion. Alert Architect of any problems. Commencement of painting constitutes acceptance of substrate. 13. Preparation: l , Remove all oil, grease, loose paint, mill scale, dirt, foreign matter, rust, mold, mildew, mortar, efflorescence and sealers. 2. Clean and dull existing glossy surfaces. Remove all sanding dust. 3. Spot prime all bare spots. 1j Painting - 09900 - 6 1 i� t i l U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 12300 PRE-MANUFACTURED CABINETS AND CASEWORK PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to the provisions of Part 1 and DIVISION 1. 1.02 SCOPE Furnish and install premanufactured cabinets and casework. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Finish Carpentry, 06200. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. S )ndard SQCifications: 1. Architectural Woodworkers Institute (AWI) Custom Grade. 2. U.S. Department of Commcrcc, Product Standard (PS) Publication: 51, Hardwood and Decorative Plywood 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Publications: A156.9: Cabinet Hardware (BHMA 201). A161.1: Minimum Construction and Performance Standards for Kitchen Cabinets A161.2: Performance Standards for Fabricated High Pressure Decorative Laminate Countertops 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Publication: LD -3, High Pressure Decorative Laminates. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Catalog Data: Submit complete descriptive literature for each type of cabinet and countertop. Clearly mark data to indicate which type, size, model, or item is intended to be provided. Provide sufficient data to show conformance to specified requirements. 13. Sloop Drawings: Submit complete shop drawings for cabinets and countertops. Show layout, details, materials, dimensions, and all information necessary for fabrication and installation. C. Edging Sample: Submit one sample of proposed door, shelf and/or drawer edging in color specified., PVC or vinyl edging will only be accepted in color matching adjacent cabinet finish and after review of Architect. Pre - Manufactured Cabinets and Casework - 12300 - 1 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, Tl1KWII.A D. Hardware: Submit one sample of all proposed hardware where it varies from specified manufacturer and /or model number. E. Samples: I . Colors: Submit one sample of each color of cabinet finish and laminated plastic for verification that products match the colors indicated. Where colors are not indicated, submit samples of manufacturer's standard colors for selection by the Architect. L06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS Cabinet maker is responsible for confirming all dimensions prior to fabrication. I.07 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Deliver materials in manufacturer's original unopened containers or packaging with labels intact and legible. Deliver, store, and handle materials so as to prevent damage. Replace defective or damaged materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2,01 MATERIALS A. Conform to the reference documents listed and the requirements specified herein. B. Laminated Plastic: NEMA LD 3, 1, Grades for Countertops: GP 50 and PF 42. 2. Vertical Surfaces: GP 28. 3, Color and pattern to be selected from manufacturers standard: Wilsonart. C. Hardwood Plywood: PS 51, Type II with face veneer of good grade. D, Hardware: Conform to applicable requirements of ANSI A156.9. Hinges shall be semi - concealed or pivot type. Provide magnetic catches on all doors. All hardware exposed to view shall be brushed chromium finish (US26D). E. Counter Tops: Formica "Surell" or Formica plastic laminate as indicated. 3.02 FABRICATION A. Cabinets shall be of the same type of construction and appearance, and shall conform to ANSI A161.1 and the requirements specified herein. 13. Doors: Each floor shall be laminated plastic surfaced flush panel. All edges to be faced in matching laminate (or pvc edging only as approved by Architect.) \lanufactured Cabinets and Casework - 12300 - 2 U.S. BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA C. Countertop: Edges shall be faced in matching laminate. Countertops shall conform to ANSI A 161.2, except that laminated plastic shall be of thicknesses specified in the paragraph entitled "Grades for Countertops ". 2,03 HARDWARE A. All hardware and trim shall be furnished and installed by the cabinetmaker. All hardware shall be of solid brass with brushed chromium finish (US26D). Cabinet maker shall furnish custom quality standard cabinet hardware in accordance with the following: I. Drawer slides: KB 1300, standard extension, commercial load capacity. 2. Shelf standards and brackets: hole and pin type. 3. Hinges: Heavy -duty concealed European style hinge; SUBMIT SAMPL FOR APPROVAL, 4. Catches: magnetic type, if required. 5. Pulls: 4" black wire pulls. 6. locks: National, solid brass chamber. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Install cabinets and countertops level, plumb, true to line, and tight against adjacent walls. Secure cabinets to walls with concealed screws or toggle bolts, and secure tops to cabinets with concealed screws. Joints in countertops shall be drawn up tight with special concealed fasteners. Joints shall be flush within 0.010 inch, shall not gap more than 0.020 inch, and shall be made watertight. Countertops which are to receive sinks shall be cut out to templates furnished by the sink manufacturer. END OF SECTION Manufactured Cabinets and Casework - 12300 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 15000 INDEX OF MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 INDEX OF MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section Number Title 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15060 Piping 15240 Mechanical Sound, Vibration, and Seismic Control 15250 Mechanical Insulation 15300 Fire Protection 15400 Plumbing 15780 Packaged HVAC Units 15880 Air Distribution 15950 Controls 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Work PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. EXPIRES: 02 -15-9 END OF SECTION 15000 Index of Mechanical Specifications - 15000 - 1 SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Work includes materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing and operation of mechanical work. 1.02 CODES AND ORDINANCES A. Comply with all applicable Uniform Building, Mechanical and Plumbing Codes and any local authority amendments. 1. Notify the A/E of any deviations in contract documents to applicable codes and ordinances prior to installation of the work. Provide changes in the work after initial installation due to requirements of code enforcing agencies at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Provide and pay for all permits required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Conform to Division 1, with additional requirements as indicated below. B. Product Data, Design Data: 1. Process: Submit complete mechanical submittal in multiple complete packages as follows. Incomplete, "piece- meal" submittals will not be accepted, and will be returned to Contractor unreviewed. a. All mechanical specification sections except 15300 including all materials and equipment. b. Section 15300, including all materials and shop drawings. 2. Binding and Format: a. Bind in three -ring binder(s). Label front of binder(s) with name of project, name of Owner, year of completion, title "MECHANICAL SUBMITTALS ", names of Engineer and Mechanical Contractor, and Volume No. (if applicable). Label back edge of binder with title, name of project, Owner, year of completion, and Volume No. (if applicable). Fold drawings to 8 -1/2" size and bind as above (with reinforcing at punched holes) or place in clear plastic holder designed for three -ring binders. b. Include overall table of contents of all items submitted, organized by specification section. Basic Mechanical Requirements - 15010 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA c. Include heavy, tabbed divider sheet for each specification section, with specification section number and title on tab. Include table of contents for each specification section, including catalog numbers or drawing numbers if appropriate. d. Submittal will not be accepted unless it conforms to these requirements, and will be returned to Contractor unreviewed. 3. Include submittal data on materials and equipment as indicated in individual specification sections. Do not fabricate or install until reviewed by A /E. Include descriptive bulletins, data sheets, catalog cuts, diagrams, complete dimensional drawings, and other additional information as required. C. Shop Drawings (except 15300): Provide minimum 30 days prior to starting fabrication or installation work. Do not fabricate or install until reviewed by A /E. Include complete location dimensions, and hanger and support sizes and dimensions. D. Acceptance: The acceptance of a manufacturer's name or product by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in detail with the requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Test Reports and Certificates: Submit in one comprehensive package prior to Substantial Completion. F. Balancing and Testing Reports: Submit as indicated. G. Operation and Maintenance Manual: 1. Process: Submit complete 0 & M submittal in one complete package. Incomplete, "piece- meal" submittals will not be accepted, and will be returned to Contractor unreviewed. Include all mechanical specification sections, with all materials and equipment. 2. Binding and Format: a. Bind in three -ring binder(s). Permanently imprint front of binder(s) with name of project, name of Owner, year of completion, title "MECHANICAL OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ", names of Engineer and Mechanical Contractor, and Volume No. (if applicable). Permanently imprint back edge of binder with title, name of project, Owner, year of completion, and Volume No. (if applicable). Fold drawings to 8 -1/2" size and bind as above (with reinforcing at punched holes) or place in clear plastic holder designed for three -ring binders. b. Include overall table of contents of all items submitted, organized by specification section. Basic Mechanical Requirements - 15010 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA c. Include heavy, tabbed divider sheet for each specification section, with specification section number and title on tab. Include table of contents for each specification section, including catalog numbers or drawing numbers if appropriate. d. 0 & M Manual will not be accepted unless it conforms to these requirements, and will be returned to Contractor unreviewed. 3. Contents: a. Include complete submittal information described under "Product Data, Design Data" in this Section. b. Include installation instructions, operation and maintenance information, start -up instructions, and spare parts lists. c. Include names, addressed, telephone numbers, and fax numbers of manufacturers and vendors of materials and equipment. d. Include information on . the specific equipment installed for this project. H. Record Drawings: Submit reproducible vellums or mylars of floor plans and cross - sections showing work as actually installed. Sheet size same as Contract Drawings. Neatly hand - drafted or done via AutoCAD input. Include Fire Protection Shop Drawings. Include changes made during process of construction. Tolerance plus -or -minus 1' -0" from actual location in general. Each sheet with large lettered note "RECORD DRAWING including date, Contractor, and Subcontractor names. I. Certifications: Submit written certifications from the governing building authorities stating that work has been inspected, accepted, and complies with applicable codes and ordinances. J. Substantial Completion Request: Submit Project Completion Form (copy enclosed) properly filled out at least three days prior to request for Substantial Completion acceptance of the work. Substantial Completion project review will not be started until form is received by A /E. Basic Mechanical Requirements - 15010 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PROJECT COMPLETION FORM PROJECT NAME: DATE: PROJECT LOCATION: A. The following systems have been demonstrated to the Owner's representative: 1. Plumbing System Owner's Rep. Date 2. HVAC System Owner's Rep. Date 3. Fire Protection System Owner's Rep. Date 4. Controls System Owner's Rep. Date B. Record Drawings: Attached Transmitted Previously To Quantity C. Operation Instructions /Maintenance Manuals: Attached Transmitted Previously To Quantity D. Spare Parts and Keys: Attached Transmitted Previously To Quantity E. The work is complete and in accordance with contract documents and authorized changes except for: and the Owner's representative is requested to meet with: (Supervisor of Mechanical Work) at: (Time) on (Date). Mechanical Subcohtractor's Representative's Signature Date: Basic Mechanical Requirements - 15010 - 4 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.04 SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING A. Phase in properly with A/E reviewed /accepted Construction Schedule. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Conform with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1. 1.06 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Substitutions: 1. Conform to Division 1; A/E shall be the final authority with respect to acceptability of substitutions. In general, request for substitutions shall be submitted a minimum of seven (7) calendar days prior to bid date. Acceptable manufacturers, if any, will be listed by Addendum. 2. Whenever any product is specified by patent or proprietary name or by the name of the manufacturer, such specification establishes the standard of quality in that particular field of manufacture. 3. When the substitute product necessitates revisions to the plans or involves other trades, include drawings and details showing all such changes, and coordinate and assume any liability from the affected trades. 4. Provide equipment to fit within the available space as indicated, including manufacturers recommended clearances. B. Codes and Ordinances: Provide products in strict accordance with all governing codes and ordinances. C. Quantity Items: Provide products of one manufacturer only for items of any one classification which are used in quantity. 1.07 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. The word "Contractor ", as used in these specifications, means the Mechanical Subcontractor. B. Furnish (Materials): To supply and deliver to the project ready for installation and in operable condition. C. Install (Services or Labor): To place in final position, complete, anchored, connected, and in operable condition. D. Provide: To furnish and install complete. When neither furnish, install, nor provide is stated, provide is implied. • E. Architect: Owner's Representative. Basic Mechanical Requirements - 15010 - 5 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA F. Abbreviations: A/E Architect /Engineer AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air- Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWS American Welding Society CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute F Degrees, Fahrenheit FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation HVAC Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning LEC Local Energy Code (Enforced by AHJ) MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration Product Materials and equipment psi Pounds per square inch psig Pounds per square inch gauge pressure SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air - Conditioning Contractors National Association UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. V Volts UBC Uniform Building Code UPC Uniform Plumbing Code UMC Uniform Mechanical Code 1.08 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Drawings and Specifications are intended to cover all mechanical work, unless otherwise shown. Provide all materials which are necessary for the proper completion of the installation or operation of the equipment. B. The drawings are diagrammatic and do not show exact or complete piping and ductwork configurations or the necessary number and types of fittings. Provide all labor and materials required to complete the work indicated. 1.09 WORKMANSHIP A. Use the best trade methods throughout. Correct or replace work which is substandard as directed by the A /E. Basic Mechanical Requirements - 15010 - 6 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.10 SAFETY AND PROTECTION A. Safety Measures: The A/E has not been retained to provide design and construction review services relating to the Contractor's safety precautions, or to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required for the Contractor to perform his work. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement applies continuously and is not limited to normal working hours. Comply with "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction ", Volume 36, No. 75, Part II of the Federal Register by the U.S. Department of Labor. Provide all required safety measures and consult with the state or federal safety inspector for interpretation whenever in doubt as to whether safe conditions do or do not exist or whether compliance with state or federal regulations exists. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Work of Other Trades and Existing Conditions: The Mechanical Drawings do not show complete details of the building construction. Refer to the drawings of other disciplines for details which may affect the execution of this work. Field verify existing conditions prior to commencement of work. Obtain specific locations of structural and architectural features or equipment items from the referenced drawings, field measurements, or the trade providing the material or equipment. No extra payments will be allowed for failure to obtain this information. B. Cooperation: Plan and execute work in cooperation with all other trades. Make every reasonable effort to provide all concerned with timely notice of work affecting other trades, and to prevent conflicts or interference as to space requirements, dimensions, openings, block -outs, sleeving or other matters which will cause delays or necessitate work - around methods. 1.12 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate that all equipment and systems operate as indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Perform demonstrations in the presence of the A /E; give minimum one week notice prior to demonstrations. Provide all instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstrations. 1.13 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Description: Following installation of all mechanical equipment and prior to acceptance of the mechanical work, conduct operating and maintenance instruction periods for Owner's representatives. Basic Mechanical Requirements - 15010 - 7 US BANK. LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Contractor's Personnel: Qualified foremen or superintendents from the trade involved. Submit qualifications before conducting the instruction, if requested by A /E. C. General Description of Instruction Periods: Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from operating and maintenance manuals, with appropriate references to contract documents, followed by tour of building areas explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, temperature control settings, and available adjustments. D. Scheduling of Instruction Periods: Provide notice of readiness to conduct such instruction and demonstration to A/E at least two weeks prior to the instruction periods., 1.14 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE IN EXISTING BUILDING A. Perform work without shutdown of more than 4 -hour duration of existing mechanical systems. Obtain advance approval from Owner in writing prior to interruptions of existing services or systems. B. Perform work in the existing building with respect for the necessity of Owner's employees to perform their regular work. 1.15 ALTERNATIVES A. See Bid Form and Alternatives for possible effect on work of this Division. END OF SECTION 15010 .Basic.Mechanical Requirements - 15010.; SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Work includes support appurtenances, identification, and miscellaneous work. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. NFPA -90A 1.03 UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY, INC. (UL) LISTED EQUIPMENT A. Whenever UL standards exist for equipment with electrical components, provide UL- approved equipment bearing the UL label. Otherwise provide equipment certified by the manufacturer as complying with UL standards for similar items. 1.04 MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL INTERFACE A. Separation of work between trades and subcontractors is not within the scope of these Contract Documents. The following is proposed for assistance in bidding only. B. Unless otherwise indicated, mechanical equipment and controls are suggested to be furnished, installed, and wired in accordance with the following schedule; coordinate all work with Division 16, Electrical: Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods - 15050 - 1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS ITEM US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA POWER CONTROL FURNISHED INSTALLED WIRING WIRING BY: BY: BY: BY: 1. Equipment Motors: M M E M 2. Magnetic Motor Starters: a. Furnished w /mech. equipment, factory- mounted. M M E M b. Furnished w /mech. equipment, for field mounting: M E E M 3. Disconnect switches and 120 -volt receptacles per UMC Sec. 509 and NEC E 4. Manual motor starters, thermal overload switches: E 5. Miscellaneous Division 15 controls: M 6. Thermostats (Low Voltage Electric): E M E E M M M - Division 15, Mechanical E - Division 16, Electrical Basic. Mechanical Materials and Methods 2.08 PAINTING A. Painting of work specified in mechanical sections which is exposed, including exterior exposed mechanical work, is specified in Division 9. ! Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods -15050 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Touch -up mechanical equipment with factory finished surfaces as required by the A/E using matching factory furnished paint. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION/ APPLICATION /ERECTION /PERFORMANCE A. Install, apply, erect, and perform the work as specified in accordance with Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 CLEANING A. Cut all openings and holes required for mechanical work. Carefully examine existing conditions prior to commencing work. Patch and paint the patched work. • 3.06 ACCESSIBILITY A. Locate dampers, controls, etc., to be easily accessible. Provide access doors if required to achieve accessibility; coordinate access door locations with the A /E. B. Install all equipment which requires periodic servicing or repairs to be readily accessible. Otherwise, obtain A/E approval of location. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods - 15050 - 4 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.07 SPECIAL PROTECTION A. Exercise maximum precaution to provide positive protection for the existing building and equipment from damage of any kind, and in particular prevent any water and dust seepage into the existing building. Refer to Division 1 for requirements. B. Storage of Materials: Make all necessary provisions to prevent damage or corrosion of materials. 3.08 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. General: Provide supports for equipment and appurtenances as required. 3.09 PIPE AND DUCT SUPPORTS A. Attach hangers and support rigidly to the building structure; provide supplementary steel framing where required. Provide seismic bracing as required by codes and as indicated. Do not fasten hangers to metal deck. Do not use powder- actuated fasteners. 3.10 SLEEVES AND SEALING OF SLEEVES A. Provide all sleeving and sealing of sleeves for pipes and ducts. Seal air and watertight. B. Provide annular clear space of approx 1/4 -inch to 1/2 -inch; size to accommodate insulation passing through sleeve. C. Set sleeves in place prior to pouring of concrete in new construction; core drill and grout sleeves in place for unit masonry construction and existing construction. D. Sealing of Sleeves Through Floor Slabs and Firewalls: Provide material packed tightly within 1 -inch of ends of sleeve, and extending full depth through the wall or floor. Fill 1 -inch of both ends of sleeve with a non - hardening silicone sealer. If required for underfloor containment, provide sheet metal around outside of item passing through sleeve before packing and sealing. 3.11 FLASHING AT ROOF PENETRATIONS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Coordinate flashing for pipes, ducts, and conduits through the roof surface and for equipment supports and similar items supported by or attached to the roof deck with Division 7. 3.12 NAMEPLATES A. Provide for all equipment; fasten with mechanical attachments. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods - 15050 - 5 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.13 TEMPORARY SERVICES A. Temporary Heat: Conform with Division 1. B. Air Systems: Do not use air systems during construction. Cover duct and grille openings with taped -on plastic sheet or equivalent to keep construction dust out of the ductwork. 3.14 EARTHWORK A. Description: Provide earthwork required for installation of mechanical work in the ground. Coordinate with Division 2. B. Trench Excavation: Excavate trenches of necessary width for proper laying of pipe, with banks as nearly vertical as possible. Accurately grade trench bottoms to provide uniform undisturbed bedding for each section of pipe, along entire length. Form holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom as been graded. Provide temporary pumping equipment to keep excavation free from water. Provide pipe bedding in rock excavation consisting of not less than 6 inches of sand or equivalent material. C. Provide bracing and shoring as necessary to maintain stability of excavation. D. Backfilling: Backfill trenches only after completion of inspection by the A /E. Fill spaces between pipe and sides of trench by hand, shovel tamped in place. Cover in 6 -inch layers to thickness of 12- inches over top of pipe. Fill and tamp remainder of backfill material in 6 -inch layers. Provide backfill materials generally consisting of clean earth or sand relatively free of clods or stones. For water piping, use pea gravel. Backfill under, around and to 6- inches above top of piping. E. Compacting: 1. Perform compacting individually, for each 6 -inch layer (maximum) loose thickness of backfill. Where roadway or parking area surfaces will be placed over backfill, provide a moisture condition which will produce a compacted density of 95 percent of maximum density; elsewhere, 90 percent. Test in accordance with Divisions 1 and 2. 2. Take special care in compacting under services where they enter building to prevent settling. Contractor shall be fully responsible for any damage to piping or property as a result of settling around service piping F. Surplus Earth: Dispose off -site in a suitable location. G. Barricades: Place and maintain barricades, construction signs, torches, lanterns and guards, as required during periods of open excavation as necessary to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods - 15050 - 6 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA H. Clean -Up: Leave premises thoroughly clean at completion of earthwork. I. Installation of Piping in Backfilled Areas: Wherever piping is to be installed in areas which have been excavated below pipe inverts, for any purpose, install piping in a manner which will prevent subsequent settlement. Do not install piping until backfill is to full compaction, completed up to a level of 18- inches or more above the level of the installed pipe; install the piping in re- excavated trenches through the backfill. END OF SECTION 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods - 15050 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 15060 PIPING PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes piping and associated appurtenances. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. B. Product Data: 1. Pipe, Hangers and Supports 1.04 STANDARDS (MOST RECENT EDITION) A. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI): B1.1 B2.1 B16.1 B16.3 816.5 816.18 B16.22 818.2.1. 831.1 Unified Screw Threads Pipe Threads (Except Dry Seal) Cast Iron Pipe Flanges & Flanged Fittings, 25, 125, 250, and 800 Pound Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300 Pound Steel Pipe Flanges, Flanged Valves and Fittings Including Ratings for Class 150, 300, 400, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500 Cast Bronze Solder Joint Fitting Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder -Joint Pressure Fittings Square Hex Bolts, Screws, Including Askey Power Piping Piping - 15060 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM): A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot - Dipped, Zinc - Coated Welded and Seamless A106 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot - Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized), Seamless (Not Welded), for High Temperature Service A47 Malleable Iron Castings A536 Ductile Iron Castings A183 Heat - Treated Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Carbon Steel Nuts A126 Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings A181 Forgings, Carbon Steel for General Purpose Piping A307 Carbon Steel Externally- Threaded Standard Fasteners A36 Structural Steel B32 Solder Metal B61 Seam or Valve Bronze Casting B62 Composition Bronze or Ounce -Metal Castings B88 Seamless Copper Water Tube C. Federal Specification (Fed. Spec.): WW- H -171D Hangers and Supports, Pipe D. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS): SP -69 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: Provide in accordance with Federal Specification WW- H-171D and MSS SP -69. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: ITT- Grinnell, Fee & Mason, Elcen, Unistrut, Powerstrut, Superstrut, Michigan, or approved. Piping - 15060 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA C. Materials: 1. Match piping material at point of contact with piping; carbon steel, cast iron or malleable iron for black steel pipe; carbon steel, cast iron or malleable with zinc coating or cadmium - plated for galvanized steel pipe; carbon steel or malleable iron with copper finish or plastic coated for copper pipe. 2. Rods: Hot rolled steel, ASTM A36. Size in conformance with the following: Rod Diameter (Inches) Pipe Size (Inches). Load at 650 F (Pounds) 3/8 2 and smaller 610 1/2 2 -1/2 and 3 -1/2 1,130 5/8 4 and 5 1,810 D. Components: 1. Ring Hangers: a. 2 Inches and Smaller: Adjustable swivel type, Grinnell 97 or 104. b. 2 -1/2 Inches and Larger: Adjustable split ring swivel type, Grinnell Figure 104. 2. Clevis Hangers: Grinnell Figure 260. 3. Trapeze Hangers and Multiple Pipe Supports: Structural steel shapes in conformance with Section 15050, supported by rods or structural steel shapes as required. 4. Horizontal Pipes at Walls: a. 2 -1/2 Inches and Smaller: Malleable iron one -hole clamp, Grinnell 126. b. 3 Inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket, Grinnell Figure 213, 194, 195, or 199, used in conjunction with ring or clevis hangers. 5. Vertical Pipes at Walls and Columns: a. 2 -1/2 Inches and Smaller: Galvanized steel preformed metal shapes, Unistrut P1100 Series with P2558 pipe straps. b. 3 Inches and Larger: Welded steel brackets as specified for horizontal pipes at walls, connected to Grinnell Figure 212 pipe clamp with Figure 11OR eye socket. 6. Insulation Protection: Coordinate with insulation subcontractor, Section 15250. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. Piping - 15060 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE A. Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. General: Install pipe generally sloped to permit drainage at all low points, free from traps, and in a manner to conserve space for other work; cap or plug all open ends. B. Location of Piping: 1. Piping plans, sections, details and diagrams are diagrammatic indicating general arrangement of piping installation. Locate piping to avoid interference with building structural members, equipment, building openings, light fixtures, ductwork, electrical work, and other obstructions. Provide offsets as required. 2. Within buildings, conceal all piping in walls and above ceilings except where indicated to remain exposed. Do not cover up or enclose work until completely inspected and approved. Should work be covered up or enclosed prior to inspections and approvals, uncover work as required and, after completely inspected and approved, make repairs and replacements with materials as necessary to approval of A/E and at no additional cost to Owner. 3. Route piping parallel to column lines and perpendicular to floor unless indicated otherwise. C. Provide reducing fittings for all changes in pipe size; bushings are not acceptable. D. Use fittings for all changes in direction of piping. E. Do not cut or reduce size of structural members. F. Clean interior of piping before making joints and placing in position by blowing clean with steam or compressed air. Maintain cleanliness of piping throughout installation; provide caps or plugs on open ends of cleaned piping. Piping - 15060 - 4 END OF SECTION 15060 Piping - 15060 - 5 D. Calculations: Sizing and weight distribution of each vibration isolator and seismic restraint. E. Procedures: Setting and adjusting of vibration isolators. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. Mechanical Sound, Vibration, and. Seismic Control - 15240 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Listed manufacturers with products equivalent to specific product indicated (if any) are acceptable; A/E is sole judge of equivalency. B. Non - listed manufacturers may be considered by the A/E if prior approval request if received in accordance with Section 15010. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Amber Booth, Mason Industries, Kinetics Corporation, Peabody, Vibration Mountings and Controls, or approved. 2.03 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT, GENERAL A. Description: 1. Provide vibration isolation for each item of equipment listed in ISOLATION SCHEDULE of this Section. 2.04 ISOLATION SCHEDULE A. Isolator designations are keyed to items specified in this section. Equipment ROOFTOP HVAC UNITS Static Seismic Isolator Deflection Base Restraint Remarks S -1 1.0" 2.05 VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNTS S -1 S -1 A. Rooftop Spring Curb S -1 1. Description: Roof curb for HVAC equipment support and weatherproofing with integral spring vibration isolation. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Industries, Amber Booth, or Kinetics Corporation. Basis of design is Mason Type RSC /FDR. 3. Spring Isolation Curb: Rigid steel tube lower member, adjustable and removable steel springs, upper floating section with frame to provide continuous support of HVAC unit and to remain captive while resiliently resisting wind and seismic forces, all- direction neoprene snubber bushings minimum 0.25 -inch thick. Steel springs mounted on 0.25 -inch neoprene acoustical pads, and cadmium or zinc electroplated. 4. Spring Access Panels: Removable waterproof covers, screw - attached. 5. Minimum Spring Deflection: 2.5- inches. 6. Hardware: Cadmium or zinc electroplated. 7. Curb Waterproofing: Continuous galvanized flexible counterflashing joined at the corners with EPDM bellows, designed to be secured over the lower curb's waterproofing. Mechanical Sound, Vibration, and Seismic Control - 15240 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 8. Arrangement and Dimensions: Coordinate with exact rooftop HVAC unit being provided. Provide components dimensioned to exactly match the equipment. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01. INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION/ APPLICATION /ERECTION /PERFORMANCE A. Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. B. Vibration isolation supplier shall provide assistance to ensure correct installation and adjustment of vibration isolators. 3.04 DUCTWORK A. Use flexible connectors at ductwork connections to vibration - isolated (spring or rubber isolator- mounted) equipment. Support duct just prior to, or following the flexible connector, to ensure proper alignment and to avoid binding the connector. Flexible connectors shall have sufficient slack to efficiently isolate the vibration of the fans from the ductwork. Coordinate with Section 15880. Mechanical Sound, Vibration END OF SECTION 15240 and Seismic Control 15240 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.05 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Definitions: 1. "Concealed" is work located in ceiling spaces, chases and other locations not exposed to view. 2. "Cold Piping" includes the following to 0 Degree F: a. Horizontal and vertical rainleaders 3. "Conditioned Air Ductwork" is ductwork for air that is heated, cooled, or humidified, and includes supply and return ductwork. 4. "Piping" includes pipe, fittings and appurtenances. B. Abbreviations: ASJ All- Service Jacket FSK Foil -Scrim -Kraft Jacket K Thermal Conductivity, Btu per hour per square foot per degree F, for each inch of thickness. PCF Pound per cubic foot density Perm Water vapor transmission rate (permeability) SSL Self- sealing lap 1.06 SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS A. Provide composite or component ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E84 or UL 723 as follows: Flame spread 25, smoke developed 50. B. Composite includes insulation, jacketing and adhesive used to secure jacketing or facing. C. Components include PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement, tape and cloth. 1.07 MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESSES A. Thickness of insulation is defined as the thickness of the basic insulating medium not including finishing materials. B. Plumbing Pipe Insulation, Fiberglass: Conform with the following table: Mechanical Insulation - 15250 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.PLUMBING MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION Insulation Thickness for Pipe Sizes Fluid Temp. 1" and 1 -1/4" 2 -1/2" 5" 8" Range, and to to to and Service F less 2" 4" 6" greater a. Rainleaders40 -70 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 C. Ductwork, Fiberglass: Thickness to meet local energy code. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass: Owens- Corning, Knauf, Certain Teed, Manville. 2.03 PIPING INSULATION A. Fiberglass: One- piece, molded heavy density with ASJ /SSL; K value not greater than 0.23 at 75 degrees F mean temperature. B. Fittings: 1. General: Provide insulation of equal thickness to adjacent pipe insulation. 2. Indoor: Preformed fiberglass, mitered sections of pipe insulation, or fiberglass blanket; cover with PVC fitting covers or glass fabric with suitable mastic. 2.04 INSERTS (LOAD - BEARING INSULATION) BETWEEN PIPES AND PIPE HANGERS /SUPPORTS A. General: Coordinate with the work of Sections 15060 and 15400. B. Provide rigid insulation inserts, thickness equal to the adjoining insulation, with vapor barrier. C. Provide insulation protection shields between inserts and pipe hangers /supports, minimum 12 inches long, 18 gauge galvanized steel;. Grinnell, Fee & Mason, Elcen or approved. Mechanical Insulation - 15250 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE A. Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provis4ons, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 TIME OF APPLICATION A. Apply insulation only after piping has been tested and certified by the A/E as ready for insulation. If insulation is applied prior to testing, necessary removals, repairs and modifications to insulation due to leaks that may occur in piping systems shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. 3.05 EXTENT OF INSULATION A. Insulate piping completely, except as indicated. In general, items specified to have internal acoustical (sound) lining need not be insulated unless additional insulation is required to meet requirements of this section. 3.06 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Apply in a workmanlike manner by skilled workmen regularly engaged in this type of work. B. Apply to clean and dry surfaces. C. On cold surfaces, apply with continuous, unbroken moisture and vapor seal. Insulate and vapor seal all hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections that are secured to cold surfaces to prevent condensation. Mechanical Insulation - 15250 - 4 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA D. Extend all surface finishes to protect all raw edges, ends, and surfaces of insulation. E. Install all piping and duct insulation continuous through walls, ceilings, and floor openings and sleeves, except where firestop or firesafing materials are required. F. Install with all joints tightly butted. G. Tuck and tuft all edges of insulation. H. Install insulation to allow easy access to equipment for inspection and repairs. I. Carefully bevel and seal insulation around equipment nameplates. 3.07 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION A. PVC Covers For Fittings: Seal all circumferential edges by an overlap of at least 2 inches onto adjacent pipe insulation, using PVC tape or ASJ /SSL butt strip material. B. Glass Fabric Finish For Fittings: Lap 2 inches onto adjacent pipe. insulation. C. Cold Piping: 1. Secure all ends with SSL butt strips, minimum 3 inches wide. 2. Secure all joints and exposed ends at fittings with vapor barrier mastic. END OF SECTION 15250 Mechanical Insulation: - 15250 - SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Work includes design and construction of an extension of the existing wet pipe system. B. Work includes the removal and relocation of the existing under canopy dry pipe system. C. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. D. Refer to sprinkler system record drawings provided for reference only. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. Arrange and pay for all permits and inspections required. 2. Authorities Having Jurisdiction: a. Tukwila Fire Department. B. Design Criteria: 1. Provide complete fire protection systems as indicated and required. Design and install entire systems in accordance with indicated codes, standards and regulations. Include all standard accessories necessary for complete and operable systems. Include inspectors test connections, sprinkler heads, and piping. 2. Hazard Classification: Light Hazard in accordance with NFPA -13. 3. Application: All areas. 4. Piping Design: Pipe Schedule method in accordance with NFPA -13, or hydraulically designed. 5. Water Supply: Obtain latest water supply engineering test data prior to design. Use 10% safety margin in system design. 6. Fire protection during construction shall be in accordance with NFPA -13. C. Standards: 1. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA -13, Installation of Sprinkler Systems. Fire Protection - 15300 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. Factory Mutual (FM) Approval Guide. 3. Underwriters' Laboratories Fire Protection Equipment List. D. Qualifications: The Sprinkler Contractor shall design, stpply, and install the entire sprinkler systems; the use of subcontractors to the Sprinkler Contractor is not acceptable. The Sprinkler Contractor shall possess a valid sprinkler contractor license from the State. Use workers skilled in this trade. E. Coordination With Other Trades: 1. Carefully check construction documents before designing or installing any of this work. Consider the work of all other trades, and coordinate this work with that of the Sheet Metal, Plumbing, and Electrical Contractors so that the best arrangement of all equipment, piping, conduit, ducts, etc., can be obtained. 2. Identify any points of conflict between this work and that of the other trades, so that the conflict may be properly adjusted. Work installed by this Contractor which interferes with the work of other trades shall be removed and re- installed at this Contractor's expense. It shall be understood that no change orders to the Contract will be permitted to accomplish the above results. F. Building Coordination: Arrange pipe routing to minimize impact on the interior decorative finishes; coordinate with and obtain approval from Architect. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. Do not submit until approved by Authorities Having Jurisdiction. B. Product Data: 1. Valves. 2. Sprinkler Heads. 3. Supports and Appurtenances. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Comply with NFPA -13. 2. Complete floor plans showing all new work. D. Design Data: Basis of pipe sizing. E. Test Reports: 1. Sprinkler system pressure test. 2. Alarm system test. F. Certificates: Installation approved and acceptance by Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Fire Protection - 15300 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA G. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Provide complete, simple, understandable, step -by -step, testing instructions giving recommended and required testing frequency of all equipment, methods for testing all equipment, and a complete trouble- shooting manual. 2. Provide complete, easy -to -read, understandable maintenance instructions, including the following information: a. Instruction on replacing any components of the system including internal parts; instruction on periodic cleaning and adjustment of equipment with a schedule of these functions; a complete list of all equipment and components with information as to the address and phone number of both the manufacturer and local supplier of each item. H. Record Drawings: Provide in accordance with Section 15010 and Division 1. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Listed manufacturers with products equivalent to specific product indicated (if any) are acceptable; A/E is sole judge of equivalency. Non - listed manufacturers may be considered by the A/E if request is received prior to bid date in accordance with Section 15010. C. Listed Manufacturers: 1. ` Grinnell 2.. Viking 3. Star 4. Reliable 5. Automatic 6. Rockwood 7. Central 8. Globe 2.03 MATERIALS A. Use only new, unused material of first - class construction, designed and guaranteed to perform service required, approved by NFPA, FM, and UL for the intended purpose. Fire Protection - 15300 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 8. Pipe and Fittings: 1. Pipe: Comply with NFPA -13 and 14; black steel, ASTM A53, A135, or A795. For pipe other than Schedule 40 or Schedule 10, provide as UL listed and FM approved. 2. Fittings: a. UL listed for sprinkler service and for the specific type of pipe. b. Provide minimum 125 psi class. c. 2 inches and smaller: 150 -pound black malleable iron, screwed, ANSI B16.3 and ASTM A197. d. 2 -1/2 inches and larger: Grooved joint fittings, malleable iron ASTM A47 or ductile iron ASTM A536 bodies; flanged fittings, forged steel or ductile iron. e. Grooved Joint Couplings: UL listed for sprinkler service; malleable iron ASTM A47 or ductile iron ASTM A536 housing; chlorinated butyl gasket; nuts and bolts ASTM A183; minimum 110,000 psi tensile. f. Provide galvanized steel pipe and fittings for drain lines. C. Components: 1. Valves: a. General: UL and FM approved, minimum 175 psi class. b. Gate Valves: 1) 2 inches and smaller: 175 -pound UL -FM bronze gate, solid wedge disc, OS &Y, screwed. 2) 2 -1/2 inches and larger: 175 -pound UL -FM iron body gate, solid wedge disc, OS &Y, flanged. 2. Sprinkler Heads: a. General: Provide heads of type required by authorities having jurisdiction for service indicated, listed by UL or FM. Submit make and model number. For areas where higher temperatures are anticipated, comply with NFPA -13. In no case use heads rated less than 50 F higher than anticipated ambient temperature. b. Provide shields where heads are subject to damage; comply with NFPA -13. c. Head Type: Upright or semi - recessed pendent design as required, chrome - plated in finished rooms. d. Sprinkler Cabinet: Provide with the required number of sprinkler heads of all ratings and types installed and a sprinkler wrench, located adjacent to the riser. 3. Pipe Supports: Provide metal pipe supports, flexible connections, sway braces, hangers, clamps and other pipe support items in accordance with NFPA 13. Provide all pipe hangers and braces seismically designed per NFPA -13. Do not use "C- Clamp" hangers unless provided with integral seismic retaining strap. 4. Identification Signs: Provide enameled signs for all drain valves, test valves, control valves and alarm valves indicating their use. Fire Protection - 15300 - 4 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 5. Miscellaneous Connections and Fittings: Provide drains, inspector's tests, flushing connections, discharge outlets, and other items in accordance with NFPA -13. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION/ APPLICATION /ERECTION /PERFORMANCE A. Install apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with PP y� P "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's 1 installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. I. 6. Cooperate with other trades to insure adequate space for piping placement. C. Review plans, specifications and shop drawings of other trades to t coordinate work. D. Install in strict accordance with reviewed shop drawings. I.. E. Do not begin installation until approvals are received from Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 1. F. Service Interruptions: Conform to the requirements of Sections 15010 and 15050. Obtain advance approval from the Owner and the local Fire Department. 1. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEADS A. Offset, crossover and otherwise route piping to install system in available space. Fire Protection - 15300 - 5 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Install accurately cut steel piping to measurements established at the jobsite, free of fins and burrs. Install using full pipe lengths; random pipe lengths joined by couplings will not be accepted. Clean all piping before placing in position and maintain in a clean condition. Work into place without springing or forcing.. Support pipe from structural members only. For pipe joints, provide full cut threads. Apply pipe compound to male threads only. Connect joints so that not more than three threads on the pipe remain exposed. C. Install drips and drains where necessary to discharge to standard interior floor drains or sinks, or to exterior splash blocks. In no case shall a direct connection be made to any of the sewer systems. Install dirt legs and drain valves at low points of all piping to permit complete drainage of system without disconnection of any piping. D. Provide piping system completely braced to withstand damage from earthquakes. Install flexible couplings and earthquake bracing in accordance with NFPA 13. E. Provide chrome plated escutcheon plates at exposed pipe penetrations of ceilings, floors and walls. F. Install sprinkler heads at center of ceiling grid pattern in suspended tee -bar ceilings. G. Inspector Test Valves: Install test valve at the highest and most hydraulically remote part of the system in relation to the riser assembly. Locate test valves such that they are conveniently accessible from the floor. Coordinate locations with A /E. Pipe to building exterior with splash block, or to floor drain or janitor's sink within building. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Hydraulically test sprinkler piping in accordance with NFPA -13 requirements. No leakage will be permitted in piping. Prior to performing the pressure test, notify the Authorities Having Jurisdiction and the A/E of the pressure test schedule; give notice at least two weeks prior to tests. B. Give one week notice and arrange for field tests and inspections by the local authorities, including paying for inspection fees and securing permits for same. Fire Protection - 15300 - 6 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA Approval and Acceptance: After the sprinkler system has been completely installed, pressure tested, and all substantial completion review items corrected, obtain the approval and acceptance of the system by the Authorities Having Jurisdiction, in accordance with NFPA 13. Retests due to failure to meet the design requirements shall be at the Sprinkler Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 15300 Fire Protection - 15300 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Work includes but is not limited to building drainage systems and associated equipment and appurtenances. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable City, County, and State Codes and Ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the Codes and Ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. B. Product Data: 1. Piping C. Certificates: 1. Certificates of Inspection by Local Authorities. 1.04 PIPING, GENERAL A. Conform to all applicable requirements of Section 15060. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.02 BUILDING DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Description: Provide the following piping systems. 1. Rainleaders. Plumbing - 15400 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. Cooling coil condensate drains. B. Piping Materials: 1. Cast Iron: a. Pipe: Service weight cast iron soil pipe, ASTM A74. b. Hub and Spigot Joints: Compression gasketed type, specifically designed for pipe and fittings used, or caulked and leaded type. c. Hubless Joints: CISPI 301, neoprene gaskets. 1) Stainless Steel Couplings: Clamp and shield assemblies. 2) Heavy Stainless Steel Couplings: Type 304 stainless steel with 0.015 -inch minimum shield thickness, 3 -inch minimum shield width, 4 or more sealing bands with 0.026 -inch minimum thickness, 80 ft -lb torque per band, ASTM C -564 gasket. Husky, Clamp -A11, or approved. 3) Cast Iron: Clamp assemblies with stainless steel nuts, bolts and washers. d. Fittings: ASTM A74 and ANSI A112.5.1. 2. Galvanized Steel: a. Pipe: Standard weight, ASTM A120. b. Fittings: 1) Drainage Fittings: Galvanized drainage pattern, screwed, ANSI B16.12. 2) Vent Fittings: 150 pound galvanized malleable iron, screwed, ANSI B16.3. 3. Copper: a. Pipe: Hard drawn drainage tubing, ASTM B306. b. Fittings: Cast bronze, ANSI B16.23. C. Above -Grade Rainleader Piping: 1. 1 -1/2" and Smaller: Galvanized steel or cast iron. 2. (Not exposed) 2" and Larger: Cast iron. 3. (Exposed) 2" and Larger: Galavanized Steel. D. Underground Rainleader Piping: Cast iron. Use Heavy Stainless Steel couplings for hubless. E. Cooling Coil Condensate Drains: Copper. 2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Conform to requirements of PART 2 of Section 15060. B. Provide minimum one hanger or support between any two joints or fittings of building drainage piping. C. Hangers•,and supports exposed to be finished per Architectural drawings /adjacent finishes. Plumbing - 15400 -. 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE A. Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until completely inspected and approved. If non - compliance, uncover work and replace to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.04 BUILDING DRAINAGE PIPING A. General: 1. Provide uniform pitch of at least 1/4" per foot for horizontal rainleader piping within building. 2. Joints and Connections: a. Bell and Spigot: Neoprene compression seals or packed oakum secured with 1" deep lead caulking smoothly finished. b. Hubless: Alternately and incrementally tighten clamp bolts to manufacturers recommended torque value, using single setpoint torque wrench specifically manufactured for this purpose. Do not use screwdrivers or other types of wrenches. Retorque after 24 hours. B. Above -Grade Piping: 1. Support horizontal piping to maintain alignment, prevent grade reversals, and prevent sagging. 2. Support vertical stacks at floors with clamp anchors. 3. Hub and Spigot Pipe: Support at 5 feet maximum centers and at each joint. Plumbing - 15400 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 4. Hubless Pipe: Provide hangers and supports in accordance with CISPI No. 100. C. Underground Piping: 1. Perform trenching and backfilling associated with plumbing installation in strict accordance with pertinent provisions of excavating, filling and grading specifications in Division 2 and Section 15050. 2. Laying of Bell and Spigot Piping: Install in bedding of trench, graded to provide uniform support for pipe with bell holes to permit joining; bells at upgrade end. 3.05 PRESSURE TESTING A. Drainage Piping: Pressure test in accordance with UPC and local authority requirements. END OF SECTION 15400 SECTION 15780 PACKAGED HVAC UNITS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Work included, but is not limited to providing packaged roof top air to air heat pump and related appurtances. B. Contract Requirements: The General Conditions, the Supplementary. Conditions, and Division 1 apply to work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. NFPA -90A 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. B. Product Data: 1. Heat Pump 1.04 SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING A. Phase in properly with A/E reviewed /accepted Construction Schedule. 1.05 ALTERNATIVES A. See Bid Form and Alternatives for possible effect on work of this Section. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. Packaged HVAC Units - 15780 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Listed manufacturers with products equivalent to specific product indicated (if any) are acceptable; A/E is sole judge of equivalency. B. Non - listed manufacturers may be considered by the A/E if prior approval request is received in accordance with Section 15010. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Trane, Carrier or equivalent. 2.03 ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT, AIR -TO -AIR HEAT PUMP A. General: Provide a one - piece, air -to -air electric heat pump designed to function as a year round air conditioning system; UL listed, completely assembled and tested with refrigerant charge, designed for curb mount with return air filters. B. Ratings: Provide in accordance with ARI Standard 240 for air -to- air heat pumps and the Washington State Energy Code. Heat pump heating capacity indicated includes the effect of defrost cycles (integrated rating). C. Compressors: Serviceable semi - hermetic or welded fully hermetic with crankcase heaters and vibration isolators; tested and designed in unit to operate to -20 degrees F outdoor air temperature on heating cycle without shutting off; capable of operating to 45 degrees F outdoor air temperature on cooling cycle; 5 year warranty. D. Coils: Non - ferrous construction with aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes with all joints brazed. E. Fans And Motors: Provide indoor fan of forward curved, centrifugal, direct drive, or belt- driven type with adjustable pitch motor sheave. Provide indoor motor with permanently lubricated bearings. Provide propeller type outdoor fans with direct - driven permanently lubricated motors and upward discharge. F. Unit Cabinet: Galvanized steel, bonderized and coated with a gray baked enamel finish; cabinet interior insulated with 1 inch thick neoprene coated fiberglass; cabinet panels easily removable for service to all operating components; provide condensate drain for . the indoor coil. Packaged HVAC Units 15780 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA G. Controls: Protect the cooling /heating system with high pressurestat, loss -of- charge protection, indoor coil freezestats, and current and temperature sensitive overload devices; wire each of these devices through a circuit to prevent compressor restart until reset at the thermostat. Provide energization of a malfunction light at the thermostat if any of the safety controls trip out the compressor through the lockout circuit. Provide separate and independent refrigeration and control systems designed to allow for standby operation of either compressor if one is locked out. Provide 2- stage compressor heat and cool with built -in electric strip heat lockout to prevent resistance heat operation above 40 degrees F ambient. H. Defrost Control: Provide an outdoor coil defrost control system to prevent frost accumulation during heating cycle; provide defrost cycle function on the basis of time and coil temperature. Provide a 90 minute timer to actuate defrost mode only if coil temperature is low enough to indicate a heavy frost condition. Provide defrost with a positive termination time of a maximum of 10 minutes or when the defrost thermostat is satisfied to prevent prolonged operation on defrost cycle. Electric resistance heaters shall be operational automatically during the defrost cycle. I. Unit Electrical Connections: Provide single -point power connection to a terminal block; provide cabinet with suitable openings for routing of all utility connections. Provide a terminal strip in the control compartment to allow for terminal - to- terminal connection of room thermostat and field- installed accessories. J. Electric Resistance Heaters: Open wire nichrome elements with safety and operating controls including primary overtemperature and overcurrent protection. Provide single power entry with terminal blocks. K. Emergency Heat Control: Provide emergency heat controls including emergency heat relays and outdoor thermostats to allow for manual bypass of compressor and outdoor thermostats if compressor becomes inoperative, or for service. Provide outdoor thermostats for staging of electric resistance heat according to outdoor temperature, wired into the electric heater contactors and provided with an adjustable set point to provide economical resistance heat staging. Provide energization of warning light at space thermostat. L. Compressor Cycling Protection: Provide circuit to prevent compressor short cycling as a result of a rapid change in thermostat setting; also, to automatically prevent compressor restart at least 5 minutes after shutdown. M. Outside Air Damper: Manual type with rain hood and screen. Packaged HVAC Units - 15780 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA N. Thermostat: Programmable for 7 day types per week, night set back, auto /manual change over. LED indicators for system on, heat, cool and service. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE A. Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical work with Division 16. END OF SECTION 15780 Packaged HVAC Units - 15780 - SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Work includes sheet metal work and related appurtenances. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Mechanical Code c. NFPA -90A 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with Division 1 and the following. B. Product Data: 1. Turning Vanes 2. Acoustical Turning Vanes 3. Access Doors and Frames 4. Duct Lining 5. Four -Bolt or Corner Clip Duct Connection System 6. Volume Dampers and Quadrants 7. Diffusers and Grilles C. Shop Drawings: 1. Sheet Metal: a. Complete ductwork installation consisting of detailed drawings on reproducible media same size as Contract Drawings, coordinating ductwork and the work of other trades to result in proper fit in the available space. b. Drawings completed in a timely manner and coordinated with the construction schedule. c. Minimum scale 1/4 -inch to the foot. d. Show ductwork, hangers, supports, equipment, work of other trades in close proximity to ductwork, vertical elevations of work above finished floor, reflected ceiling, lights, and other items necessary to fully coordinate the installation. Air Distribution - 15880 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Listed manufacturers with products equivalent to specific product indicated (if any) are acceptable; A/E is sole judge of equivalency. 6. Non - listed manufacturers may be considered by the A/E if prior approval request is received in accordance with Section 15010. 2.03 SHEET METAL WORK, GENERAL A. Duct Construction: Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible. B. Pressure Classification: 1. Low Pressure: 1 -inch W.G., Seal Class A. C. Turning Vanes: 1. Description: Airfoil design, smoothly- rounded entry nose, extended trailing edge, continuous internal tubes for stiffening and rigidity of the section, adaptable to all duct sizes, maximum generated sound power level 54 decibels in Octave Band Four at 2,000 feet per minute velocity in 24 x 24 duct size. 2. Assembly Fabrication: Side rails by same manufacturer as turning vanes, vanes installed on 2.4 -inch centers across the full diagonal dimension of the elbow. 3. Unequal Elbows: Adjustment to set all of the vanes in the assembly at the correct angle of attack, resulting in the leading and trailing edges in a parallel relationship. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: H.E.P. - High Efficiency Profile - as manufactured Aero /Dyne Co. (1- 800 - 522 - 2423), or equivalent. D. Acoustical Turning Vanes: Double thickness, perforated, glass fiber fill, mylar liner. E. Sheet Metal Connections To Building Construction: Flashing collars, Air Distribution - 15880 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA F. Access Doors And Frames: 1. General: Include access door wherever access to ducts is necessary for reaching equipment; double construction, tight fitting, hinged, with latch, insulation or sound lining equivalent to that of the duct; steel angle frame. 2. Access Door Sizes: As indicated ; 12" x 15" minimum size. 3. Latches: Die -cast, Ventfabrics No. 100 for doors 2' -0" high or smaller; Cat. No. 260 for up to 3' -0" height; Cat. No. 310 or larger, use two. G. Duct Lining: Fiber glass, thickness as required to achieve R -7 per state energy code, with a black pigmented neoprene coated mat surface on the airstream side, 1 -1/2 pounds per cubic foot density, Fire Hazard Classification FHC 25/50 per UL 723; Owens - Corning Fiberglass Duct Liner Board, Knauf, Manville or Certain - Teed. 2.04 FOUR -BOLT OR CORNER -CLIP DUCT CONNECTION SYSTEM A. General: This system may be used for general low and medium pressure sheet metal work. B. Manufacturer: Ductmate, Exannol Nexus, or approved; modified flanged transverse joint system equivalent to SMACNA "E" or "J" connection in the High Pressure Duct Construction Standards. Fabricate and install in strict conformance to manufacturer's instruction. C. Provide components consisting of roll- formed 20 gauge galvanized steel angles with integral mastic sealer, embossed corner pieces, UL listed metal cleats, duct sealer, closed cell neoprene gaskets, and cadmium plated bolts and nuts. D. Refer to "Rectangular Duct Construction Standards for Low, Medium and High Pressures; The Ductmate Addendum to the SMACNA 'Duct Construction Standards' Manuals" for guidance in fabrication of ductwork using the four -bolt or corner -clip duct connection system. 2.05 FASTENERS A. General: Use blind rivets, sheet metal screws, or bolted connections where required by SMACNA for attachment purposes for sheet metal. Sheet metal screws and rivets shall be of the minimum length required for a secure fastening. Where rivets are specifically called for in this Section, sheet metal screws may be used. B. For all ductwork, grilles, and accessories exposed to view in finished rooms, provide finish -type fasteners. 1. Permanent Work: Blind stainless steel pop rivets. Air Distribution - 15880 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. Removable Items and Grilles: Cadmium - plated pan head or countersunk tapping screws. 2.06 VOLUME DAMPERS AND QUADRANTS A. Construction: Provide dampers in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. B. Quadrants Where Ducts Are Accessible: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Duro Dyne, Young, Ventfabrics; catalog numbers listed are Duro Dyne. 2. For blades with maximum dimension under 10- inches: Cat. No. KS -145, dial regulator with locking nut, round end spring -in bearing and square end damper bearing. 3. For blades with a maximum dimension 10- inches to 20- inches: Cat. No. KSR -195, dial regulator with locking nut, round end spring -in bearing, and square end bearing. 4. For blades with a maximum dimension over 20- inches: Cat. No. 12, damper quadrant with 1/2 -inch size damper bearings. 2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Duro Dyne Super Metal Fab with Excelon fabric, or equivalent. 2.08 HANGERS FOR SHEET METAL WORK A. Description: Provide hangers, supports and anchor bolts for all sheet metal work and equipment. 2.10 DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Krueger, Titus, Anemostat, or approved. B. Finish: Coordinate with Architect. C. Ceiling Diffusers: 1. Type: Modular, square face, square or round neck, diffuser core easily removable and replaceable in order to change air pattern to one -way, two -way, three -way, or four -way. 2. Materials: Steel or aluminum, exterior and exposed edges rolled or otherwise stiffened and rounded. 3. Equalizing Grid for Bottom Outlets to Diffusers: Fixed straight blades, installed with top flush with bottom of supply duct, beaded edge facing air stream, blades at 90 degree angle to the air stream. B. Return /Exhaust Grilles: Steel or aluminum one -piece frame, perforated face, frames to overlap openings. Air Distribution - 15880 - 4 Air Distribution — 15880 - 5 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.05 DUCT LINING A. Install duct lining per SMACNA Standards. Coat exposed and non - exposed edges and seams with a nonflammable lagging adhesive or fire - retardant adhesive which bonds to all fibers and prevents any exposed glass fiber. Provide metal nosings at transverse lining terminations. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions. 3.06 DUCTS THROUGH ROOF A. Weatherproof, leak -tight penetrations. 3.07 EXTERIOR DUCTWORK A. Description: Fabricate and install ductwork located outside of buildings in a completely weatherproof manner. B. Fabrication: Fabricate and use gauge as required by SMACNA without cross - breaking panels, and to prevent "oil- canning ", galvanized steel with Ductmate or equivalent flanged joints. Seal seams and joints internally with mastic in a neat and workmanlike manner. C. Joint Covers: Rectangular "box" sheet metal covers over transverse flanged joints, mitered at corners, without visible fasteners, installed to result in a neat, finished appearance. Submit detailed shop drawings for review prior to fabrication. D. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean duct surfaces, such that the ductwork may be primed and finish painted. 3.08 VOLUME DAMPERS A. Description: Volume dampers are not generally shown on the drawings. Include a damper in the duct to each supply, return, and exhaust opening. B. Construction: Tight fitting to walls of duct when fully closed, bearing each end sealed air tight. C. Location: Provide dampers in accessible locations. In general, arrange with the axis of the blade in the long dimension of the duct. Locate as far from the outlet or inlet as possible. D. Setting: Set and lock in full open position, prior to balancing work. 3.09 PRESSURE TESTING FOR LEAKAGE A. Description: Test supply and return ductwork. Air Distribution - 15880 - 6 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Test Standard: SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual ( HADLTM), 1st Ed., 1985. C. Test Apparatus: Portable blower with volume adjustment, flow measuring assembly for determining cfm of air being added to ductwork consisting of a calibrated orifice mounted in a straight tube with straightening vane and pressure taps, U -tube manometer, calibration curve for orifice assembly. D. Test Procedures: 1. Test ductwork before insulation is installed. 2. Close off and seal openings in the duct section to be tested. Connect the test apparatus to the duct by means of a section of flexible duct. 3. Test for audible leaks as follows: a. Start blower with its control damper closed. b. Gradually open the control damper until the duct pressure reaches 2 inches W.G. in excess of designed duct operating pressure. c. Survey joints and seams for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not apply a retest until sealants have set. 4. After audible leaks have been sealed, test in accordance with SMACNA HADLTM. Seal and retest as necessary until SMACNA criteria has been met. 5. Submit duct section data, calculations, and test results for each duct section. 6. Test of each duct section may be witnessed by A /E. Give A/E at least seven (7) calendar days prior notice before such test. 3.10 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean plenums and equipment casings of debris and small particles of rubbish and dust before installing and making final duct connections. For equipment, remove shipping and non - permanent fabrication labels, oil, dust, dirt, and paint spots. Provide temporary filters for fans that are operated prior to completion of construction. After construction dirt has been removed from the building, provide new filters for permanent locations. B. Adjusting: Lubricate bearings with oil or grease as recommended by the manufacturer. Tighten belts to proper tension. Adjust fans, control valves, and other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment to setting indicated or directed. END OF SECTION 15880 Air Distribution - 15880 - 7 SECTION 15950 CONTROLS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Work includes design and construction for the complete installation of mechanical control system. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Mechanical Code c. National Electrical Code d. Applicable Energy Code PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.02 CONTROL WIRING A. General: Provide all wire and cable required for a complete and working system. Conform to National Electric Code. B. Control Wiring: 18AWG minimum with 600 volt insulation. Wire used for analog functions shall be twisted and shielded, 2, 3, or 4 wire to match analog function hardware. Multi- conductor wire shall have an outer PVC jacket. C. Sensor Wiring: 20AWG minimum twisted and shielded, 2, 3, or 4 wire to match analog function hardware. Multi- conductor wire shall have an outer PVC jacket. D. Provide Wiremold for exposed sensor and control wiring where "fishing" in walls is not possible. Controls — 15950 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide all devices, hardware, and installation required to insure a complete and operating system. Install all components, piping, and wiring in a neat and workmanlike manner, using trained mechanics, conforming to all applicable codes. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.04 INSTALLATION / APPLICATION /ERECTION /PERFORMANCE A. Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.05 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS A. Sensor Locations: General locations of sensors are indicated. Contractor shall be responsible for relocating sensors at no additional cost to the Owner if sensor performance is unsatisfactory. B. Installation, General: Mount devices to be easily accessible. C. Temperature Sensors and Thermostats: 1. Mount room sensors 5' - 0" above floor unless indicated otherwise. 3.06 CONTROL WIRING A. Conform to National Electric Code. Label each wire with numbers . at each end. Color coded cable shall not be considered adequate . to accomplish cable identification. Terminate cables with pressure type ccnnectors suitable for the wire size and material as well as the terminal connection. Wire in physical contact with compression screw shall not be acceptable. Controls - 15950 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Do not install control wiring in power circuit raceways. C. Do not use motor starters and disconnect switches as junction boxes. Provide additional junction boxes as required. D. Neatly arrange wiring in panels and elsewhere, in grouped horizontal and vertical directions, secured or under removable covers; rewire non- conforming work as directed. E. Electric Power for Controls: 1. Coordinate electrical power source required for work of this Section with Division 16. 2. Provide power wiring and limited energy transformers; comply with the National Electric Code. 3.07 TESTING AND ADJUSTING A. The completed system shall be tested out under operating service by a qualified person in the employ of the manufacturer. When the system has been put in correct operating order, send a letter so stating to the A/E and Owner; include date that final inspection occurred. B. Adjust all controls to provide correct sequence of operation and satisfactory operation. END OF SECTION 15950 Controls 7 15950 7 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) WORK PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical systems. B. Contract requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to all work in this Section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. Uniform Building Code b. Uniform Plumbing Code c. Uniform Mechanical Code d. NFPA -90A B. TAB Contractor: 1. General: TAB work shall be performed by an independent balancing and testing contractor, not affiliated with the mechanical contractor. 2. Qualifications: Certified by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau, or approved prior to bid. 3. Experience: Minimum 5 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with Division 1, Section 15010, and the following. B. Preliminary Data: Submit the following within 30 days after award of contract: 1. Name of TAB contractor. 2. Individual qualifications of all persons responsible for supervising and performing the work of this project. 3. TAB agenda listing methods and procedures, and including blank forms applicable to this project. C. Pre - Balance System Check -Out Report: Prior to commencement of TAB work, mechanical contractor shall confirm in writing that equipment and system check -out has been performed. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Work - 15990 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA D. Balancing Report: 1. Comply with Section 15010, paragraph "SUBMITTALS ", subparagraph A, regarding format of TAB report, except title "BALANCING REPORT ". 2. Provide complete Balancing Report as indicated, including the following: a. System Diagrams /Floor Plans. b. Rectangular and Round Duct Traverse Reports. c. Air Outlet Test Reports. d. Package Rooftop /Heat Pump /Air Conditioning Unit Test Reports. e. Instrument Calibration Report. 1.04 SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING A. Phase in properly with A/E reviewed /accepted Construction Schedule. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's Data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.02 TAB INSTRUMENTATION A. TAB contractor shall furnish materials and equipment necessary to properly measure system capacities, electrical voltage and current, fan speeds, static pressures, air velocities, and other readings necessary to evaluate system performance and adjust quantities to those indicated. Materials and equipment shall remain in the possession of the TAB contractor after project is completed. B. Instrumentation shall be accurate, with calibration histories available for examination upon request. C. Instrumentation shall be used in accordance with manufacturers instructions. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify :installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Work 15990 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. Perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 WORK BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR A. System Performance: This contractor is responsible for the performance of the equipment and the system. Do not assume that supplier will ship equipment adjusted to meet the project requirements. B. Equipment Operation: 1. Check equipment for proper operation as soon as electrical power is available. Perform adjustments required for proper operation. 2. Report malfunctions to the manufacturer, and take corrective action immediately to prevent delay of the work. 3. Check -out equipment for electrical problems, check rotation of motors, read voltage and current in each leg of each motor, heater, etc., and check the readings against the nameplate. Lubricate per manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Before balancing and testing commences, operate (test run) equipment for a minimum of one week. C. Air Distribution System Inspection: Check out the air distribution system to ensure that each outlet is properly connected to the branch duct, and that a volume damper exists for each outlet (supply and return) and is in the wide -open position; in addition, verify existence and function of all other volume dampers. D. Controls Operation: Check out and calibrate all control components under equipment and system operation service; these components include, but are not limited to, thermostats to ensure they are connected to the appropriate device, respond to temperature changes, and are of the correct action to be compatible with the controlled device. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Work - 15990 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA E. Filters: After equipment and system check -out work has been completed, and prior to commencement of TAB work, perform the following: 1. Replace air filters in air distribution equipment and systems with new filters. F. Access: Provide scaffolds, staging, and accessories required to allow TAB contractor to gain access to equipment, dampers, valves and other devices located beyond the range of a 6 -foot stepladder. G. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices after check -out and test run period, prior to TAB work. 3.05 WORK BY TAB CONTRACTOR A. General: Perform TAB of mechanical systems in accordance with NEBB publications, or SMACNA publication "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ", 1st Edition, 1983. Adjust quantities to within 10% of design values. B. Systems: Include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Supply air systems. 2. Return air systems. C. Readings: 1. General: Provide readings including, but not limited to, the following: a. Air Quantities: Supply, return and exhaust at each terminal. b. Air Temperatures: 1) Outside air at equipment. 2) Return air at equipment. 3) Supply air leaving equipment. 4) Mixture of outside and return air before entering the cooling or heating coil or heater. c. Electrical: 1) Measured voltage and amps on each phase of each motor (compressors, pumps, fans, etc.) while the equipment is under maximum normal load. 2) The nameplate voltage and current for each motor. D. Outside Air: After supply and return air are in balance and the quantity correct, adjust the outside air damper to the air quantity indicated. E. Inspection and Recheck: 1.. Upon request, recheck random selections of up to 10% of the readings recorded in the Balancing Report in the presence of the Owner's representative. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Work - 15990 - 4 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. The Balancing Report will be rejected if more than 20% of the rechecked readings deviate more than 10% of the recorded reading in the report. In this event, provide complete rebalancing. F. Marking of Adjustments: 1. Permanently mark dampers and other adjustment devices to allow adjustment to be restored if disturbed in the future. 2. If recheck requires re- balancing, eradicate previous markings and re -mark. END OF SECTION 15990 SECTION 16000 INDEX OF ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 INDEX OF ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section Number Title 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16040 Existing Systems 16050 Basic Materials and Methods 16110 Raceways 16120 Wires and Cables, Copper 16130 Boxes 16132 Floor Outlet Devices, Flush 16141 Wiring Devices 16170 Circuit and Motor Disconnects 16190 Supporting Devices 16195 Electrical Identification 16420 Service Entrance 16450 Grounding 16461 Dry Type Transformers 16470 Panelboards 16478 Overcurrent Protective Devices 16500 Lighting 16740 Telephone Raceway System PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. „Qpa❑00o,, p <(,\%•'. '' o f VAS',/,' , C> o O 0 0 OOA <>/,`"/.6..„ G /SSEat•tar <t, EXPIRES: 02 -26-95 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA END OF SECTION 16000 Index of Electrical Specifications 16000.- SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. It is the intention of the Specifications and the accompanying drawings to describe and provide for the furnishing, installing, testing, and placing in satisfactory and successful operation the equipment, materials, devices and necessary accessories to provide complete electrical systems. The work shall include all materials, appliances and apparatus not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the plans, but which are necessary to make a complete working installation of all electrical systems shown on the plans or described herein. Certain equipment and devices furnished and installed under other Divisions of this Contract (or by Owner) shall be connected under this Division. The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is required by either shall be inferred to be required by both. B. Bring questionable, obscure items, apparent conflicts between plans, specifications, governing codes, or utilities regulations, to attention of Architect during bidding period. After Contract award, notify Architect in accordance with General Provisions. All provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplemental Conditions, and the General Requirements apply to this work. C. This specification is not intended to be used as a method of division of work among subcontractors. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED The Electrical Division, which includes sections listed in. Section 16000, and its sections are to be considered as a whole. Cross references between sections have not been specifically itemized, and the lack thereof shall not relieve compliance with applicable requirements. 1.03 RELATED WORK All of the Contract Documents, including those defining Structural, Architectural, Mechanical work, Division 0 and 1, (etc.) are pertinent to the electrical work. Contractor shall be aware of all requirements affecting work of Division 16. 1.04 ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS Use legend as reference for symbols used on plans. Electrical General Provisions - 16010 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.05 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS A. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic and not intended to show all features of work. Floor plans prepared from Architectural information for a guide to location and construction. Refer to Architectural drawings for specific details. B. Install undimensioned electrical items in a manner to provide symmetrical appearance. Do not scale drawings for equipment location. Review Architectural, Structural and Mechanical drawings and adjust work to conform to conditions shown. Dimensional accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of dimensions, locations, and levels to suit field conditions is required. C. Circuits and connections are shown diagrammatically and indicate the general character and approximate location. D. The horsepower of motors and apparatus wattages indicated on the plans are estimated requirements of equipment furnished under other Divisions of this contract and bid is based on these sizes. Overload elements shall be furnished to suit equipment nameplate current. Advise Architect of any subsequent equipment changes affecting electrical circuits. E. Any minor changes in the location of the conduits, outlets, etc., from those shown on the plans shall be made without extra charge, if so directed by the Architect before installation. F. Contractor shall consult the architectural drawings for the exact height of all outlets identified on elevation details. G. Outlet locations shown on the drawings are approximate. Contractor shall study the building drawings in relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet. When necessary, with the Architect's approval, outlet shall be relocated to avoid interference with structural features of the building. 1.06 CODES AND STANDARDS A. If any conflict occurs between legally adopted codes and this Specification the codes are to prevail, except that this shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with any requirements of the plans or specifications which may be in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. Notify Architect of conflicts in the documents with regulations prior to commencing work. B. Conform with applicable industry standards, NEMA Standards, Underwriter's Laboratories Standards, and other standards as may be noted. Electrical General Provisions.- 16010 - 2. } US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA C. All materials and equipment installed, including lighting fixtures, shall have been tested and listed by Underwriters' Laboratories (or other code recognized laboratory) unless otherwise permitted by the AHJ and the Owner. D. Where applicable, or where specifically cited, utilize ANSI, IEEE, and ICEA Standards in determining suitability of electrical material and equipment provided under this contract. E. All work shall conform to the issue in effect at the time of bid of all applicable changes including the following codes, regulations and standards, as modified by local authorities. 1. NFPA No. 70, National Electrical Code 2. Regulatory Requirements of Division 1 3. National Electrical Safety Code 4. State of Washington Electrical Construction Code 5. State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries Regulations 6. Local Fire Code 7. Washington State Energy Code F. The Contractor is required to familiarize himself with the detailed requirements of these standards and any local codes and ordinances as they affect the installation of specific electrical systems. G. Certificate of Compliance with codes shall be obtained from the Electrical Inspector and shall be submitted to the Owner at completion of the work. 1.07 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES Procure and purchase all code authority required electrical permits, fees and inspection. 1.08 OBSERVATION BY ARCHITECT A. Notify Architect at least 48 hours prior to covering of any concealed work; pulling of wires and cable; installation of lighting fixtures, placing of covers on outlets, cabinets, panelboards; equipment or system startups, or conducting any tests. B. Comply with Quality Control requirements in Division 1, and provisions required under other sections of these specifications. Electrical General Provisions - 16010 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.09 COORDINATION A. The Division 16 Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of the other contractors doing work and shall examine all drawings, including the several Divisions of mechanical, ventilating, structural and general, for construction details and necessary coordination. All conflicts shall be reported to the Architect before installation for decision or correction. Special attention is called for the following items: 1. Door swings such that switches will be located on the "strike" side of the door. 2. Location of fixtures, pipes, ducts and other mechanical equipment such that electrical outlets, lighting fixtures and other electrical equipment are mounted in proper relationship to these items. 3. Location of cabinets and counters such that electrical work is clear from and in proper relation to these items. 4. Penetration of Building Structure for Electrical Work: a. When conduit, inserts, or sleeves for outlet boxes and /or conduits are required, Contractor shall fully coordinate the installation thereof with other trades. b. Verify type and adequacy of information shown on electrical plans with approved shop drawings of equipment items (fans, pumps, etc.), prior to installation and connection of work for equipment furnished or installed by others. Notify Architect of any conflicts. c. Provide necessary information to other trades for composite and integrated shop drawings. See Division 1. B. Prepare work plans and conduct pre- installation meetings for major system and equipment to coordinate the related work of all trades. 1.10 ABBREVIATIONS & DEFINITIONS AFF: Above Finished Floor AHJ: Authority having jurisdiction ANSI: American National Standards Institute Architect: Owner's Representative. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association NEC: National Electrical Code, NFPA Publication #70 (latest adopted edition with amendments) Engineer: (Electrical) party responsible for electrical contract documents. Or Equal: Approved by the Engineer Electrical General Provisions - 16010 - 4 containers, complete with labels and instruction for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing. Electrical General Provisions - 16010 - 5 requirements. 1. The acceptance of a manufacturer's name or product by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the contract documents. 2. Provide material and equipment submittals containing complete listings of material and equipment shown on Electrical Drawings and specified herein. Bind in separate hard cover, looseleaf binders separate from work furnished under other Divisions. Index, tab (titled, not numbered), number pages within each section, and clearly identify all material and equipment by item, name, or designation used on drawings and in Specifications. 3. Label front of binder with name of project, name of Owner, year of completion, title "ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS ", and names of Engineer and Electrical Contractor. Label back edge of binder with title, name of project, Owner, and year of completion. Fold drawings to 8 -1/2" size and bind as above or place in pocket of folder. Provide transmittal letter with index of all items submitted, including catalog numbers or drawing numbers if appropriate. Bind letter as first sheet of submittal. Electrical General Provisions - 16010 - 6 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 4. Indicate in listing where item is specified in contract documents and whether item is "As Specified" or "Proposed Substitute ". 5. Include catalog numbers, wiring diagrams, rough -in dimensions, and performance data for all material and equipment. 6. Contractor shall review shop drawings and wiring diagrams and certify compliance with contract documents by suitable statement on submittals. 7. Indicate any design changes necessary to accommodate submitted equipment. 8. Indicate approval of equipment by other divisions when appropriate (i.e., divisions 8, 13, 15). 9. Contractor may, at his option, provide separate submittals for the following categories to expedite review: Submittal binders shall be complete for that category. Lighting fixtures and related equipment. Power equipment. Communications systems equipment. Operations and maintenance manuals. D. Electrical Systems Schedules: Consider equipment scheduled on drawings in manner stipulated under referenced sections in 16010. Equipment scheduled by manufacturer's name and catalog designations: Manufacturer's published data and /or specification for that item, in effect on bid date, are considered part of specification. Approval of other manufacturer's item proposed is contingent upon compliance therewith. E. Resubmittals: Shall be clearly identified as a resubmittal. Provide revised tabs indexes, page renumbering, etc., to interface with original submittal. Identify changes, and properly date for project tracking. 1.15 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS A. Refer to applicable portions of Division 1. B. No Substitute: Certain materials and systems indicated no substitute" shall be provided as specified. C. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the Architect's and the Architect's subconsultants' fees for design changes necessary to accommodate substitutions. Costs, both direct and indirect, of changes resulting from substitutions shall be borne by the Contractor. Items include but are not limited to the following: 1. Amperage, horsepower and voltage. 2. Size, weight, and location of equipment. 3. Capacity and location of structural members. 4. Size and arrangement of architectural and mechanical features. Electrical General Provisions - 16010 - 7 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS A. See Division 1 for basic requirements. B. Corrections and changes made during the progress of the work shall be recorded continuously on a set of prints kept readily available at the project during construction. Drawings used for this purpose shall be the latest revisions and shall be kept neat and clean; shall not be the Contractor's working drawings. C. Record drawings shall be reviewed, by the Architect, on a regular basis throughout the construction period. At the end of the construction period, the drawings shall be checked for completeness and accuracy and delivered to the Architect. Change orders, clarification, sizes, schedules, equipment identification, etc., shall be noted and corrected. D. Any and all copies of other information prepared by the Contractor in order to coordinate the installation, shall be delivered, in reasonably good order, to the Architect. 1.17 INSTRUCTION A. The Contractor shall arrange indoctrination and instruction period(s) for owner personnel. B. The instruction period(s) shall not commence until the systems involved are complete and operating, with approved O &M manuals available. C. The Contractors' representatives shall be foremen or superintendents from the trade involved, or manufacturer's representatives of the equipment. D. Hours of Instruction: Bank Electrical System 1 hour 1.18 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The Contractor shall prepare maintenance manuals for all equipment installed as a part of the construction project including electrical work provided under separate contract with the Owner. Coordinate with Division 1 requirements. B. The information contained in the manuals shall be grouped in an orderly arrangement. Under basic categories; i.e., Primary Distribution Equipment, Secondary Systems Equipment, Special Raceways, Motors & Controls, Lighting Equipment, Communication Systems, etc. Include related shop drawings in respective sections. Electrical General Provisions - 16010 - 8 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA C. The manuals shall have a typewritten index and divider sheets between categories with identifying tabs. Data incorporated into manuals shall be neat, clean copies, 8 -1/2" x 11" size for binding or accordion folded. D. The information included must be the exact equipment installed, not the complete "line" of the manufacturer. Where sheets show the equipment installed and other equipment, the installed equipment shall be neatly or clearly identified on such sheets. Parts lists shall give full ordering information assigned by the original parts manufacturer. Manuals shall contain shop drawings, wiring diagrams, operating and maintenance instructions, replacement parts lists, and equipment nameplate data for all equipment and systems installed under the project. E. Diagrams for each system shall be complete drawings for the specific system installed under the contract. "Typical" line diagrams will not be acceptable unless properly marked to indicate the exact field installation. F. The completed manuals shall be bound, three -hole punched and secured in a 3 -ring binder. Covers shall be imprinted with the name of the project, Owner, Architect, Engineer, Electrical Contractor, and the year of completion. The back edge shall be imprinted with the name of the project, Owner, and year of completion. G. A preliminary copy, complete except for the bound cover, shall be submitted 30 days prior to completion of the project for checking and approval. Three bound copies shall be delivered after final acceptance of the preliminary copy. 1.19 DEMONSTRATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Complete testing prior to demonstration. See Section 16106. B. Coordinate with Project Close Out Requirements in Division 1. C. During Project Close Out, conduct an operating test for approval by Owner Representative. Demonstrate installation to be in accordance with the Contract Documents. As -built drawings shall be readily available. Should any portion of the installation fail to meet requirements of Contract Documents, repair or replace items failing to meet requirements until items can be demonstrated to comply. D. Supply instruments for measuring, voltage and current values, and for demonstration of continuity, grounds, or open circuit conditions. E. Supply personnel to take measurements and make tests. Unless otherwise approved, remove all covers for wiring observation. Electrical General Provisions - 16010 - 9 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA F. For every new or modified existing item, operate each: 1. Service entrance switch. 2. Motor circuit and verify overload relay selection. 3. Lighting and outlet circuit. 4. Feeder circuit. 5. Control circuit. 1.20 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION REQUEST A. The Contractor shall submit properly filled out Job Completion Forms at least seven (7) days prior to request for Substantial Completion acceptance of the electrical work. Substantial Completion project review will not be started until form is received by Architect. B. Reinspection fees: 1. The project budget provides for one final visit to the project site by the Engineer. The visit will be in response to the Contractor's notice of final completion of the Work. 2. Should additional reviews by the Architect /Engineer be required due to the Contractor's failure to correct all deficient work, the Owner will deduct the amount of Architect /Engineer compensation for reinspection services from the final payment to Contractor. ENO OF SECTION 16010 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA ELECTRICAL JOB COMPLETION FORM PROJECT NAME: DATE: PROJECT LOCATION: Inspector's Final Acceptance Name Agency Date Fire Marshal's Final Acceptance Name Agency Date A. The following systems have been demonstrated to the Owner's representative: 1. Distribution System Owner's Rep. Date B. Record Drawings: Quantity Attached Transmitted Previously To Prints Reproducibles C. Certifications: Quantity Attached Transmitted Previously To D. Operation Instructions: Maintenance Manuals: Quantity Attached Transmitted Previously To. E. Keys: Quantity Attached Transmitted Previously To F. The work is complete and in accordance with contract documents and authorized changes except for: and the Owner's Representative is requested to meet with: (Supervisor of Electrical Work) at: (Time) on (Date). Electrical Subcontractor's Representative's Signature Date US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 16040 EXISTING SYSTEMS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Verify existing systems. B. Demolish existing electrical as required to permit work. 1.02 PROTECTION OF EXISTING SYSTEMS A. Systems adjacent to the work shall be investigated thoroughly and any damage resulting from performance of work under this contract shall be repaired to assure continuing operation and integrity during and at completion of the project. Protect existing systems to remain. Any existing wiring serving devices to remain in service, and which is interrupted by work performed under this contract shall be rerouted to maintain circuit continuity during hours they are in use. Temporary outages will be permitted during cutover work at such times and places as can be pre - arranged with the Owner's representative. Keep such outages to a minimum number and length. Make no outages without prior approval. Include all costs for temporary wiring and overtime work required in the contract price. Remove all temporary wiring at completion of work. B. Excavations: Contractor shall provide and maintain proper shoring and bracing for existing underground utilities, sewers, and building foundations, encountered during his excavation work, to protect them from collapse or other type of damage until such time as they are to be removed, incorporated into the new work, or can be properly backfilled upon completion of new work. 1.03 EXISTING SYSTEMS CONCEALED A. The project drawings show portions of the existing electrical systems which are to remain, be removed or be modified as a part of the Contractor's work. B. The Contractor shall inspect the existing installation prior to pricing and shall make his own judgment as to the work required to provide a complete installation within the intent of the Contract Documents. Existing Systems - 16040 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA C. Concealed features of the existing systems are derived from record drawings and the Engineer's best judgment of the configuration, but no guarantee is made as to their correctness. Copies of original drawings are available for bidder's use at the offices of the (electrical) Engineer (Abacus Consultants, telephone (206) 583 - 0200). PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 EXISTING MATERIALS A. All materials which are a part of the facility shall remain the property of the Owner except as follows: 1. Existing materials shall be made available for inspection and decision as to whether the Larry's Market will retain possession. Items selected for retention shall be delivered to a location on the premises selected by the Larry's Market Representative and turned over to him. Take reasonable care to avoid damage to this material. B. All material not selected for retention by Larry's Market and debris shall be disposed of by the Contractor. PART 3. - INSTALLATION 3.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Examine the structure, building, and conditions under which electrical work is to be installed for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of electrical work. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. Remove all exposed electrical systems within the area of renovation which are not required as a part of the completed installation. Exception: 1. Systems which are not visible in finished spaces may be left in place as specifically permitted by Architect. 2. Junction boxes, etc., required for continued operation of the building may be left in place and exposed for access. B. Provide necessary work in support of other trades' demolition efforts. Existing Systems — 16040 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.03 POWER OUTAGES A. The facility will continue its normal operation during the construction work; therefore it is required that the Contractor schedule power outages with Larry's Market Representative. In the event that the Contractor's work causes or contributes to a power outage (or other system fault), the Contractor is responsible for immediately correcting the problem. Included (as examples) shall be any premium time required to stay on the job site until problem is corrected. 3.04 PREMIUM TIME A. Premium time shall be included in the Base Bid for power outages to owner occupied areas and for other work as required by the schedule, as shown on the drawings and in other Divisions of the Specifications. 3.05 DUST BARRIERS A. Build barriers to dust between Contractor's work and occupied areas unless waived by Architect. Coordinate with work under other divisions. END OF SECTION 16040 Existing Systems SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. This section provides for basic materials coordination and requirements for installation to accomplish electrical work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Workmanship: Workmanship is considered important and is subject to approval. Employ workers skilled in the trade, and familiar with particular techniques applicable to various sections of work. 1. Coordinate with approved shop drawings for Architectural specialties: hardware, bank equipment, signage, etc. B. Coordination: Coordinate electrical work with the work of other crafts and trades for proper installation and for timely execution of construction. Any changes necessitated by failure to properly coordinate with work of different trades shall be made at no increase in contract amount. 1.03 APPLIANCE AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT CONNECT4ONS A. Provide and make all final electrical connections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for equipment furnished by others. B. See Section 16130 and notes on drawings for typical mounting heights. Coordinate with Architectural elevations and details. C. Refer to equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for details of equipment connections. 1. Provide outlets at locations to conveniently serve equipment. 2. Provide receptacles as required to match cord caps on equipment furnished. 3. Provide direct wiring or receptacles for final connection to equipment as required for particular equipment furnished. 1.04 MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL INTERFACE A. Separation of work between trades and subcontractors is not within the scope of these Contract Documents. The following is proposed for assistance in bidding only. B. Unless otherwise indicated, mechanical equipment and controls are suggested to be furnished, installed, and wired in accordance with the following schedule; coordinate all work with Division 15, Mechanical: Basic Materials and Methods - 16050 - 1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS ITEM US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA POWER CONTROL FURNISHED INSTALLED WIRING WIRING BY: BY: BY: BY: Equipment Motors: M M E Magnetic Motor Starters: a. Automatically controlled with or without HOA switches: E E b. Manually controlled: E E c. Furnished w /mech. equipment, factory- mounted. M M d. Furnished w /mech. equipment, for field mounting: M E Disconnect switches, manual motor starters, thermal overload switches: Valves, float controls, damper motors, EP and PE switches, other miscellaneous Division 15 controls: Thermostats (Low Voltage Electric): E E E E E M E M M M - Division 15, Mechanical E - Division 16, Electrical 2.02 COMPLETE SYSTEMS A. All the systems mentioned shall be complete in every detail except where specifically noted otherwise. Mention of certain materials in these specifications shall not be construed a release from furnishing such additional materials and performing all labor required to provide a complete and operable system. B. Enclosures or operating mechanisms shall not obscure nameplates or other printed data provided on equipment. 2.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 16010. B. Submit record drawings at time of substantial inspection. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install all material and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, instructions and installation drawings, unless otherwise indicated, and in accordance with NECA'S "Standards of Installation ". B. Seal penetrations to maintain structural, fire - resistive integrity, and watertightness. C. Verify electrical characteristics with equipment nameplate data or approved submittals prior to rough -in for all items, including Owner furnished equipment. Notify architect of discrepancies. Basic Materials and Methods - 16050 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA D. Provide properly sized pigtails for connections to equipment with terminals rated for 60 °C conductors. 3.02 PENETRATING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION A. Pre -plan and provide all necessary blockouts and sleeves to minimize any cutting of building construction. Submit shop drawings. 1. Sleeves: Contractor shall furnish sleeves to form assemblers (or Masons) and identify required placement location. 2. Blockouts: Contractor shall identify size and location for provision of blockouts. B. Obtain permission from the Architect prior to cutting. 1. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. Cut concrete with core drills except where space limitations prevent the use of such drills. C. All construction materials, including walls, ceilings and floors, damaged during the installation of this work shall be repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials. 3.03 EXCAVATIONS A. All excavations are to be so conducted that no walls or footings shall be disturbed or injured in any way. 3.04 PAINTING A. Painting in general will be covered under another Division of the specifications, except as indicated. Items furnished under this Division that are scratched or marred in shipment or installation are to have finish repaired by the Division 16 Contractor. 3.05 CLEAN UP A. Contractor shall continually remove debris, cuttings, crates, cartons, etc., created by his work. Such clean up shall be done at sufficient frequency to eliminate hazard to the public, other workmen, the building or the Owner's employees. Before request for acceptance of the installation, Contractor shall carefully clean cabinets, panels, wiring devices, cover plates, etc., to remove dirt, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, etc. 3.06 WORKMANSHIP AND OBSERVATION A. Workmanship shall be of the best quality. Skilled tradesmen shall be employed under the supervision of a competent foreman. All completed work shall present a neat and professionally installed appearance. Basic Materials and Methods - 16050 - 4 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. All work and materials shall be subject to observation at any and all times by representatives of the Owner. END OF SECTION 16050 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide raceway systems complete. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) AND INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A. Hot dipped galvanized. B. Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron or noncorrosive alloy compatible with galvanized conduit. Running thread or set screw threaded fittings not permitted (Exception: Three piece couplings, watertight split couplings (OZ type or equivalent) permitted). 2.02 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT A. Not Permitted. 2.03 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Hot dip galvanized, electrogalvanized or sherardized, steel tubing. B. Couplings and Connectors: Raintight; steel or malleable iron type with insulated throat using a split corrugated compression ring and tightening nut or stainless steel locking disc. Connectors to have insulated throat. Indenter or die -cast fittings are not acceptable. Set screw type allowed 2" and over. 2.04 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT A. Galvanized flexible steel for dry locations. UL listed "Reduced Wall." Fittings: Steel, Thomas and Betts "squeeze" type or equal. Liquid Tight. PVC weatherproof cover over flexible steel conduit for damp and wet locations. Fittings: Thomas and Betts "Super - Tite" or equal. Raceways - 16110 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.05 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. Not Permitted. 2.06 PVC CONDUIT A. Schedule 40 electrical conduit. B. Approved fittings. 2.07 Bushings: A. Insulated throat connectors or insulated bushings for all raceways. B. Grounding function may be incorporated in bushings. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) & IMC A. All connections shall be wrenchtight. B. Install Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS) concealed in construction unless noted otherwise in the following, on the drawings, or unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Intermediate metal conduit is permitted as a substitute for rigid galvanized steel. Exceptions: where RGS is required by code. 3.02 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT A. May not be used. 3.03 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. May be substituted for RGS: for wiring in furred ceilings, walls, and above suspended ceilings. 3.04 FLEXIBLE RACEWAYS A. Use of flexible raceways for branch circuit and control wiring shall be minimized, and only where specifically approved by Engineer. B. Provide flexible raceway connection to motors and equipment subject to vibration with 90 degree loop minimum to allow for isolation. Use liquid tight for pumps, for equipment which is regularly washed down, and for equipment in damp locations. C. Provide bonding jumper. Raceways - 16110 -.2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3.05 PVC CONDUIT A. For power and communications raceways underground or beneath slabs on grade. B. GRC or IMC steel bends and elbows. 1. Long radius bends on communications, TV and data systems raceways. 3.06 GENERAL A. Interior: Hold raceways parallel with building lines, unless otherwise noted. Exposed runs shall be run in groups at the same elevation, properly spaced. Maintain existing head room. Do not block access to junction boxes, valves, or mechanical equipment. B. Grounding: Raceway system serves as basic equipment ground, supplemented with equipment grounding conductors as noted. Make all joints tight for minimum impedance. 1. Provide equipment grounding conductor in all reused existing raceways. C. For raceways that penetrate building exterior, the section of the raceway within the wall shall be sealed inside (UL approved for the application) and around raceway exterior using approved sealant. D. Raceways through roof shall be sealed using appropriately sized roof jacks. Keep quantity to minimum by using roof curb openings, side wall locations, etc. 'E. Bends shall be carefully made, to avoid injuring or flattening. 90° bends for raceways 2" and larger shall be factory elbows. Use an approved power bending process for elbows in 1 -1/4" and 1 -1/2" raceways. F. Fasten raceways to frame structures by means of clamps, screws, drilled -in metal concrete inserts and bolts, or toggle bolts. Nails not permitted. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommended spacing. G. Cap raceway, during construction, with manufactured seals, to prevent entrance of water or debris. Swab out all raceway before wires are pulled. H. Install raceway so as to prevent trapping of seepage or condensation. I. Hangers For Raceways 1. In fire rated suspended ceiling spaces Contractor may not attach raceways to the ceiling suspension system. 2. Comply with WAC- 296 -46 -30001 for use of ceiling support wires for box and raceway support. Raceways - 16110 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 3. When more than two conduits will use the same routing, group together on a unistrut type system. 4. All supports for conduit over 2" trade size shall be unistrut type with a bolted wraparound type pipe clamp. Pipe clamp may be of the two piece type which hook into the strut and have a single bolt to clamp the two pieces together over the pipe; or the clamp may be of the one piece type which uses two bolts into the strut to clamp the pipe. For suspended conduit, trapeze type hangers are preferred; however, single rod and pipe clamp type hangers are acceptable for single raceway. 5. Provide lateral support for suspended conduit every 20 feet and longitudinal support every 40 feet. 6. Temporarily installed raceways are exempt from the strictest implementation of these requirements. 7. Raceways over 2" trade size shall be supported not to exceed 10 -feet on center. J. Confer with structural concrete specifications for installation constraints for raceways in concrete. Raceway diameter shall not exceed one -third (1/3) the thickness of the concrete system in which it is embedded. If over 1" diameter, obtain permission from Architect. K. Conduits passing through building construction expansion joints shall have approved expansion fittings, properly bonded. L. Provide nylon pull cord in all raceways provided as spares or for other trades. M. Provide additional pull boxes as required to avoid excess conductor pulling tension, or to comply with 360° bend code requirement. N. Raceway Identification; see Section 16195. 0. Locate raceways to not endanger strength of structural members. P. Do not exceed NEC requirements for raceway, pull /junction or outlet box fill. Raceways have been sized per NEC and may not be sufficient to allow proper pulling tension for long or multiple- bend pulls. Contractor to increase sizes or provide additional pull boxes as required. Coordinate with General Contractor for trenching and patching of existing floors as required for electrical work. END OF SECTION 16110 Q. Raceways - 16110 - 4 A. Single Conductors in Raceway 1. Conductor shall be copper; 98% conductivity. No. 12 AWG and No. 10 may be solid. Motor connections shall be stranded. Wires and Cables - 16120 - 1 US BANK. LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. Insulation THWN THHN, or XHHW, and as otherwise required. 3. Color shall be as noted in Part 3 below. B. Manufacturers approved: Anaconda, General Electric, General Cable, Cyprus Rome, National, Kerite. C. 600 Volt Splices and Terminations 1. Splices: Solderless type only. Pre - insulated "twist -on" type (limited to size No. 10 and smaller). Hydraulic compression long barrel type with application preformed insulated cover, heat shrinkable tubing or plastic insulated tape. 2. Terminations: Eye -type compression lug when termination is to a bolt or screw terminal, 250 kcmil and above, two hole long barrel compression lugs. Below 250 kcmil, single hole compression lug. 3. Cable Ties: Nylon or equivalent, locking type. Use torque - limiting tool. 2.02 BUSES AND CONNECTIONS A. Identified left to right, top to bottom, or front to rear should read A -B -C and be color coded as in part 3.02. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Identification: Individual conductors shall be color coded. B. The installation of cables shall be done with care to avoid damage. Cables showing damage after installation shall be replaced. Rollers and spools shall be used in adequate numbers for pulling in cables. The tension limitations and minimum bending radius as given by the cable manufacturer shall be observed. C. Provide cable lacing (fault bracing) when recommended by switchboard /switchgear manufacturer. D. Cable Pulling: Gripping method for cable pulling shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Lubrication shall be as approved for the insulation and raceway material. Provide pull boxes as required to prevent excess pulling tension. 3.02 600 VOLT CABLE AND TERMINATIONS A. All wiring shall be located in conduit systems unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Wires and Cables - 16120 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Provide cable ties in panelboards, cabinets, and other unconfined spaces. Wiring shall be neatly grouped and laced, and shall not be tied to factory installed wiring in equipment. C. Feeders: Feeder wiring shall be XHHW and color coded as listed below. D. Branch Circuits: Branch circuits shall be THWN THHN, or XHHW and color coded as listed below. Branch circuits shall be No. 12 AWG minimum. Homeruns greater than 75' to first outlet shall be No. 10 minimum. Use no mechanical means for pulling wires, no lubricant except powdered soapstone or approved substitute. Make no splices in homeruns, including associated neutral and isolated ground conductor. Wiring from separate raceway systems shall not be combined unless specifically permitted by Engineer. 1. Common neutral conductor for multiple receptacle outlet home - runs shall be #10 minimum. E. Circuits Occupying Common Enclosure or Raceway: 277 volt to ground circuits shall be kept separate from 120 volt to ground circuits (Exceptions: within transformers or other equipment which is served by circuits of both voltages; and other normal or emergency circuits where noted). F. Color Coding 1. 120/208 Volt, 3- Phase, 4 -Wire Systems: Phase A: Black Phase B: Red Phase C: Blue Neutral: White Ground: See Section 16450 Travelers: Purple (for 3- and 4 -way switching) 2. 277/480 Volt, 3- Phase, 4 -Wire Systems: Phase A: Brown Phase B: Orange Phase C: Yellow Neutral: Light Gray Ground: See Section 16450 Travelers: Purple (for 3- and 4 -way switching) 3. Color -coded tape may be used in lieu of color -coded insulation for conductors No. 8 AWG and larger. However, when color -coded tape is used, the conductor insulation shall be black only, and shall be taped at all splices, terminations, and junction boxes with color scheme shown above. Conductors need not be changed when circuits are reconnected to achieve balanced panel loading. The conductors shall, however, be identified with colored plastic vinyl tape (3M #190 -A) in the panel. Wires and Cables - 16120 - 3 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA G. Splices and Terminations: Lighting and receptacle branch circuit conductors up to No. 10 AWG shall be spliced with Scotch Lok type. connectors. Motor connections and splices in wiring No. 8 AWG and larger shall be made with crimp -type sleeve's or lugs insulated with two half -laps of rubber tape and two half -laps of Scotch 33 or equal plastic tape. Conductors shall be terminated so that conductor information is easily visible on at least one termination per feeder or within panel or switchboard pulling space. Properly torque all lugs and device terminations in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for conductors used Torque wrenches should be in each workman's tool pouch if making terminations. END OF SECTION 16120 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provision and installation of cabinets and boxes as required by other sections. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Construction: Code -gauge galvanized or painted sheet steel. Flush or surface mounting as indicated. B. Exposed Boxes Finish: Baked -On Gray Enamel, ANSI Z55.1 -1967. C. Enclosure Rating - As follows: 1. NEMA I: Indoor 2. NEMA 3R or 4: Damp or outdoor locations 3. Construction: Welded and galvanized sheet steel of sizes required by N.E.C. and as noted. Square wireway acceptable for feeder use. 4. Provide hinged covers when over 3 sq. ft. 2.02 OUTLET BOXES A. General: Code grade steel; size as required by code or as shown on the drawings. Allow extra space when splicing. B. Cover: Full access screwed covers mounted with corrosion resistant machine screws where device plates are not used. C. Telephone, Data, and other special systems Outlets: 4- 11/16" x 2 -1/8" deep, plus plaster ring to suit wall finish. 2.03 FLOOR BOXES A. Fully recessed, concealed service of size and type noted on plans. B. Provide device covers and floor flanges as required. 2.04 CABINETS A. Code gauge steel. B. Standard manufacturer, with details and features as noted on drawings. Boxes 16130 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Coordinate locations with work of other trades to avoid conflicts with equipment and architectural trim, to maintain fire ratings, and to maintain access. B. Secure to structure per NEC 370. 3.02 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Locate so that covers are accessible at all times. Mount boxes for concealed conduit so covers are flush with surface of finished ceiling or wall. B. Contractor may provide pull boxes in addition to those shown on plans or required by codes, to facilitate installation of work. Coordinate location of added boxes with Architect. C. Do not install boxes back -to -back in common walls. D. Provide cable supports per NEC. 3.03 DEVICE BOXES A. Switches located 6- inches from door casing. See Architectural Drawings for exceptions. Heights of outlets as follows, unless otherwise noted or shown on Drawings. Convenience Outlets: 18" to top. Wall Switches: 48" to top. Data and Telephone Outlets: 18" to top. OTHERS as noted on drawings or as specified elsewhere. B. The metallic outlet or switch boxes shall be securely fastened to the studs and the opening in the wallboard facing shall be cut so that the clearance between the box and the wallboard does not exceed 1/8 in. 3.04 SEALING A. Seal with acoustic caulk all openings in and around boxes in walls common to two or more spaces, to close air passages. B. In fire rated partition or walls: 1. When the face area for individual boxes exceeds 16 square inches or the aggregate area exceeds 100 square inches per 100 square feet, provide suitable fire proofing to maintain fire resistance rating. Boxes - 16130 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. Boxes located on opposite sides of walls or partitions shall be separated by horizontal distance of 24 inches, or fireproofed. 3.05 CABINETS A. Provide 2 at 1" raceways (or as noted) from flush cabinets and panels into accessible ceiling space adjacent to cabinet. END OF SECTION 16130 Boxes - 16130 SECTION 16132 FLOOR OUTLET DEVICES, FLUSH PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Provide floor outlet devices:for power, telephone, and data at the locations shown on drawings. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Hubbell, Walker or approved. 2.02 RECESSED BOX ASSEMBLY A. Formed steel, concrete tight, shallow construction. Hubbell #B- 2429 for single gang. Similar for multi -gang where shown.. 1. Duplex convenience outlet cover: Forged brass, duplex flap. Hubbell #S -3825. See Section 16144 for receptacles. B. Telephone and data outlet covers: Forged brass, combination screw plugs. Hubbell #S -2425. C. Provide carpet flanges as required for flush installation. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate with Architect for exact location of all devices. Adjust top surface to level and flush with finished floor. END OF SECTION 16132 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 16141 WIRING DEVICES PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide wiring devices and cover plates. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All wiring devices shall be new, UL approved, and rated for the service in which they are to be used. Devices with "Push -In" terminals are not acceptable. B. Color: White. 2.02 SWITCHES A. General: Specification grade 20A, 120 -277 VAC, silent type for all locations. Pass & Seymour #20AC1 series, Leviton #1221, Arrow Hart #1221. 2.03 RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Outlets, Side or Back Wired: 1. Specification Grade. Duplex ground type with composition base and slots to accommodate parallel blade cord caps. Mount with grounding slot up or to left. 20 ampere at 125 volts, NEMA 5 -20R. 2. UL approved, self- grounding, certified to comply with NEMA Standards. Screw terminals only. 3. Pass & Seymour #5352, Leviton #5352. B. Isolated Ground: 1. Orange - colored devices similar to "2.3 A." above, except with ground terminal insulated from mounting yoke. 2. Pass & Seymour #IG -6300, Leviton #5362 -IG, Arrow Hart IG5362. C. Special Purpose Outlets: 1. Grounding type; flush mount with grounding hole up or to left; as required for equipment provided. Provide nameplate indicating circuit characteristics. NEMA configuration as required to match cord cap on equipment. 2. Match receptacle with plug of unit to be connected. Wiring Devices - 16141 - 1 D. US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA G.F.C.I. Receptacle NEMA 5 -20R; Pass & Seymour #2091 -SHG, Leviton #6898 -HG, Arrow Hart GF 8300. 2.04 DEVICE PLATES A. Provide U.L. listed, commercial grade, one -piece type, device plates of molded nylon with metal, countersunk head screws colored to match device plate. Plate color shall be white. Leviton high abuse mylon wallplates or equivalent by Pass and Seymour or Arrow Hart. B. Weatherproof Plates: Provide stainless steel, U.L. listed, self - closing weatherproof plates. Duplex flap for duplex outlets. Each flap to open in an upward direction, not more than 90 degrees above the closed position. Aluminum covers with same features are approved. 1. Pass & Seymour Inc. 4500 series, or approved equal. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 WIRING DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Refer to Section 16130 "Boxes" and drawing notes. B. Provide separate neutral for dedicated outlets. C. Provide shared #10 neutral for multiple outlet circuit home runs. D. Lift isolated ground jumper connection in panelboard and test all outlets to be free from grounds. Provide log. 3.02 GROUNDING A. Provide positive connection between ground terminal box: (Exception: Isolated ground receptacles). B. Provide separate isolated ground conductor for each circuit. 3.03 FLOOR BOX INSTALLATION A. Coordinate with Architect for exact location of all devices. B. Adjust top surface to level and flush with finished floor. C. See specification Section 16132. and conduit 1soground END OF SECTION 16141 Wiring Devices - 16141 - PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 16170 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Provide all disconnects, fused and unfused, shown and required by Code for equipment furnished under this and other divisions of these specifications. B. Provide power fuses for mechanical equipment furnished with fused disconnect switches. C. Coordinate carefully with Division 15. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 DISCONNECTS A. Switch shall be heavy duty type, lockable, shall be quick -make quick -break and shall be suitably horsepower rated for motor loads. Switch shall have blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors. Disconnects shall be single throw unless noted otherwise. 8. Enclosure shall have interlocking cover to prevent opening door when switch is closed. Interlock shall include a defeating scheme. C. Enclosure shall be suitable for location in which mounted. . Fusible disconnects shall be as above with addition of fuse space and clips to accept only Class R fuses. 2.02 MANUFACTURER A. Same as listed in Section 16470. Exception: Disconnect Switches for Single (1) -Phase Motors: Horsepower rated toggle switch: Pass & Seymour 20AC2 -HP or equal. 2.03 LABELS A. Include the following information on the labels: Load served, source of supply, proper fuse type and size. Circuit and Motor Disconnects - 16170 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01. INSTALLATION A. Supports: Secure solidly to wall or approved mounting frame. Disconnects supported only ,by raceway are not acceptable. END OF SECTION 16170 SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Provision of supports and fastenings for properly mounting and anchoring all raceways, equipment, and fixtures. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL SUPPORTS A. Provide brackets, frames, and hangers fabricated from standard rolled structural steel shapes or prefabricated structural system manufactured by one of the following: Kindorf Electrical Products Company Powerstrut Division /Van Huffel Tube Corporation Unistrut Construction B -Line Systems, Inc. B. Provide threaded steel rods, where required, 3/8 inch diameter minimum. Use hot dip galvanized steel on installations exposed to the weather. Do not use chain except where detailed or specifically required. Do not use perforated strap or wire. 2.02 FASTENINGS A. Provide necessary fastenings in accordance with the following: 1. Bolts and nuts: ANSI B18.2.1 regular series, semi - finished, hexagon, galvanized. 2. Lock washer: ANSI B18.21.1 medium, spring type, galvanized. 3. Beam clamps: Thomas beam and angle clamps. 4. Wall anchors: Use 3/8 -inch (minimum) toggle bolts in hollow tile and concrete block. Use 1/4 -inch (minimum) Hilti HDI drop -in anchors or Hilti "Kwik Bolts" in solid masonry and concrete. Do not use fiber, lead, plastic, or wood plugs; do not use expansion shields and lag bolts. 5. Conduit supports and clamps: Bolted or screwed type. Caddy Clip or spring -back type not permitted for exposed construction. 6. Powder powered fasteners may be utilized only by special permission, in new concrete only. Supporting Devices - 16190 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Steel Supports: Fabricate and install supports so that support installation does not weaken or overload the building structure. Do not impose the weight of electrical equipment, raceways, or fixtures on supports provided for other trades or systems. Secure steel supports to the building structures by means of bolting or welding. Do not support loads from the bottom chord member of trusses or open web steel joists except where diagonal members attach to the bottom chord. Do not support loads from roof or floor decking, except as approved by the structural engineer. 3.02 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Area classified as Seismic Zone no. 3 as defined in Chapter 23 of the Uniform Building Code. Restraints, shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements and the following as a minimum: B. Wall Mounted Equipment: Equipment such as transformers, panelboards, and the like, shall be securely mounted in a manner to prevent dislodgement. C. Earthquake Resistant Devices: Devices shall be designed to resist strong horizontal and vertical movements and bolted to the equipment and to the floor, or movement- restraining field fabricated devices covered with resilient materials to minimize impact loads shall be provided for equipment mounted on vibration dampers. D. Install anchors per manufacturer's instructions for installation and minimum spacing requirements. 3.03 ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE A. For the installation of HDI drop -in anchor or "Kwik Bolts" for concrete and solid masonry construction, the manufacturer's procedure for installation and minimum spacing shall be used. Do not attach to bottom of web members of structural slabs. B. Welding per AWS to Structural Steel: 1. For load bearing steel beams and columns, weld only to the web or longitudinally along the flange. Do not weld across the flange. 2. Use embedded angle iron in equipment pads and weld equipment to iron embed. C. Use only "U" bolt type beam clamps. Supporting Devices - 16190 - US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA D. Toggle bolts are acceptable for light loads on hollow masonry walls. For heavy loads on hollow masonry walls, bracket wall with steel plates and through bolts. E. Use sheetmetal screws or bolts for attachment to metal studs. END OF SECTION 16190 D. Panel schedules and record drawing circuit numbers shall agree. 2.02 NAMEPLATES A. Materials 1. Provide nameplates construction of 1/16 inch thick plastic laminated material. Engrave through colored surface material to contrasting colored sublayer. B. Provide nameplates for the following: 1. Equipment identification labels for all electrical equipment including, but not limited to, service switch in switchboard, panels, disconnect switches, motors, transformers, motor starters, etc. 2. Special equipment outlet labels (1/4" letters). C. Label sizes, label information, and mounting locations to be identical for similar types of equipment.. Electrical Identification - 16195 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.03 RACEWAYS, JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES A. Feeder and Branch Circuit Conduits 1. No labeling required for raceways with readily identifiable terminations within the same or adjacent rooms. 2. For raceways exiting rooms with opposite end not conveniently identifiable, provide a clearly legible label on the conduit where it exits the equipment identifying load or source. 3. Use a black indelible marker and hand print label in a clear workman -like manner or use stencil and black paint. 4. Applicable to spare and abandoned raceways. B. Color Scheme For Plastic Labels Label Lettering System Color Color Identification Communication Data Black White "C /D" Normal Power and White Black Control 2.04 EMPTY CONDUITS A. Provide labels with description of purpose, and location of opposite end, on each end of conduits provided for future equipment or those abandoned as a result of this contract. Paper or plastic handwritten tags are permissible. Note accurately on as -built drawings. 2.05 FUSIBLE EQUIPMENT A. Identify fuse type and size on cover of equipment. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 ATTACHMENT A. Securely attach engraved labels and nameplates with screws, suitable epoxy cement or approved. B. Clean surfaces thoroughly before attaching all labels. C. Drill hole in nameplate and attach to motor flexible conduit with plastic ty -wrap. 3.02 TEMPORARY MARKINGS A. No temporary marking permitted on equipment. Remove all temporary marking where possible. Where markings cannot be removed, repaint trims, housing, etc., to cover markings. Refinish defaced finishes. Electrical Identification - 16195 - 2 3.03 ABBREVIATIONS A. Labeling abbreviations permitted only as approved. US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA END OF SECTION 16195 SECTION 16420 SERVICE ENTRANCE PART 1. - GENERAL US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide permanent service complete. B. Coordinate with Larry's Market Representative and extend circuit from the existing main switchboard. 1.02 SHORT CIRCUIT FAULT DUTY A. All equipment and circuitry shall be rated to match the AIC rating of the existing switchboard. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT A. Provide service disconnect in existing switchboard. B. Disconnect shall be UL Listed for use in existing switchboard. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 ARRANGEMENT A. Verify space available with equipment sizes and code required working clearances prior to submittal of shop drawings. Notify Engineer, prior, to submission of shop drawings, if sufficient space has not been allowed. 3.02 GROUNDING A. Refer to Specification Section 16450. END OF SECTION 16420 Service Entrance - 16420.- 1 SECTION 16450 GROUNDING PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Grounding electrodes, grounding (bonding) of equipment and building systems, and grounding of bank electrical service neutral. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards - Underwriters Laboratories, (U.L.) 467 -1972 (R 1975) Grounding and Bonding Equipment B. All connectors must meet the requirements of IEEE Std. 837 -1989, "IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding ". PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTORS A. #6 AWG and Larger: Stranded copper, soft - drawn, insulated. B. #8 AWG and Smaller: Soft - drawn, stranded copper, insulated. C. Sizing of Ground Conductors: Where size of ground conductors is not shown on drawings, comply with applicable sections of N.E.C. 2.02 INSULATION A. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Green insulation. B. Isolated Ground Conductors: Green insulation with yellow tracer. 2.03 CONNECTOR AND LUGS A. Cable -to -Cable (or Cable -to -Rod) Compression -Type, Copper. 1. T & B 53500 series or 53000 series. 2. Burndy type YGS or YGL. B. Cable -to -Flat: 1. Compression -type copper lugs, with silicon bronze bolts. .T & B.53200 series. Burndy Type YCA -2N. Grounding - .16450 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2. Bolted -type copper lugs, with silicon bronze bolts. T & B 32000 series, tandem type. Burndy Type QQA, with 2 -hole pad. 2.04 MARKING A. Connectors must be clearly and permanently marked with the information listed below. 1. Symbol and /or logo. 2. Catalog number. 3. Conductors accommodated. 4. Installation die index number or die catalog number, as required. 5. Underwriters Laboratories "Listing Mark ". B. Provide identification "connect isolated grounding conductors only" for each isolated grounding bar. Identify with orange marking. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All electric systems, components, and devices shall be properly grounded per N.E.C. Conform to contract documents and code requirements. Contact Engineer if code authority requirements appear to conflict with contract documents. B. Install connectors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. These should include; cable preparation if required, installation tools and dies and the required number of crimps. C. Insulate isolated ground bars from the enclosure. For testing, lift bonding jumper between isolated ground and equipment ground and test for open circuit. D. Provide multiterminal ground bars to accommodate number of conductors. 3.02 GROUND CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS A. Exothermic Welds: Exothermic welding is permitted for all cases where copper is connected to copper, or to structural steel. 1. Provide in inaccessible locations. B. Compression Fitting Installation: May be used, in lieu of welds in accessible locations. Utilize for any necessary splices: Grounding - 16450 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA C. Bolted Connections: Bolted connections when properly applied, are acceptable for all exposed or accessible grounding connections. Include lock washers or Belleville washer under lug bolts. D. Standard lugs for quantity and size of conductor, plus appropriate spare. Split -bolt connectors not allowed; multiple wires in one terminal not allowed. 3.03 GROUNDING OF RACEWAYS, STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide a ground return path from each piece of electrical equipment to the building service or derived system ground bus. 1. A maximum resistance to ground of the grounding electrode system of two ohms shall be allowed. B. Raceways: 1. General: Separate grounding conductor is not necessary for trays or conduits used exclusively for instrumentation circuits or D -C circuits. 2. Require a separate (green) equipment ground installed in the conduit or raceway when noted on drawings. Required for EMT 2" and larger. 3. Motor Connections: Use flexible conduit for motor connections. Provide a bare copper bonding jumper between the branch circuit raceway and the motor frame, using approved grounding fittings. 3.04 INSPECTION A. Compression die index number must be permanently marked on connectors during crimping so that use of the correct crimping dies can be verified. B. Closed barrel connectors must have inspection holes at the appropriate location to verify proper cable insertion. C. Connections to be accessible and identified as "electrical service ground" at connection to ground electrode(s). END OF SECTION 16450 SECTION 16461 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS (LOW VOLTAGE) PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Provide dry type transformers for supplying bank 208Y/120V requirements from building 480 -volt system. Transformers shall comply with NEMA Standard ST -20. All transformers shall carry a UL label. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 TYPE A. Steel panel enclosure over core, coil and terminal chamber with louvered openings for convection cooling. Internal vibration isolation. Front terminations. Weathershield for outdoor location. Enclosure finish of standard gray baked enamel. 2.02 WINDINGS A. Separate primary and secondary. Windings shall have Class H insulation and shall be rated for continuous operation with harmonics at rated KVA with temperature rise of not over 150 degrees C above a 40- degree C ambient, with a maximum hot spot temperature of 220 degrees C. (Exception: 15 KVA and smaller - 115 degrees C rise maximum.) Windings and core and coil assembly shall be treated and built to resist the effects of dirt and moisture. B. Copper electrostatic shield between primary and secondary windings. 2.03 PRIMARY TAPS A. Six (6) full capacity taps, minimum of two 2 -1/2 percent above and four 2- 1/2 percent below normal (rated) primary voltage for all transformers larger than 15kVA. 2.04 CAPACITY A. Transformers furnished shall have continuous rating not less than the size noted on the plans at the temperatures indicated above. B. Impedance shall be between 5 and 6.6 %. Dry Type. Transformers (Low Voltage) - 16461 - US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.05 CONNECTIONS A. All transformers shall have 480 -volt delta connected primary and 208Y/I20 volt, three - phase, four -wire connected secondary. Provisions for external connections shall be made by means of a terminal board employing lugs compatible for the external conductors installed. 2.06 NOISE LEVEL A. NEMA Standard. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 MOUNTING A. Transformers shall include isolation mounts selected per manufacturer's recommendations. Units shall be roof mounted as noted on the plans. 3.02 CONNECTION A. 208Y/120 volt three -phase secondary transformers shall be considered "grounded neutral separately derived systems." Neutral . shall be grounded per NEC. Adjust transformer taps to provide rated voltage at the secondary bus with all loads "on ": Submit log of final voltage readings. END OF SECTION 16461 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 15470 PANELBOARDS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all panelboard equipment, complete; dead front type. B. Special requirements specified may not be standard manufacture. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Include catalog cut picturing style of panel and identify dimension of highest breaker from bottom of panel. B. Detailed information on hinged trim for compliance. C. Engineer may not review for detail information regarding lug sizes, feed location, cover type, etc. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. To match manufacturer of existing panelboards in Larry's Market. 2.02 PANELBOARDS TYPE A. Panelboards shall be rated at proper voltage and current for intended use with bus bars of copper. Panels shall be 3 phase, 4 wire, 100 percent neutral, unless noted otherwise. B. Whore "Space" is indicated for breakers, provide all busing and breaker mounting hardware in the panelboard, provide steel knockouts in dead front metal closure of unused part of panel. If any steel knockouts are removed, provide breakers in such spaces or approved coverplates. Open spaces not permitted. 2.03 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Mount breakers in all panelboards so that breaker handles operate in a horizontal plane. Bolt in type only. Provide common trip on all multiple pole breakers. Main breakers may operate vertically. B. Trip ratings for breakers shall be stamped on handle. C. Where noted, provide spare breakers, complete for future connection of wiring circuits. Panelboards - 16470 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA 2.04 CABINET FOR EACH PANELBOARD A. Shall have hinged trim, with flush, tight closing doors without play, when latched. Latches with locks and operating mechanisms shall be of metal. Outer door operation shall expose terminals and any normally covered information or circuit breakers. B. Provide cabinet(s) of sufficient dimensions to allow for future expansion and addition of circuit breakers within the panelboards, clamp -on metering, and wiring. C. Provide lock for each cabinet door. Lock shall be keyed to match locks on existing Larry's Market electrical distribution equipment. D. Fasten panelboard front with tamper proof machine screws with oval counter -sunk heads, finish hardware quality, with escutcheons or approved trim clamps. Clamps accessible only when door is open are acceptable, and required for flush panels. E. Finish: Standard lacquer or enamel finish, gray or blue -gray in color. F. Provide ground bar as required for associated raceway grounds plus 25% spare. Additional isolated ground bar is required where noted. G. Provide flush mounting cover where noted on drawings. 2.05 SYSTEM OF NUMBERING A. Shall be as shown on the Panel Schedules on the drawings. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Top of cabinet and trim shall be level. 1. Panels: Top of cabinet at 6' -6 ". B. Provide signage when cover exceeds 40 lbs.: "Warning: Cover Weight xx pounds." C. Provide 4 at I -inch and 4 at 3/4 -inch conduits into accessible ceiling space above flush mounted panelboards. END OF SECTION 16470 Panelboards 16470 - US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 16478 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Circuit breakers for use in panelboards, switchboards, and other enclosures. B. Fuses for use in power and control circuits. 1. Fuses. 2. Thermal overloads. 3. Power Circuit Breakers: as specified in 16425. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide molded case circuit breakers of thermal- magnetic or magnetic only type where indicated and specified. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Circuit Breakers 1. Thermal /Magnetic Type UL Listed devices meeting NEMA Standards Publication No. AB1- 1975. Quick -make and quick -break type, with wiping contacts. Provided with arc chutes and individual trip mechanisms on each pole. Two and three pole breakers: Common trip. Handles permitted only on approval of samples. Trip -free with trip indication independent of the "ON" or "OFF" positions. Calibrated for operation in an ambient temperature of 40.C. Anti -turn solderless type terminals, UL Listed for both copper and aluminum cables. Minimum 10,000 AIC at 120, 208, 240 volts; minimum 14,000 AIC at 277/480 volts. "Switching rated" circuit breakers for all 120 volt and 277 volt lighting circuits controlled at the panelboard. Overcurrent Protective Devices - 16478 - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA High interrupting capacity breakers as required by panel schedules and for fully rated /series rated combination of interrupting ratings. The Contractor may substitute circuit breakers of lesser interrupting ratings provided they are used in a UL listed series rated combination and per the manufacturer's recommendation. Circuit breakers designated "G.F.I." equipped with integral Class A ground fault circuit interrupter set to trip on ground fault of five milli -amps or greater. 2. Magnetic -Only Type: For applications when indicated on drawings, with single magnetic adjustment to set all poles to same trip current. Adjustment continuous throughout adjustable trip range. 3. Current Limiting Type: Same as thermal magnetic except with non -fuse type current limiting. 4. Of same manufacturer of panels or switchboard when installed therein. 5. Designed for size and number of conductors of connecting feeder. Rated for 75 degrees C conductors for 60A and larger breakers. 6. Trip ratings shall be imprinted on handle or visible through dead front cover. 7. Molded case: for use as disconnect, with A.I.C. rating as noted, with instantaneous trip. B. Thermal overload elements: 1. Bi- metallic or eutectic alloy type. 2. Designed for equipment in which installed. C. Fuses: Provide complete set of fuses for switches, switchgear, and control centers as required. Provide in -line or integrally mounted fuse clips on control power or low voltage transformers. 1. Unless otherwise specifically required by a manufacturer's piece of equipment, provide Bussmann "Low Peak Yellow" fuses, or Littlefuse. 2. Provide 10 percent spare fuses, but not less than three (3) of any one size and type. 3. Spare Fuse Cabinet(s): Provide a spare fuse cabinet(s) as noted for the above required spare fuses. Cabinet front lock shall match panelboard equipment specified elsewhere in specification. Provide list of equipment and proper fuse size. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install breakers in this section in switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, combination motor starters, and individual enclosures, with trip ratings as shown. Overcurrent Protective Devices - 16478 - 2 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Identify overload element on selection chart of starter enclosures. 3.02 FUSES A. General 1. Fuses shall not be installed until equipment is ready to be energized. 2. Install fuses so current rating is visible from front when cover is open. Identify fuse type and size on cover with labels available from Bussmann. B. MAIN, FEEDER, AND BRANCH CIRCUIT FUSES 1. Circuits 601 through 6000 amperes. a. Protected by current - limiting Bussmann Low -Peak Time Delay Fuses KRP -C. Fuses shall be time -delay and shall hold 500% of rated current for a minimum of 4 seconds, clear 20 times rated current in .01 seconds or less, with an interrupting rating of 3000,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. 2. Circuits 0 through 600 amperes. a. Protected by current limiting Bussmann Low -Peak Dual - Element Time Delay Fuses LPN -RK, LPS -RK, or LPJ as required or noted. The fuses shall hold 500% of rated . current for a minimum of 10 seconds. b. Motor circuits - Where noted, all individual motor circuits with full -load ampere ratings (F.L.A.) of 480 amperes or less shall be protected by Bussmann Low -Peak Dual- Element Time -Delay Fuses LPN -RK, LPS -RK, or LPJ. The following guidelines apply for motors protected by properly sized overload relays: fuses for motors with a marked service factor not less than 1.15 shall be installed in ratings of 125 %.or motor full -load current (or next size larger if 125% does not correspond to .a fuse size), except where high ambient temperatures prevail, or where the motor drives a heavy revolving part which cannot be brought up to full speed quickly, such as large fans. Under such conditions the fuse may be 150% to 175% of the motor full -load current. For all other motors, (such as 1.0 service factor motors) fuses shall be sized in ratings of 115% of the motor full load current (or next size larger if 115% does not correspond to a fuse size) except as noted above. Overcurrent Protective Devices.— .16478` US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA c. Motor Controllers - Where noted, NEMA and IEC style motor controllers shall be protected from short- circuits by Bussmann Low -Peak Dual- Element Time -Delay fuses in order to provide testing agency- witnessed Type 2 coordination for the controller. This provides "no damage" protection for the controller, under low and high level fault conditions, as required by IEC Publication 947 -4. For IEC style controllers, the fuses shall be installed in ratings to coordinate with the overload relays, such that the relay /fuse curves cross over at 7 -10 times the IEC contactor current rating. C. SUPPLEMENTARY - LIGHTING FIXTURE PROTECTIVE FUSES 1. For fluorescent fixtures provide Bussmann GLR or GMF fuses in HLR holders. Size and type of fuse to be recommended by the fixture manufacturer. 2. Provide Bussmann KTK or FNQ fuse in HEB, HPF, or HPS holders for all other ballast- controlled lighting fixtures. 3.03 THERMAL OVERLOADS A. Sized to suit motor /equipment installed. END OF SECTION 16478 US BANK . LARRY'S, TUKWILA SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. General building lighting. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Within 30 days of the contract award submit copies of shop drawings and product data for all lighting fixtures. Shop drawings shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Manufacturer's dimensioned scale drawings showing in complete detail the fabrication of all lighting fixtures including overall and detail dimensions, finishes, pre- finishes, metal thickness, fabrication methods, support method, ballasts, sockets, type of shielding, reflectors, wiring sizes and insulation types, lenses, provisions for re- lamping, trim details and all other information to show compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Certified photometric test data and reports. 4. Maintenance and operating instructions. 5. Shop drawings shall not only clearly indicate the assigned fixture type but also the equipment location. 6. Lamp data. B. Review (by Engineer) of light fixture submittals which indicate voltage or quantities shall not be considered to be approval of said voltage or quantities. Contractor shall verify voltage to be suitable for circuit to which connected and quantities to be as indicated on drawings. 1.03 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE A. Refer to fixture schedule for information regarding mounting and other conditions which may effect lighting equipment. B. Refer to drawing notes and details for possible additional information. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURES A. Provide in accordance with Lighting Fixture Schedule on drawings. Lighting - 16500. - 1 US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA B. Verify exact type of all ceilings and order fixtures accordingly. C. Provide fixtures with proper fitting flanges, mounting supports, accessory items, free of light leaks in housing or frame. D. Provide fixtures of the appropriate voltage for the circuit from which supplied. 2.02 LAMPS A. Provide in accordance with fixture schedule on drawings. 2.03 ELECTRONIC BALLASTS A. Standard fluorescent application: See Fixture Schedule on drawings. 1. Advance or Motorola electronic ballast. 2. High frequency operation of 20 khz or greater without visible lamp flicker. 3. Shall withstand line transients as defined in IEEE Publication 587, Category A. 4. Shall meet requirements of FCC Rules and Regulations, Part 15. 5. Shall contain circuitry that limits total harmonic distortion to less than 10 %. 6. Provide with Class .P thermal protection. 2.04 TRANSFORMERS A. Suitability: Transformers shall be of the best quality and sized to compensate for voltage drop over indicated distances and meet with the following requirements: 1. Where possible, transformers to have an integral line voltage switch. 2. All transformers shall be locally fused. 3. Provide adequate ventilation to meet code and manufacturers requirements concerning temperature rise. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Mount outlets to be readily accessible and at positions and heights to clear ductwork, piping, etc. Coordinate with work of all other trades. Replace visibly damaged fixtures or those with light leaks in lens frame or housing. 2. Locate fixtures in accordance. with Architectural reflected ceiling plans. Lighting - 16500.- 3 SECTION 16740 TELEPHONE SYSTEM PART 1. - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA A. Scope: Where shown on the Drawings, provide the following: 1. Access through the building. 2. Raceways with pull wires. 3. Mud rings. B. Related Documents: Sections 16110 and 16130 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Conduit Plan. PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS A. Raceways shall be 3/4 -inch EMT or larger as required or as noted otherwise on the drawings. 2.02 OUTLETS A. Outlets shall be 4 -S box with single gang ring. 2.03 TERMINAL BOARDS A. 3/4 -inch fire retardant treated A -C plywood 4' -0" x 8' -0 ". Paint white to match adjacent finishes. Reference architectural drawings and specifications. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAYS FOR TRUNK CABLES (AS REQUIRED) A. Trunk cables by others. B. Provide raceway with pull string from telephone terminal board located in the bank to the Larry's Market main telephone terminal board. Telephone System - .16740 - US BANK LARRY'S, TUKWILA C. Raceways for future wiring by others shall be run concealed, terminating in an insulating bushing at the terminal locations. A 14 gauge drag wire shall be pulled into each raceway and left in place for the installation of wiring by others. 3.02 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Outlets: Per Section 16130, except as noted on drawings. 3.03 TERMINAL BOARDS A. Mount securely to structure. B. Provide duplex convenience outlets as shown on drawings. C. Provide #10 AWG copper ground wire from nearest accessible cold water plumbing pipe or steel building structure. D. Refer to Telephone Backboard Drawing in these specifications. END OF SECTION 16740 TOSHIBA CONTROLLER 4' 0" CCTV MONITOR sMTCHERR,( �A 1 TIME LAPSE RECORDER ; AC:r, WELLFLEET ROUTER FEEDER NODE SHELF SYNOPTICS CONCENTRATOR SHELF � (AK' L SHARESPOOLC REMOTE L SERPRO MOOEM INTERLYNX Qc) SHELF MODEM (-M .1 TELEX CONTROLLER 1N1 INVISICOM (AD SHELF FILE SERVER ups (AM: RTU ALARM SYSTEM Eel") MUSHROOM BOARD 112 BLUE BOARD SAE) MONITOR KEYBOARD SiiELF TELEPHONE BACKBOARD DRAWING S S 0 C 1 A T CONSLITING ENGINEERS ES pRopEssim I OM \ I1RTI) \ 333. ILUIN; SERVICES 801 SECO \I) EN! E cORPOR TIM vritr..w.viiiimao\ 98104 111E1'110 E: 121331021- I 803 RECEIVED 3 1'i: 1208/ (321 -0710 CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 2 2 1994 PERMIT CENTER • I Ili SOUTI I HOTEL STREET SUITE 202C HONOLULU, I (AMU OM 13 1E1 CPI IONE: 1008/ 533-6099 \ ISM) 543-2200 TRANSMITTAL TO JcL. DATE 2.2. PROJECT Lannets Bank ATTEN'I1QN_a4D,Ane___ (..."L RFA NO. _91+102-- / T.12-- WE ARE ENCLOSING: PRINTS SHOP DRAWINGS ORIGINALS PROJECT DATA CALCULATIONS - OTHER DESCRIPTION too_expi_es_of- Lue 5-aincetic s;1 4 s;z occr rev i cuJ atso (nr-ta- eA-1 cAlcs u)-e. ak-e- (AsS. _Mcioirect ts cL co co-C. -11,424 aA L _reforn"-E• COMMENTS 11.-_____alooto9-4 *or The- Inca() 1/Q-ce.k.Sartj COPY TO City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Rick Beeler, Director September 22, 1994 Robert Fossatti Associates Consulting Engineers 1000 Norton Building 801 Second Avenue Seattle, WA 98104 Regarding: 94 -T -12: (B94 -0274) Please stamped the enclosed plans and forward both stamped copies back to our office. Thank you for your cooperation and patience. Sincerely, Sylkria Osby Permit Technician 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 (206) 431-3670 • Fax (206) 431-3665 R O B E R T FOSSATTT A S S O C I A T E S CONSULTING ENGINEERS September 20, 1994 • A PROFESSIONAL 1000 NORTON BUILDING 110 SOUTH HOTEL STREET SERVICES 801 SECOND AVENUE SUITE 202C CORPORATION SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98104 HONOLULU, HAWAII 96813 TELEPIIONE:(2061021.1803 TELEPIIONE:(8081533.0099 FAX: 1200) 621-9740 FAX: (008) 545-2200 Donald Carlson & Associates, Architects 1925 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 -0104 - Attention: Tim Rhodes 694-0D-y RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SET 2 1 1994 PERMIT CENTER Reference: 94- T- 12 /RFA #94102 -12 (Larry's Market /US Bank In -store Branch) Dear Mr. Rhodes: We have received information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1991 Edition of the Uniform Building Code as adopted and amended by the 1992 Washington State Building Code. We have no additional comments. We have forwarded the drawings, calculations, (and soils report) to the City of Tukwila for their records. Please forward a copy of this letter to the structural engineer. Very truly yours, ROBERT FOSSATTI ASSOCIATES, INC., P.S. Cry al Kolke ,DBH /jw:2 .cc: DuaneGr.iffin:'' City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 NORTHWEST tet September 13 1994 z rfu Robert Fossatti & Associates 1000 Norton Building 801 - 2nd Avenue Seattle, WA 98104 Attention: Crystal Kolke Reference: US Bank In -Store Branch Larry's Market - Tukwila, Washington Crystal: 1 am responding to the itemized structural comments in the plan review letter dated September 6, '1994. 1. A copy of the soils report by Terra Associates, Inc., dated April 29, 1990, has been enclosed with this letter per your request. 2, The existing W14x22 beams in the area of the addition are designed not to impose loads on the rod bracing, but to span between added supports at Grids 4.6, 4.8, 5,4 and 5.7. At Grids 4.8 and 5.4 new pipe columns provide support. At Grid 4.6 and at Grid 5.7 the W14x22 facia beam is connected to the existing W 10x 12 through the existing W14, with a moment connection (Section D -2), forming a header which spans between Grid A.5 and the new corner pipe column in both cases. 3. The eccentricity of the facia beam relative to the corner pipe column is now larger than the configuration in the first design phase. Therefore, 1 revised the two corner columns at Grids 4.6 and 5.7 to 3-1/2" extra - strong steel pipe columns. See enclosed Sheet 1 for calculations. 4. Along Grid A.5, where columns are to be removed, the existing W21 x44 top beam will easily span the required 15' -9" between the remaining columns, with low roof framing hung from the bottom flange. Refer to enclosed Sheet 2. ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC. P.B. - CONSU671N3 ENGINEERS 6889 Woo0LAWN AVENUE NE, BEAMS), WA 98116 (206) sa5.75e0 FAX (2001022 8896 September 13, 1994 Robert Fossatti & Associates ' US Bank - Larry's Market, Tukwila, WA Page 2 of 2 • • 5. Lateral forces are taken by the storefront tube columns on Grid A.5 per the enclosed calculations on Sheets 3 -11. Based on this analysis, the columns are adequate. The maximum drift is approximately 1/2" under seismic loading, which is within allowable limits. To account for this drift, I will show corner slip joints at the glass block walls. 6. The glass block walls at Grids 4.8 and 5.4 are to be supported at the top the same as shown on Section A -2, with top channels and angles welded to the existing beams, t added this information to the roof plan. 7, For this item, please refer to Item 5 above. Please call if you have any questions. ,• Sincerely, ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC. P.S. Mark Nazarenus, P.E. Project Engineer MN:jI ENGINEERS NORTHWEST, INC. P.S. • CONSULTING ENGINEERS OA69 WOODLANN AVINUl1 N.R. SEATTLE, WA4111d (ZO61526.7600 YAK mom 5224O90 ; R 0 B E R 1' 1' OSSATTI A S S O C I A T E S CONSULTING ENGINEERS September 6, 1994 A PROFESSIO NAL 1000 NORTON 81TLDl \G 116 SOLTI I HOTEL STREET SERVICES 801 SECOND 11E \CE SCITE 202C CORPORATION SEATTLE. WASIII\GTO\ 98104 1I0SOI.CLU. HAWAII 96813 TELEPIIONE: 12061 621-1803 TELEPI IO \E: 18081533.6699 FAX: 12061921.9740 FAX: I808) 543-2200 RECEIVED SEP 0 7 19,94 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Donald Carlson & Associates, Architects 1925 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 -0104 Attention: Tim Rhodes Reference: 94- T- 12 /RFA #I94102 -12 (Larry's Market /US Bank In -store Branch) Dear Mr. Rhodes: We have received information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1991 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. Our comments follow: 1. Submit a copy of the soils report by Terra Associates, Inc. dated April 29, 1990. 2. Provide information on the effect of the new supports (for the existing W14 x 22's) on the existing rod bracing. Explain how the existing rod bracing will be prevented from acting as a support. 3. In Section C -2 on Sheet S2, provide complete calculations for the beam to column connection, the pipe column, and the footing, showing that all elements are adequate to resist the moment caused by the eccentric connection. 4. Provide an explanation of the existing framing at Grid A.S. Provide information on the effects of removing the existing columns at Grids 5.2, 5.3, 5.5, and 5.6. Provide calculations for the existing W21 x 44 beam, TS 12 x 4 x J beam and TS 4 x 4 hanger. 5. Provide information and calculations on the structure's lateral force - resisting system. 6. Provide information on the support condition at the top of the glass block walls at Grids 4.8 and 5.4. 7. Provide calculations for the existing TS 4 x 4 column at Grid 5.7/A.5. Include both vertical and horizontal loads. 94- T- 12 /RFA 4194102 -12 (Larry's Market /US Bank In -store Branch) September 6, 1994 Page 2 Please forward a copy of this letter to the structural engineer and respond to the above comments in itemized letter form. Resubmit two copies of revised drawings and one copy of revised calculations, as required. Very truly yours, ROBERT FOSSATTI ASSOCIATES, INC., P.S. Crys =1 Kolke DBH /jw:1 cc: Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 City rut Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 John W. Rants, Mayor August 16, 1994 Fire Department Review Control #B94 -0274 (510) 1 Re: U.S. Bank - 3725 S 144 St Dear Sir: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. Accumulation of combustible waste material is prohibited during the demolition phase of this project. Remove and properly dispose of all waste material prior to the close of the working day and as often throughout the day as needed. 2. Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on'type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 10.601) When walls and ceilings are required to be of fire resistive or noncombustible construction, interior finish materials shall meet the requirements of U.B.C. 4203. 3. Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. Sprinkler protection shall be extended to all areas where required, including all enclosed areas, below obstructions and under overhangs greater than four *ILA City 'vi Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 John W. Rants, Mayor Page number 2 feet wide. (NFPA 13 -4- 4.1.3.2.1) All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1646) 4. Emergency alarm signaling devices required as a result of the Americans With Disabilities Act shall be tied into a fire alarm panel and monitored by a City approved U.L. central station. The installation of wiring and equipment shall be in accordance with NFPA 70, Article 760, Fire Protective Signaling Systems. (NFPA 72- 2 -1.4) All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1646) (UPC 10.503) 5. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose ".(2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Extinguishers shall be installed on the hangers or in the brackets supplied, mounted in cabinets, or set on shelves (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9), and shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 Amorisrammal City uf Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 John W. Rants, Mayor Page number 3 feet above the floor. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9) Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC 10.505A) Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4 and 4 -4.3) Every six years, dry chemical and halon type fire extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. (NFPA 10, 4 -4.1) If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10A -4 -4) Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 6. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 7. H.V.A.C. units rated at 2,000 cfm require auto- shutdown devices. These devices shall be separately zoned in the alarm panel and local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #1646) This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. • City of Tukwila so John W. Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Rick Beeler, Director August 8, 1994 Robert Fossatti Associates Consulting Engineers 1000 Norton Building 801 Second Avenue Seattle, WA 98104 RECEIVED ROBERT FOSSA(TI ASSOC, Regarding: 94 -T -12: (B94 -0274) L anc9 I S Vrei r k t / US 8etyl . I nSto rt, &and Please do structural review per U.B.C., 1991 Edition. Sixcerely, •GcJ C� Syl a A. Osby Permit Technician 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 ' Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 4313670 • Fax (206) 4313665 July 7, 1994 • City of Tukwila John W Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Rick Beeler, Director Tim Rhodes Donald Carlson and Associates 1925 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 RE: U.S. Bank /Larry's Market - PRE94 -023 Dear Tim: This letter is a follow -up to our discussion of whether the project would trigger Design Review. Based upon the proposed addition, the following sections of the Tukwila Municipal Code have been reviewed: 1. Section 18.60.030(2)(A)(ii) indicates developments within 300 feet of a residential zone would require Design Review. 2. Section 18.60.080(B) stipulates that Design Review for exterior repair, reconstruction and improvements of any existing building in excess of 10,000 square feet, the cost which equals or exceeds ten percent of the building's assessed value triggers Design Review. The Zoning Code does not specify which section or whether either section takes precedence over the other. For this reason, an interpretation has been made that Design Review is not required for the proposed development based upon the following: a. The proposed addition is approximately 230 feet from the nearest residential district boundary located north bf the site; b. The bank addition does not face the high density residential district; c. The proposed addition is less than 700 square feet in area or approximately 1% of the total building area of Larry's Market; d. It is anticipated.that the majority of bank patrons are also patrons of the market, thereby not significantly increasing the intensity of the use of the site. e. Adequate parking is provided on -site. Please feel free to contact Denni Shefrin at 431 -3663 should you have further questions. Sincerely, 46g, Jdck Pace, Acting Director, Department of Community Development cc: Denni Shefrin, Associate Planner Ann Siegenthaler 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431.3670 • Fax (206) 431.3665 City of Tukwila Pre - Application Process MEETING ATTENDANCE RECORD City of Tukwila Department of Community Development - Building Division Phone: (206) 431 -3670 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, 11100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Pre - Application File Number PRE94 -023 Project: U.S. BANK AT LARRY'S MARKET Meeting Date: JULY 7, 1994 Time: 3:15 Site Address: 37x5 S /4/-41 ST' Date Checklist Mailed: JULY 8, 1994 By: SYLVIA A. OSBY CITY STAFF PRESENT DEPARTMENTS PHONE #'s NAMES /TITLES Building 431 -3670 DUANE GRIFFIN, BUILDING OFFICIAL Fire 575 -4404 STEVE KOHLER, FIRE INSPECTOR Planning 431 -3680 DENNI SHEFRIN, ASSOCIATE PLANNER Public Works 433 -0179 RON CAMERON, CITY ENGINEER X X] X XI Parks & Rec 433 -1843 Police 433 - 1804 — Environmental 431-3680 Permit Center 431 -3670 Other: APPLICANT/REPRESENTATIVES PRESENT CONTACT Name: TIM RHODES Phone: (206) 441 -3066 PERSON Company/Title: DON CARLSON & ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTS Street Address: 1925 POST ALLEY City/ State/Zip: SEATTLE, WA 98101 OTHERS Name: Phone: PRESENT Company/Title: Street Address: City / State/Zip: Name: Phone: Company/Title: Street Address: City/State /Zip: Name: Phone: Company/Title: Street Address: City/State/Zip: Name: Phone: Company/Title: Street Address: City/State/Zip: Name: Phone: Company/Title: Street Address: City /State/Zip: � PRE- APPLICATWN CHECKLIST.. CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT . BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431.3670 PRE - APPLICATION FILE:NO.. PRE94 -023.• .; PROJECT: u. s :' BANK AT LARRY'S MARKET MEETING DATE: 7/ 7/ 94 TIME: 3:15 SITE ADDRESS,: 14927 PACTFYC AY S `7fie, folloiving comMents are?based on a: ptelimInarylreview Addltlonal. informatlon may •be needed.. `•pther: equlrements /requlatlons •may',.need to be met. 4.42_� 'o# Ir-eLQL /5-31,Lo 7AM/ iAv S � r ENVIRONMENTAL RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL fl 6 1994 PERMIT CENTER • PRERiL{Al/ON CHECKLIST CITY OF TUKWILA JUN z 9 1y9Li DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE- APPLICATION •FILE NO :.PRE94 =o2 MEETING DATE: ROJECT: ..i1Arix. AT ..:LARRY S ?:MARKET 'I ME. 3. is .:.SITE ADDRESS, 14227 PACIFIC:' • PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT The following comments are based on a preliminary review. Additional information may be needed. Other requirements /regulations may need to be met. n 2. n 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. t Apply for and obtain the following permits /approvals through the City's Permit Center: �) Channelization /Striping /Signing ( ) Sewer Main Extension (private) ri Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk (—) Sewer Main Extension (public) C ) Excavation (public) ( ) Storm Drainage C—) Fire loop /Hydrant (main to vault) n Water Main Extension (private) ( ) Flood Zone Control (. ) Water Main Extension (public) ( ) Hauling (2.000 Bond. Cert. Ins.) n Water Meter (exempt) ( ) Landscape Irrigation () Water Meter (permanent) n Moving an Oversized Load 0 Water Meter (temporary) (n Sanitary Side Sewer () Other: Hauling Permit required prior to start of any hauling of material on public right -of -way ($2,000 bond, $1,000,000 certificate of insurance, route map and $25.00 permit fee required). All applications and plan submittals must be complete in order to be accepted by the Permit Center for plan review. Use the Plan Submittal Checklist provided on the reverse of the application forms to verify that all the necessary materials and information has been supplied. Water and sewer assessments may apply and will be determined during the utility plan review process. Provide sidewalks per Ordinance Nos. 1158, 1217 and 1233, or obtain waiver. Provide Hydrological- Geotechnical analysis. Provide erosion control plan as part of grading /fill permit application. Identify building elevation above 100 year flood elevation per FIRM maps (use NGVD datum and recognized benchmarks). 9. Provide traffic analysis /trip generation study for: 10. Provide developers agreement for: 11. Provide the following easements and maintenance agreements: U 12. Provide water /sewer availability letters or certificates from districts serving your development. 13. Obtain METRO Waste Discharge permit or approval (684 - 2300). 14. Complete Industrial Waste Survey and return to METRO (self addressed and stamp provided). 15. Review the following City studies when designing your project and preparing your plan submittal: C • 16. 1`(u Qw \SSueS , 17 Cpns\ vG-As' Wc<`� ��' C l LS) r 18. IC 0. y,7 'J 1_v \C. ,,,, .. 'S4cth.c\n 457de. 19. L._- 20. Checklist prepared by (staff): 14^ "YOU('YNed Date. 7/ 7l R9 CITY OF TUKWILA — DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION - PERMIT CENTER t PRE- APPLICAIibN CHECKLIST 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE - APPLICATION FILE NO. PRE94 -023 PROJECT: U.S.. BANK AT LARRY'S MARKET MEETING DATE: 7/ 7/ 94 TIME: 3 :1 , SITE ADDRESS: 1/ 977 rncrFrc uv S The following comments are based on a preliminary revieWW,,,.,,^ , - , Additional information may be needed. Other requirements / regulatipns may need to be.met. !J .3. 4. 5. 6. 7. PLANNING DIVISION -- Land Use Information Comply with Tukwila Municipal Code (zoning, land use, sign regulations, etc.) Obtain the following land use permits /approvals: 0 Boundary Line Adjustment ) Building Site Improvement Plan L.) Comprehensive Plan Amendment (—i Conditional Use Permit Design Review ( ) Design Review - Interurban Environmental (SEPA) ;D Planned Mixed Use Development CD Planned Residential Development C Rezone ( ) Shoreline Management Permit (i Shoreline Management Permit Rev. ( ) Short Subdivision Sign(s) Subdivision ( ) Unclassified Use ( ) Variance (') Other: Zoning designation: Site located in sensitive area? CZ— Minimum setback requirements "Jpnt: Side: Yes Side: Rear: Maximum Building Height: 11,\ Height exception area? Yes 1 ; No Minimum parking stalls required: > Handicap stalls required: No more than 30% of required parking stalls may be compact. No landscape overhangs into compact stalls are permitted, although no wheel stops prior to hitting the curb will be required. 8. Minimum landscaping required: OPcnt: Side: Side: Rear: 9. Landscape plans must be stamped by a Washington State licensed landscape architect. All landscape areas require a landscape irrigation system (Utility Permit Required). 10. Roof -top mechanical units, satellite dishes and similar structures must be properly screened. Provide elevations and construction details as part of building permit application submittal. �� 11. Trash enclosures and storage areas must be screened to a minimum of 8' in height. Provide elevations and construction details as park of building permit application submittal. 12. Building permit plans which deviate from that already approved by the Board of Architectural Review may require re- application for design review approval. L�. 13. 14 15, 16 17 18. 19. 20. �\I /� 2 �Y l �.J 1g, �l�-� a�.L./: (?__)0 .. Checklist prepared by (staff ;_�_�As Date: 7)116:4 1 • PRE- A,PPL(CAAN CHECKLIST CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE - APPLICATION: FILE NO. PRL94 -023 PROJECT: U.s. BALK' AT LARRY'S - 'T MEETING DATE: 7/ 7/ 94 TIME: 3:15 SITE ADDRESS:_14777 PACrrrr. Iry s r'ti}'r CJ' t,n •1 rr - to,- voz r`. nQ ....' �� m 9 FIRE DEPARTMENT -- Inspections Overhead sprinkler piping a. Hydrostatic test e. Hydrostatic test b. Trip test f. Fire Dept. approved plans c. Alarm system monitoring test g. Materials and test certificate 2. Underground tank a. Location b. Distance between tanks c. Distance to property line d. Depth of cover 3. Fire alarm a. Acceptance test b. Fire Dept. approved plans 4. Hood and duct Inspections a. Installation b. Trip test 5. Spray Booth a. Location b. Fire protection c. Ventilation d. Permit • 6. Flammable liquid room a. Location b. Fire protection c. Permit 7. Rack storage 'a. Permit b. Mechanical smoke removal c. Rack sprinklers d. Aisle•width 8. Fire doors and fire dampers a. Installation b. Drop testing d. Fire Dept. approved plans e. Sprinkler head location and spacing e. Vent piping, swing joints, fill piping, discharge piping f. Anchoring g. Hydrostatic test h. Separate Fire Dept. approved plans 9. Fire final a. Fire Dept. access b. Building egress and occupancy load c. Hydrants d. Building address e. Fire protection systems: (1) Halon systems (2) Standpipes (3) Hose Stations (4) Fire Doors (5) Fire Dampers (6) Fire Extinguishers 10. Other: a. b. e c. d. g Checklist prepared by (staff):___WaL__44-D e2s G ,✓ • Date' 4-/ Q � PRE— APPLICATN CHECKLIST CITY OF TUKWiLA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER 6300 Sou!hcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE- APPLICATION FILE NO. ' PRF94 -023`: ROJECT: u.s , BANK AT ,CRY.' MI�RKET MEETING DATE: 7/ 7/ 94 TIME: 3 :15 SITE ADDRESS: 14227 PACIFIC HY ,.s� Y :The following eOmments" are.. bas !;01 aptellminary "revlew �� y " dditlonal::informatlon may be 'ded. 'Ogle Xei uIremei is /regulations May need to be met.:' • FIRE DEPARTMENT -- Construction Information 1. The City of Tukwila has adopted the 1991 Uniform Fire Code. This and other nationally recognized standards will be used during construction and operation of this project. (TMC 16.16.120) 2. Fire hydrants will be required. (City Ord. #1626) 3. Required fire hydrants shall be approved for location by the Fire Department, approved for purity by the Water Department, and fully in service prior to start of construction. By line of vehicular travel a fire hydrant must be no further than .i 30 feet from a structure; and no portion of a structure to be over 300 feet from fire hydrant. (UFC 10.301 and City Ord. #1646) Automatic fire sprinklers, audible and visual devices, and a minimum of one pull station per floor are required for this project. Sprinkler system and fire alarm shall comply with N.F.P.A. #13, #72, and ADA requirements. Sprinkler plans shall be submitted to Washington State Surveying and Rating Bureau, Factory Mutual or Industrial Risk Insurers for approval prior to being submitted to Tukwila Fire Marshal for approval. The fire alarm plans are to be submitted directly to the Tukwila Fire Marshal for approval. Submit three (3) sets of drawings. This includes one for our file, one for company file, and one for the job site. (City Ord. #1626) "c4. 5. Maximum grade is 15% for all projects. 6. Hose stations are required. (City Ord. #1646) 7. A fire alarm system is required for this project. (City Ord. #1626) Plans shall be submitted to the Tukwila Fire Marshal for approval, prior to commencing any alarm system work. Submit three (3) sets of complete drawings. This includes one for our file, one for company file, and one for the job site. 8. Special installations of fixed extinguisher systems, fire alarm systems, dust collectors, fuel storage, etc. require separate plans anei permits. Plans to be submitted to the Fire Marshal prior to start of installation. (UFC 10.301) Portable fire extinguishers will be required in finished buildings per N.F.P.A. #10. (Minimum ratino2A, 10 BC) 10. Buildings utilizing storage of high piled combustible stock will require mechanical smoke removal per Section 81 of the 1991 UFC. 11. During construction, an all- weather access will be required to within 150 feet of the building. (UFC 10.207) 12. No building will be occupied, by people or merchandise, prior to approval and inspection by Fire and Building Departments. gi13. Adequate addressing is required. Number size will be determined by setback of building from roadway. Four inch numbers are minimum. Numbers will be in color which contrasts to background. (UFC 10.208) (Z 14. Designak.d fire lanes may be required for fire and emergency access. This requirement may be `�-'� established at the time of occupancy and /or after the facility is in operation. (UFC 10.207 as amended) 15. Special Fire Department permits are required for such things as: storage of compressed gas, cryogens, dry cleaning plans, repair garages, places of assembly, storage of hazardous materials, flammable or combustible liquids or solids, LPG, welding and cutting operations, spray painting, etc. (UFC 4.101) Li16. Fire Department vehicle access is required to within 150' of any portion of an exterior wall of the first story. Fire Department access roads in excess of 150' require aturn around. Fire Department access roads shall be not less than 20' wide with an unobstructed vertical clearance of 13'6" (City Ord. #1632). 7 17. Adequate fire flow availability will need to be demonstrated for this project. ❑ 18. Checklist prepared by (staff): `)1 (Le A4.6 CA-So ij Date: PREmAPPLICAT N CHECKLIST CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION - PERMIT CENTER 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE - APPLICATION FILE NO. PRE94 -O23 PROJECT: U.S. BANK AT LARRY'S MARKET MEETING DATE: 7/ 7/ 94 TIME: 3:15 SITE ADDRESS: 14227 PACIFIC HY S The following comments are based on a preliminary review. Additional information may be needed.` Other requirements /regulations may need to be met BUILDING DIVISION 1. Comply with the Uniform Building Code, 1991 Edition. hw`luA.i,n 9 U. 54-ale oynendvne-nds1 2. Comply with the Uniform Mechanical Code, 1991 Edition. elvicAurAt vtg UA. mename- i\ 1 3. Comply with the Washington State Energy Code, 1.991- Second Edition. Provide - energy- ealetila4ie e- ped -by-a Washington- State - licensed- architect- or- eragiaear- (see- at#aGhed- farrnat.). Y CLde. 3Pec.'s da a. -must ;? e_ \Yt acl Qr �s / 4. Comply with Washington tate Barrier Free ode, 1991 Edition. L As coma-me/el - CIta.P 5/-go Vic) 5. Apply for and obtain the following Building Division permits and approvals through the Permit Center: • Building Permit • Rack Storage • Mechanical Permit • Demolition (building) • Other: 6. All applications and plan submittals must be complete in order to be accepted by the Permit Center for plan review. Use the Plan Submittal Checklist provided on the reverse of the application forms to verify that all the necessary materials and information has been supplied. 7. Construction drawings must be stamped by a Washington State licensed architect. 8. Structural drawings and calculations must be stamped by a Washington Stated licensed structural engineer. �I 9. A boundary survey prepared by a Washington State Registered Land Surveyor must be submitted as part of the Building Permit application. 10. Temporary erosion control measures shall be included on plans. Normally, no site work will be allowed until erosion control measures are in place. 11. Rockeries are not permitted over 4' in height. Retaining structures over 4' in height must be engineered retaining walls, and require a permit. 12. All rack storage requires a permit and rack storage over 8' high must be designed for Seismic Zone 3. A Washington State structural engineers stamp will be required on plans and structural calculations submitted for rack storage over 8' high. 13. Construction documents shall include special inspection requirements as specified in Sections 302(c) and 306 of the Uniform Building Code. Notify the Building Official of testing lab hired by architect or owner prior to permit issuance date. The contractor may not hire the testing lab. 14. Construction documents shall contain soils classification information specified in Table 29.B of the Uniform Building Code. stamped and signed by Washington State licensed architect or engineer in responsible charge of the structural design work. Li 15. Demolition permits are required for removal of any existing buildings or structures. L__1 I 16. Comply with UBC Appendix Cha:.;er 35, Sound Transmission Control (R -1 occupancy group). j I 17. Obtain approvals and permits from outside agencies: 18. 19. 20. f S ELECTRICAL PERMIT /INSPECTIONS are obtained through the Department of Labor and Industries I/ �1 (248- 6630). • PLUMBING PERMIT /INSPECTIONS are obtained through King County Health Department (Inspec- tions: 296 -4767; Permits: 296 - 4727). KING COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT must approve and stamp plans for public pools /spas and food service facilities prior to submittal to the Tukwila Building Division (296- 4787). • FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS plans are reviewed through the Tukwila Fire Department (575- 4404). Checklist prepared by (staff): t-tane____CriZa Date: 7/ giy • 4-- DETACH TO DISPLAY CERTIFICATE -4 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES THIS CERTIFIES THAT THE PERSON NAMED HEREON IS REGISTERED AS PROVIDED BY LAW AS A CONST .CONT GENERAL 6.1 . REGISTRATION NUMBER • • txrinAl:UN OAIt • FLETCWI077CH: EFFECT `:DATE. 02!•03!,95 .02108/93 FEETCHER; WR IGH�? 41∎I • P O ••130. 3764 , SEATTLE WA 981247654 STATE OF WASHINGTON F625.052 -000(3 t DETACH TO DISPLAY CF.RTIFICATC._t State of Washington County of King certify.that:thiSlis atrua and'correecopyof the State of Washington license in the l�tpssessionof etcherW 'ghtas otthisdate. 4 � Dated: • Leanne B. Wagoner My appointment expires: 6 -15 -96 CITYROF TUKWILA SEP 2 3 1994 PERMIT CENTER 1 • . • • f • PROJECT DIRECTORY • :UNER* 1; ARCWItECTI STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, Mt Wm SE� ASEATT WASH ON MD CONTACT, DAVID J. REND, AIA ( CONSTRICTION . MAINT. CONSTRICTION MANAGER; JEI� MOPPATT A6iOGIAT 11 ARCMITEECTII 11126 POST ALLEY SEATTLE WASHINGTON 116101 CONTACT. TIM *4001* (206) 441.11066 (206)12Se441,61 PAX ENGINEERS �oRtwasT 6161 WOOD�.A LN AVENUE 14f 0016 SEATTLE W1.eFIMGTON INS CONTACT, MARK NAZARIINUS (20A)1,25•11i6o MECH. 4 ENGINEER' ELEC. ADAMS T,ANTSTE • WATTLE. WASHINGTON 11,101 CONTACT, MIKE TAYLOR (MEd'.) CONTACT, SUSAN 15400E6 (ESC) (204) N3.0200 DRAWING , INDEX AICHITECTURAL, T•1 61T1 PLAN 44 PLOOR PLAN. DEMOLmcN IRAN COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHICI .E A•2 MCP PIMA RI PLECTED CEILING PLAN ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS A•3 INTERIOR ELEVATION, DETAILS A•4 DETAIL* A•S DETAILS STRUCTURAL, 111 STRUCTURAL POISDATIO L ROOF FRAMING PLAINS, SECTION, GENERAL NOTES S2 STRUCTURAL SECTIONS, DETAILS MECHANICAL, 114 LEGEND. SCHEDULES, GENERAL NOTES M442 FLOOR PLAN. MOP PLAN, DETAILS ELECTRICAL. 14 LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES 1•2 LIONTRES FLOCS PLAN 14 POKER FLOOR PLAN E•4 COPF INICATIONS FLOOR PLAN RECORD DRAILING& (FOR 1RFERINCE ONLY) 44441 EAST LARRY,611 FRIG SPRINKLER PLAN R•2 41ST LAPPETS N PYRE SPItlatL.ER PLAN UTERIOR VIEII PROJECT DATA LOCATION OCCUPANCY, TOTAL FLOOR ARIA TOTAL OCCUPANCY LOAD' BUILDING TYPE (LARRY* MARKET TIIC JLAh BUILDING AREA, (LARRY* MAIIKET TIICUILA1 ZONE, � aou,r Ti 1411Y. a RETAIL d•2 *34 SG. PT. 1(01 PER 1006P,) 11144 SPRIMCLERED 4.11110 $a Pt C•2 APPLICABLE CODEb, WA$H rON STATE MOULDING' COOS (wmt• CHAPTER! SI.m. !I4U QFECTIVE ALT MSS IWUNM$TON STATE IIMM .ATIONS POR E AFRillt F!VE! FACILITIES MAC. Stoat Mag owAP siAt CODS R �~ILLATION ID MOOR AI=AI MAC. CHAPTER !NM CITY 00001 SYMBOLS /A$BREVIATIONS o&t DRAWING TRLE COLUMN 0*10 MALL SECTION n-/ ora REVERENCE ® REVISION NOTE ACT C•M.U. CET. De. a. FUt F1. MR 0001 REVERENCE ACOUSTICAL OI�TORR YURNSIED gaol OIAMEOO MSPOIRTER EQUAL JOIN. MORS FLOOR EPROM1T TRtATMO MOSE MO HOUR 43 INIERIOR ELEVATION MOON NAM , ROOM NAME a NOR o Nifteiterm JS ELEVATION MOLE erigAV AEi DATUM caiLRENICE JONT MML wVEHMCAL UAL OW CONTRACTOR NER RM SHE! ES MOS OWNER FURNISHED ca INSTALLED SIN. S AMA• R T.O.S. TOP or WARING 1.0.4. TOP Of JOIST T. TTOP O% su RY T.O.W. . TOP Of WALL INSTORE BRANCH LARRY'S TUKWILA 14227 PACIFIC HIGHWAY SOUTH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON • • .. SITE DETAILS . . 1' 111W.INIrf r.M\NSM4LAf1\\'r 0 •*/111 fL O P SPAIONPOWN r11R eir a GET 101A Ma rMINIO i _ • • A 111111 II wl\11/ kik iiiT MI _ kftIt;;t SWIM SO Mar tense u\\NL 0/1Y\IJOIIIN1iaw •!�� •• .IIIa1I1 `EEn 0 ;;` .. ... .... ■ ■•• : 1 • ,.• f ,.. _•■_ •• r ■11•• • _ = I Re 001 . O• �I Gam.. 1 � •elM O = -i 1r - - -- 1=1•ai TALL, 1 Amu. ��IO A7IQ► \•pl/wIROAk1 1p\IM �M wr ass lc; She CO • .• • • • • • • Est WI• St IS v • '1 � • • • M: • Z • L • . • • 1 li II 14121 1� 1 1 _ I — _.. mins •� tl,nrraf�u 1ewi.$t jEE1ji'I!'dm Its n fa I.ar +••o•■■► • 1 ■�' ,r ssamihIrf7IR0/1 II I \r \Irlllt.. ■ ■fa■. ■r �:�. I 1 � �� 7 a 1 t 1811 I.6,9llnrrs .' i rrlrs\ns■,rbrr, rrs���•. .... :.r�11JPIIt713i[DO /7Llt .1(111141611 esrrrEe�a\silf r I»,1i•.•.' !wi ,iey �— _ 1 �� ---y . I rg.,::'.;�i Ir ■r a•n■a:,s rrrr•.a..,; r. i. •i1 ffllfli,kO1\/\4l7' /11dt.uulj ••••,E ar.. ..I 1111\ ■r \ \ /1R 111 9ira' sn' VLt 71. IiiI" R11 ■ ■rkr A ■ ■F■ ■1 •.t•.apl�...w• -'s,`.er,a. a it• ,� '.1141 \r \ \>Ggla, rriJi �1, " I X11' r t Ir► t ��.r�l���r- ~_"l'° >'.*�'r" -..r 'w-w ±M��w' -'�-. j "'� Y' INTERIOR VIER • 1sI NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE TTUUKWILA BUILDING PRIOR I N. • NOTQ 1\Mllata n*. Man A Now lux IIENt'aLL No Mw tam AOOMONILL IRA! NOM TEEM PARTIAL SITE PLAN/ SITE IbIPROVEMENTS SEPARATE H Mme. LAMS11NKST wow 0 GAS PIPING COY OP TUKWILA SUM AS MINN PROM* NOOloso RAP! TO EItlaTlr PERMIT PAK'S WINK mown ea Isola mesa co wamta• TOM POI WAIL WM VA ems MIEN a▪ s own was N F10O AT .114 C tltlltc Not Tb OSTAa, Alta sow Mut &. TOTAL MIS=WROTE 1 , •DONALD' CA$ . AND 'AilliOCIATEI AIiCH. �TECt1 Y N • '11aan.lSE Sw • • it Isom : n O .•N1ERNi 1' N/ 41011 1111111111 ' 11J 11MM11111 . 9 • • ., +.'f,' • • . .. 1 4'.1.t •• • • „ • , •. • nu • 1 • b. • • RAOIIt Go► It_t � . v • . . sop tee 1 �{ j. FIO.M tr `; 1 undart,nd Cud Mo. PMIi Cheat; cpt*J1 am subject to arc: tnd o1OMMOia tared cafprovJ of PUna don not SNININ'Mm TI/11IIon dint.. • • :' MY osiOnS SO- ' adopt t Code a Loma" "111- d 01,00Wl, IMMO J;,Liii:.) N MW cve 7- • 2 • Instare )Bran*-.: ys #V• 37 '3 5:144 *,,t , ,.� Tn%xile, ,� hiii • • , . -. • •• •. r 11' • FMlgr STUNS A! NWRAM s CRY OF iU10/l!A 1'rrfat "`�'"'Tlft. A APPROYib sge PASO LEL To AIM • PAL•SfltfLA r 1 1 4 J10 I Y'r. ' • • I )1}.. N4 • tnI a. ' • y- • - vn i F • .• • • • • .r, • + • • • • f• ' 7 y•Y'• '. • ' • . , •. • • "I•1•.•' .1 /'.. .. • Y4 • r_ `11',11 12t_••• • •SS•' , • ' }k•. J' R' • .1 • • • •l 1 i 11',11' • . i• • .. .. • . Y 1 ` . . 1. •L • . • • w ••r I. • I, ,.. i. 1.1 �1 •..•'• { %•i • • 4 1 EQUIPMENT NOTES L ee �A�vrla�rtayn Tl�fs'if2C aT D1SMIS E MOST ' T TN ALL II tNCi lUOPlNTS WfN lES1lIJ R/� miat =e4. AHD Pwo4A {CAL WALL TYPES SCHEDULE: 4' x s• x s• GLASS CLOCK WITH ttotausCEie imam MILT (vvl PATTERN) Si PROPOPMED NMETAL TIGN, 6 ML P�CU* ?HY1.INE V CAIWIM 4 OA METAL INTERIOPt ONUS SIMILAR TO WALL TYPO b' WITH N/S•'PANORA . GLASS NTIRIOR swam ono l 0/119 OAS. PI410H 8O114 SIDRO 6' Pita SPED WALL PRAITNO SIMILAR TO WALL TYPE 'D' WITH N/s' WPA10RAL GLASS INTERIOR SIGNAGE *MACE OW ONUS PAM COIN sloes s 9'*' METAL STIP WALL PRAMIO 4• x *' X s' GLASS BLOCK WI PATTERN WTMtUT IMSERT) DOOR NOTES{ • woo* U2) Pu uoILW GLASS ENTRY coos _- (IIARDWta GROUP 2) DOOR 41 PETAL DOOR N *P1, PRATE (HAIUDWAIIS U PROVIDE WV CLUE SPANDREL *LAN NO WA= SOUTH RACE Q DOOR PAINT CIL war DOo T1�TS'ALLOWI r MACE M NIMI % ABOVE COMM POPE 4 COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE • . aGUIP MA MENT BGIiDW-E , - .. r7 f_l • 4 It • r„r^.II eirstasassi w1-21.ra - '1) , - 1--.'7 ?-I '- -,tl ,_ . ' . COOL 111141111 (NISI) 116 x D' x WV O . '.4. _ 1 - -L. ; • 1'IOrtMT - • NM no 0 ' - NOT 41D 11 isthmus C010460 VIE PATTERN STANDARD AND OD BLOCK W 61.X6 I'NtRT .0 . I1011110M0 NMI .... . . . . ( -i . • PAINT (WRITS) PAINTER PANT .1RIMINAL VSOTRA 4116 III 2I A TES ' NJ ('J 5 TELLS ANIST. OS 3020 'III 16 W N0 1 ! , SOLID SSA= CONTERTOPS SMELL MBA" RICA WR14D) GRAPHS?{ , , .a 4 110 lbN'NCA _ - USED 1.I `PLASTIC LAMINATE 2 NORMA* TELLER PHONE 1N - `PANT,(SLAQC) NO HO (] ' - 1 " ' KO RCA COPIER' a BN o III YES —.., C1 0 ... 2 UM raga= 1110111101441. 2 III `MP NO ri 1 CANNON PAX ORx 120 10 A NO ' 1 -i • ZEMITN T.V. VCIP SOO It ' NO NOT USED 11 1 a WITCHER NO TRULAIG JpRINT. WAN (STOPPAGS) 1 r1 1 PARADYN MODEM PIM WOO 111 1 A YES TELIAIGUIPPNT. BOARD (STORMS) Cl 1 nL■x CONIROLNR 314.61C 110 a A YES TELs/EaiIPPNT. BOARD ($TOR 0110 [. I PMTEOTOORAPN Ri NO . L] 1 STAND. SEISM ENCODER 110 NO 1J I VERIPCNI Pat MACMIPS -CANNON TRAM IWO NO ' NO T 2 CALCULATOR P 26 D 110 NO 0 1 M#ROiOMIS Oa PROTECTOR NO Pi Z NO1rTAR DESK PHONE 1310 24 r NO El ^ NORSTM ODOINOLER 61s 110 1 A YES TELEISO.WR•NT. WARD (STORAGI) -. I MP. COLOR MONROR MA 110 10 W YES == 1 _EIS PRINT SWARM DEVILS NSA NO IA NO TELS/ECWIPPNT. WARD (STORAGE) ' • 0 TRAIL/ LUDO DISPLAY _ NOT USED '' 1 MOILER RN ALMS SYSTEM MAMCOM 1 NO 40 VA VIS RULE/ 101111 61T. BOARD ( STORAGE) ' COMM, ROMP. SACIIWOARO • TSLEaaJIPPNT. BOARD CSTORAaE) _ - 1 ` PANASONIC CCTV MONITOR 110 I A NO TELEQpJIPPNT. BOARD (STORI4E) I AMMO ND:P LY/4M ' NMI 110 A A YES TELEACIJPPNT. WARD (STORAGE) '^ ' 1 COMPAQ PILISERVIR ro YES TSLS/EC 1.11PI NT• WARD (STORAGE) 1 M 1 ' SYNOPTIC, CONCENTRATOR SONO I10 , TELE/ECRJIPPNT. WARD (STORAGE) P.T. 1 ' uILLMAR moire* _YES YES TELE/ECIJIPP'NT. WARD (STORAGE) 1 MICROCOM LAMP*, MODEM N24C 110 NO TELfl JIMNT. WARD ($TORAGS) 2 1 HP. LAMM° PRIM* 461. NO M W NO ... I MINJTIPWN UPS. PM 6000 ISO YES TELE/ICIJI•PNT, WARD (STORAGE) -- I SRAPOT CU PRINCY COUNTER N4s.2 -- 1 TIIAPNONN EQUIP. . - - CPl la SEE PLAN, SPECIRICATIOM* N TILLER PEDESTAL . 1 • SANYO Ttl!•LAPS■ RECORD TLS 1000 4 NO YES TELR/ICIJIPPNT. WARD WORMS) . ' 1 PELCO KATCHER no to TELEQCJIPPNT. BOARD (STORMS) '^ 1 Q PETY ALLIS SA DO! VAULT 7 • ' . . . 2 ' • 1 ALLIED CASH VAULT i TL -NO • • '= 1 NTIRCOLD ATM MA04ME 1062 Y ES 1 TV MCNITO R - ISO NO 05.0.1. ON O1CI PLAWGNI EQUIPMENT NOTES L ee �A�vrla�rtayn Tl�fs'if2C aT D1SMIS E MOST ' T TN ALL II tNCi lUOPlNTS WfN lES1lIJ R/� miat =e4. AHD Pwo4A {CAL WALL TYPES SCHEDULE: 4' x s• x s• GLASS CLOCK WITH ttotausCEie imam MILT (vvl PATTERN) Si PROPOPMED NMETAL TIGN, 6 ML P�CU* ?HY1.INE V CAIWIM 4 OA METAL INTERIOPt ONUS SIMILAR TO WALL TYPO b' WITH N/S•'PANORA . GLASS NTIRIOR swam ono l 0/119 OAS. PI410H 8O114 SIDRO 6' Pita SPED WALL PRAITNO SIMILAR TO WALL TYPE 'D' WITH N/s' WPA10RAL GLASS INTERIOR SIGNAGE *MACE OW ONUS PAM COIN sloes s 9'*' METAL STIP WALL PRAMIO 4• x *' X s' GLASS BLOCK WI PATTERN WTMtUT IMSERT) DOOR NOTES{ • woo* U2) Pu uoILW GLASS ENTRY coos _- (IIARDWta GROUP 2) DOOR 41 PETAL DOOR N *P1, PRATE (HAIUDWAIIS U PROVIDE WV CLUE SPANDREL *LAN NO WA= SOUTH RACE Q DOOR PAINT CIL war DOo T1�TS'ALLOWI r MACE M NIMI % ABOVE COMM POPE 4 COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE • . MA O1N/MATERIAL NM,'.ER 0 , Car M,YINNOTON COPIQRCIAL CARPI? MEDINA, COLOIObaAY On • - '1) , VINYL COlk TILE ARI ITP0123 M•1•ERIAL TEXTURE COOL 111141111 (NISI) 116 x D' x WV O "NM WALL EWE • 1 ARI INONO STAIN. COVE MAY (1415) 4• 0 ' ALAN BLOCK • isthmus C010460 VIE PATTERN STANDARD AND OD BLOCK W 61.X6 I'NtRT .0 . PLASTIC LAMINATE PORMCA ' MINION SNITS (SIN) MATT PNNN O • PAINT (WRITS) PAINTER PANT IMO W (sSRPY AND MATO4 IXRSTNO PN$H) 7 - PANT (US SANK BLUE) PARKER PAINT MATCH PPS COLOR • 201 ('J IPAtORA . GLASS mow ISLAMIC MST. SECOND SUMAC, MATCH PPS COLOR • 211 0 : , SOLID SSA= CONTERTOPS SMELL MBA" RICA WR14D) GRAPHS?{ el • 1 PLASTIC LAMINATE lbN'NCA . SLACK (NW MATT FINISH 1 " `PLASTIC LAMINATE PORMICA k SAIL 104111 (463) MATT PNISN (S . • - `PANT,(SLAQC) PARSER P . .' HO .:.• • ' - VINYL ■SALE SAM • A PINPIONO STAND CONS BLAOC (MIN) 4' o P..,., • _ —.., MATCH • • TIP. LA RVSOREIN TRIM COLOR 0 ... .AILS N•(- • • G'OISMN .. VIS PATTERN STANDARD - SOD - - , COLOR AND PuTIIIAL NOTES . E VEIMM yp I1AIbI1 EX Nen MIS mono. ANT. corium MAUL n M • TAO tlMl A OP TES' SMINfSGT.. 1 MT •.: '/ :torn ' • '4 •„, . , • • % •• .:1•. ., Aksc, -ttn.. • - , a•• -'••,e , • ..•.I -..isit._ . ... . 1 • • NO SS WOE AND ST 0111111 *42 tINN EXISTING CHECICSTANDS SECTION C SECTION S, L 1 5.4 •1 14'.4•* SECTION A L •l I 1 5b ".4• ! 1 1 ks 1 ' 1 1 I 1 It l � I►� I I `` 1 ® V• .. . -CALL O :k% 1 I I CI 1 itt JIMNiPl op a Iiiiiii r'Iilinliflil 1!P! _- 1 rt ;1 9461347 1 tog 1111 , ;u - ° Si: F 41 ' 1; ` ___3 Cr ■ ' 1 - ` I y -, I • ►`Tam r r .R,al ", III, "13 0' IMO MP • 1 1• rThFLOOR PLAN V4'•1'•D' •1 0 1 Ne �l • 10' -b' �I6 BLOCKS I$' -10' 24 BLOCK. fO °leen tnab I I 1 i i 1- ___ 7 i I \ 1■ � %). 1 s \%\ 1 y . -' i . 1 i . I -/ 1 \ - #1\ DEMOL I T I ON PLAN 1/4'•1'-0• 1 DEMOLITION NOTES i ilSOS -N se - -NN --NN- •-- 1 a- CRY OF.TURNIUA APPROVED SEP 1994 d e . , DONALp 1..RLS O AND ABS CIA? E's A R,C I('I ,TE;C T.'$ vt haw ,u • • 1 am Sr UR 00t t DG inner 1 1101 CS /A.1 • • • se • - ---- NtI -N-- •NN- NeN- • • Mane NO OMB PLATE.OIPEA ALSO TO roam STAICtafAAL O mow nano count SASE PLAIN N PREPARATION P00 311,1001. OP COMMIT, • . • CUSS an RIPER ALSO TO.PISONtaa'STRUCTURAL IN TA�NES tern O I pIo't EXIST,* OVIAPLCW DOWWPOYT. CAP LIIM RTWI SLATS AS miaow TO PROVIDE MSC PLOOR RIPER ALSO TO MOP PLAN .A•2 RCR {MOP RDRANAUII T RONK MON b(NTw GANOOPT. _ . © IrPIDVt`A s,1111LOCATt HESS* Iyten> AUTOMAT* DOOR REPLAN wTM EXISTMO♦ /� room DOOR MYw OPp1001111 outiovS AND Wan an 1. t As P 4','j =twines roes 4UAM*ALIIO AND PATCH *MOM SAO M nano IIDA v ■rI1WD PLOOR, . �, r� ONMORI 1/RI/�IM�ly,M�TIE� * StW�•PM Noun APM�t VCOM WIOM ExISRMO • 1 ,. . !4• ' O RIMS! ROMP aut biTtr 02NOilit AM ASSCAED =soft TEPPINATI MONO SSG MR APPLIOASLI COQ,$ nIMCOISROT IXPSTNS INMPPIit APD IMXT%AS TO I N MAN MI"101/t a1STWiI NAND{CAP PON so SIONPOLt. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, OSJ P (1) MON N Nal LOCATION Ir[R Ala* PARTIAL WS PLAIT,114EIT T•L O&Sm a1T as ewe IXISTMO *APP Ate ADO PAYTO N PREPARATION POR.NIW R PPS MSD WW& PEEPER ALSO TO P en PLANT RUT T4 4 fAWaf Al1C'neva 1*49O GiSEN! N PIIPASATICN PM tibi Rats MS2 WAN& R E A R ALSO T O P A O TIas slit PLAN. M S T ' 41LASS AND piano . v rein is* maw tyDRll'! MRNCL/R us • ., .. • . . , • F1 .4 • t. >e Y BUI ' c D VISION CITY o K ui • Hv4.1...t 1✓ 1 Instore 'Brant. Larry's #1 14227 Pacific . Nwy_r Tukwila, Walsh' •._, .9. • • • :re(' • ;f1. • • • t- ■ • • I11.5'i(VERIFY ALUMINUM CMAPIIIL AND NEON •IONAGI RIFFS% N/x•X 1■••• • ••••• �iU it - - 1 IiN I�n ••.1...... ■ 1 , • mil 1111 im w••pn. ■II HMI►�� ■ ■t1�'■ ■ ■ ►11 _ ■11_ Ark II nn��'� ■� ■._ - ;ii 1 Mill a■Ill`.111I■■■■t1w■rnl ■H n �i�,I Hill i� ua11t1ta■■ta■■tal■��rw■■ai 711 Slap ■� ■■� ■� \\■til ■h WEI lia!a llall� ■ ■tl•■ ■■�■■■■nll ■u 1 11 lx1$TING LARRY'• MARICEY UPPER ROOF • LOWER CANOPY (WIND I*I•lING UPPER MOM Db. (REFER: ROOP PLAN) • _... ..__ T. rte_ _ .� saws PAINT L0: FASCIA KM Ifa1 i' v7WNW "w7 STEEL CHANNEL, PAINT ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNIT AND DUCTWORK REFER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS GLASS BLOCK WALL EXISTS COLUMN PAINT Panto t memo DA PROM UPPER ROOF. E XTEND DA FOR PRICY GOINNICTION TO LOWER CANOPY D,•. ��� I' ROOF VENTS, TYPICAL RIPER SPECIFICATIONS 3'. INSULATED DOWNSPOUT THRU INTERIOR WALL TO EXISTING ROOF DRAIN COLLECTOR SEII.OW GRADE. REFER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIOrt0 EXISTING CANOPY FASCIA B EAM GALV. METAL DA AND CONDUCTOR HEAD REFER: X/X•X METAL. GUTTER WEST ELEVATION VA's 11•O' TD. CHANNEL w t ib's (VERIFY) th GLASS BLOCK • ■ ) dim TQP_Of_81&40____ one XIST'G V4' -a�sa .1I iv. sag ILL n1 e ■u1Nf•■■ ■ ■ ■■1111■■■■■•11■1�,1I I1IIIIIIIIIIIII ■inwt�■l'!fl ..1 !■■■ ■lllaw■■■■■�■■■■ ■11111111M■■■•■1Il•■■■■ l/till,!• ■ •■ ■ ■ = ■■■■ ■Illli� ■ ■ ■■■Illl111■ ■■■ .21.11111 1115.11111•0111111111111111 Ir.::!111111•■•ZMIIIII■■■■ 1.11 ■W111. \f• ■ ■1111:011111111■•t SECTION A V4•.1'•D' II, III ill II 1 III II1 III II 111 0 1 i _. METAL CONDUCTOR HEAD TOY•S METAL DOWNSPOUT. TIGHT LINE TO ROOF DRAIN COLLECTOR BELOW GRADE ()ROOF PLAN V4'.1'•®' EXTEND EXISTING UPPER ROOF DA EXISTING CANOPY ROOF. ADD 2 I/2' RIGID INSULATION, NEW ROOFING MEMBRANE, AND RELIEF YENTA REFER TO ROOF PLAN d TOP OF PARAPET IJSAVI TD. FASCIA MAIN tf333 1i ?V RWR1') -w TYPICAL (■EW) ROOFING SYSTEM, ROOFING MEMBRANE ON 1/1' PROTECTION BOARD OVER METAL DECKING AND STEEL STRUCTURE WITH 2 1/2' RIGID INSULATION. FURRING AND 3/e' GPM CEILING FINISH STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN: PAINT SLOPE NEW PAVEMENT • 1/4' PER 1' -0' _ -� wow 4 X 8 X 8 GLASS BLOCK WALL SYSTEM EXISTING STRUCTURE AND CURB TO BE REMOVED 8040UN1 DASHED MULLIONLESS GLASS ENTRY SYSTEM REFER: INTERIOR ELEVATION, SHEET A•3 BC, GALVANIZED METAL • PAINT STEEL ALUMINUM 1. SUPPORT BANNER SIGN POLES, REFER DETAIL: X/X -X FIBER - - IC LIGHT SYSTEM - 11.1' INTO DETAIL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAW TELLER R TO TEL W 'aR COUNTER 4 0' 3'•0' 1 1 1 1 1 5/8' GSUS CEILING, PAINT epaiti ARAPET COPING GALVANIZED METAL TRIM TOP * PARAPET IOW's GALVANIZED METAL SIDING EQ. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN V4••i'•t' : REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR MATERIALS AND LIGHTING FIXTURE LAYOUT ONLY, RAPER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR CIRCUITING AND SWITCHING 41 -0. fi 1 T'.0•y. I ' 4,•0. 5/8' GUt CEILINGS, PA METAL REFER TO 4/ Icoon ,cols 5/8' Gite TILING, PAIN ON SIGNAGE se 1 .PANT EXIST A8 REQUIRED CONSTRUCT, CTED BY fiTO. CHANNEL t '+ (ARIFY) • L.r • • amp ill t: Isw■•■•••••••••••I••ca 1 - I 11 I111■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■w■14111 11 11i■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■r11111■IPA H I11, uu H uu■1lk1 i 11 IH■■■■•■■■■■■■■unnii 11 111■■■■■ ■■■■ ■ MOM Y ■!'4A E 119■■■■■■O■l0■■■■■111M■K7 11 III ■■■■■■■■r■A■■■■■■ i 11 Ill ■a ■■■M■M■■!■■ ■1111 1 I 11 1H■■■■■■■■■■■■■■11111■04.1 11 11nuau• 1111■■■■■■ ac. 47 rw,:na■■■■■■■ ■a■■ ■■� ■1 It liginma■■■■■■■■■■■■■■1■M i u•1 . :'maw.,,•••••.:,.1onp 1� IN■ ■■ ■■a■/t1■ \a■■im■ri TD. FASCIA MAIN sa —1111 i(VAW) CITY �ROV D APPROVED SEP 3 894 PAINT STEEL GALVANIZED METAL Db. AND CONDUCTOR HEAD NEC REFERS X/X•X PROVIDE (3) GALVANIZED METAL STRAPS PER DA RUN GLASS BLOCK GALVANIZED METAL TRIM 1 IOl/r a PAIXIStIT tMG STEEL Cairn AND ?& BEAM - • • • '; ION 1.. 16 DorHALD . caL' ' .AND. Asso,4IA Ar R o,.H •. T E',.Cc T' 4, • • pont TJR 1110✓ k • DG -a- 112111 res cti . ■. • Instore flran�b Larryt's , #1 - • ' ' • ,1 14227 heft- ,: Tukwila; _.laa • 4., n.t. • . -,• • • • ROOF P Y•• • ro • x' r.VSEECILTIII OGN.c.r � NHS ant MATCH SI* molar NM Ate STTL• t o!WHITING r Dos •tlll. PaGtA. Ate t111>IMIZ•P'A • • • 1 • 1 • , .. • ' _I- e 4- :- • • 4.• �.'. � • • • A E ELOPE o dAI.V psTN.'COPM • ✓ I • • • EOOD Napa - :• I LAP Sr 11WLDINN PAPER 2' OVER $ � : �a oALVANIU3D METAL a ' 111 METAL SW SWIM g gip. PM, l R APO POLY. ∎ • ' e; N , Nye 1 PREPCIPSTETAL ISIDMITIR. STUD WALL' i i I I e �w - MR 11c MGM �. - e 2 1/1• RIGID MNS.ATION • ! r • !'• WWII Mao PROM ifRIGtISR AS 1 r IM aiinD • % CHANNEL LETTERING ALL METAL LETTER , • A A Z 0 n ©DETAI .'• 0 GUTTER/SIGNACsE r.i'•O• .r PIIEPORMED METAL 1111211420/METAL , , ' ' a • Pt GUST PMNH • , LMi W PHONED FLOOR • LMi OM MOM EL TE SLAB iv4• Pa Pot , 41 LUALL BASE ODETAIL 4 e • PAM' O • CAP ANIZEMUn PAINTED METAL I P EDGE • C _1 ■a�aausa �i � � r : - 1 - - ,, a ram J I � ai,.v,. F PAINT 0 FTEIISAT:,s U U ? ii , • i ET A FA • CIO Poe l'• E • ,' • •`♦ 1. .. r ' , ,} 1 • • ' ; ,. r ; • J. • W• an GLASS SIONWALL• M IIKANPaN Dias QDTAIL WPM Mo POLO MIN AS ▪ ACMAUD TRICTUREI PAINT • NEON AND ALUMS'M CHANCEL •et IrFtR SVA•S PAINT STEEL OIISA/L NIIMOVI i1Di as TN Mb Nx18T PAW Int M1ETM. RIM GLAIR KOOK WALL MILLIONS** GLASS DOOR TRANSOM, AND SIDIILI • ' caax =a=xaatax • J� II MEMOIR t1 ■ ■1•■ �7 11■■■■ ■ 1111111 11■I111111111 11 ■11 •11■■tl ■■1111111■ III ■. ■1111■tl■■S1111■ 11 ■11■a■wtl ■aE■1 ■' 11■ ■■ ■■■el■■� ■�� ,•711 ■11•■.I ■■! - 1■11■11a■■1 �' ■■r■ i1■ ■■ ■•1111 •■t•• ION 1111 ■OMEN* ii ■M■E■■EIS ■E■1■ ii■11 ■11■ ■tl■ ■IIIIII• za;nxx=r4 II}I ••• ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■1 'I411111.1111■■■E1J11■ ■11 ■U ■1' 11111 ■111151•filour■■i, I1111■EI ■ ■ ■r11 ■R111I ■ ■! lult•fa WU/ i r.- :alalrr (REAR WALL ONLY)n 1 REM ■ ■ ■er■ ■S■ 1*4tzai4 LOAN OffIGE rThSOUTI-1 (INTERIOR) ELEVATION 1/4'.1'•0• .• METAL STIR WALL PIMPING WITH PREPOP ED METAL IMMO ft. GATT MMS.A11CN AND VAPOR SAI ER n•'011111 PNMI (PROVIDE METAL EDGE TRIM) PREPINIMED METAL TRIM, PANT GLASS BLOCK WALL V2' COX PLYWOOD SHEATHM)0 SEALANT Alp GACTaf ROD' !!lam• PANT SHEATHING REHMD BLOCK (OR RW PREPMISI*D METAL TRIM Glh,c BLOM GALVANIZED METAL TRM'1 PREPOPTED METAL SIDMO PLAN DETAIL e WALL INTERSECTION I VY•1'.O• .• METAL STUD POLL PRIMO WITH PIWOA'ED METAL SIDMO. R•IS GATT INSULATION, AND VAPOR BARRIER• GALVANOND TWAL ODIB■R INN awaw1►`Iin • . • • . . • 1' 1 PAINT DOOR TELLERS nuts ATM SIDEWALLA AND MOO u•CALL u•.ANG • ' PAMr MOWN t S:WINO irn* MOP DA CNRECTLY TO LOWER DS IIMOP EXISTING CANOPY ROOF 1'ECHANICAL MO PARAPET GALV• METAL COPING. COP of PARAPET -� lea • =— T.O. GNAWL 1I1.9''a (VERIFY) GLASS !LOCK OILS PAINT 10 FASCIA EEIWI at •ffa3Wi lvEl! I� i DALY. METAL SIDMO AND TM CAN CHANNEL MET AND NEON SIGNAGR PAINT TO MATCH *MAGI RACEWAY 2 vr (R.20 MM) RIGID NSIS.ATION SuSPE1cwD PROM INNIZIN E .Gott WV 111E CEILING, PAINT GIIEw PAINT 10 MIL MUD TALL WIN A/S• GUI GOTH AIDES{ SPANDRIL GLASS SIGN WALL PROW GAR GAGE VP GLASS DOOR TWIN Gus M AT GLASS DOOR MAO AMID JAMS PANT SECTION 5 1/4•.l'.O6 CABINET TI-IRU TELLER'S AREA _ T.fAP QP �Al� - Men frE1'ION' C TMRI&eTO *AGE/ ,ACM EMCLQeURE • • { I, • 1 Mirk• W 1 -•�. _ a e.... - .k/. .. t y,.•*.♦ " ••. -• ± • .t .t•. • c A PRO ED I� SEP ; Oak BUl SION • PECEIVCII cnv es TUKWILA (•MR111t WNW Cm. uP T1r i:ft - :• , w 7 ,, I DONALD ' Cit .n. AND ASSQC1AT A.R.0 H I• T C 1' • 112111111141.211111 - • *rd' Nit111E 1111111111 NNllltl IN NNW . 1 r , r.' •'I �t, •• 1 • : EXISTING CANOPY PROVIDE NEW GALV. METAL FLASHING SET 114 SEALANT OVER EXISTING BEAM NEW P.T. WOOD BLOCKING • 1 EXIST.' NEW 7NIINOonta►t • ON!•WAY MOISTURE RELIEF VENT WIN INTEGRAL MEMBRANE FLASHING (Mb SPECIFICATIONS) MEMBRANE REROOFING OVER EXISTING ROOF • 3/4' MDO PLYWOOD 04 ANGLE FRAMING. PAINT EXISTING STOREFRONT 67111. CHANNEL HEAD PAINT; EXISTING 67111. SRAM • PAINT EXISTING BEAM. PROVIDE (2) V DIAMETER-VENT HOLES IN BEAM WEB AS 6140IL N PER STRUCTURAL DAY (16 TOTAL) Z 112' SUSPENDED RIGID INSULATION AND V.D. b/a• GWB CEILING EXISTING METAL DECKING - PROVIDE 41 DIAMETER OPENING IN DECKING TO INSULATED CAVITY BELOW •••• BRITS WE GLAZING CHANNEL FULLY WELDED TO HEAD CHANNEL AMT. 67E1L REINFORCING PER STRUCTURAL DRAWING& PANT: STEEL HEAD CHANNEL ID GA. METAL TRIM AROUND " MTL. STUD FURRING, PAINT TO. CHANNEL 2 1,? RIGID INSULATION A SUSPENDED FROM DECK • GLASS BLOCK WALL (BEYOND) VAPOR BARRIE MY GWD CEILING GLASS BLOCK GWD CEIL GUTTER OPENING (BEYOND)- GALV. METAL CLASHING BELOW GUTTER; GALV. METAL FLASHING , •3 /1? SPANDREL GLASS SIGNAGE SURFACE ADHERED TO 3/4• AC PLYWOOD BACK, 0 3/4' HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME PANT 1/8' 1/8' 1/8' GLASSBLOCK WALL PROVIDE SEALANT AT JOINT' AS REQUIRED. MATCH COLOR VERTICAL STEEL PLATE PER STRUCTURAL ( Y . BOTH JAMBE). PAINT STEEL. 22 GA: GALVANIZED METAL CONDUCTOR HEADS WITH ALL SEAMS SOLDERED CAUL RECESSED FLOOR HNGE (BELOW) FRONT VIVA 3'0 GALVANIZED STD. STEEL PIPE DOWN SPOUT 22 GA. GALV. METAL CLIPS SIDE VIEW TAIL a CON UCTOR HEAD 1 IR'.r.0° . METAL DOOR WITH 3 /8' SPANDREL GLASS FACING. PAINT NQ*TM BIDE AND EDGES FILL 1 /81' JOINTS WITH BLACK CAULK (TYP.) METAL STUD WALL FRAMING PLAN DETAIL GLASS SIGN WALL SIDE LITE DOOR ASS DOOR WITH BRITS WE HARDWARE MO WOMEN. DETAIL S BEAM OVER TELLER AREA 1•.1' -0' EXISTING STOREFRONT 1 1/Z' X I I/!' X 3/16' STEEL SUPPORT ANGLES WELDED TO HEAD CHANNEL AND STEEL BEAM. PROVIDE ANGLE INTERMEDIATES • 24' O•C. • LID. 70. C•AMIEL iii.21b' 3/4' MDO PLYWOOD LID PAINT RECESSED LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING 1 Vase PAD' PLAN DETAIL * GLASS ENTRY 1 1/1'•1' -0' 'PARAPET WALL. 2. GA. GALVANIZED • METAL GUTTER • 24. G& GALV. METAL PLASHING AND TRIM GALV. METAL BIDING -4` GALV. METAL CONDUCTOR INpAD (TURN TOP LIP UNDER- ER TO CONDUCTOR HEAD PETAL 14) m PLAN DETAIL 1 14•81'.0' i 1 • CASAP =4 j it it. I La I wa\ VERIFY CONDUCTOR !-IUD 3/8' SPANDREL GLASS SIGNAGE SURFACE ON 3/4' PLYWOOD METAL STUD WALL FRAMING PROVIDE GLASS SETTING BLOCK AT BASE 0 DETAIL 0 GLASS SIG W • L BA8 3'.1' -0' O TEMPERED GLASS SIDELITE GLASS BLOCK WALL (BEYOND) SAW -CUT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AND PROVIDE FLUSH- MOUNTED SMITE VUE GLAZING CHANNEL FOR GLASS SIDELITE. VERTICAL REINF. PER STRUCTURAL CONTINUOUS TO HEAD CHANNEL (ABOVE). DETAIL e GLASS ENTRY BASE 3'.P •0' TAI INTE 1•.1'.0• RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURE 10 - 1-1 A - CHANN GWD ATM/U•CALL 0 / ENCLOBUREl PANTO GWB ON 3 b /8' X 20 GA STEEL STUD FRAMING PANT OUTSIDE OF GWD GLASS BLOCK WALL. STEEL SUPPORT CHANNEL (REFER: STRUCTURAL) PAINT 3/4' X 3/4' X 3/4° CELL SIZE CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM LOUVER (ALP. LIGHTING • CEILING PRODUCTS, INC. AR SERIES LOUVER) • !mom I•• STORE et aW.D. PAINT O STORAGE IMP ATM CF40.I. 3/4' PLYLLIOOD EQUIPMENT BACK BOARD (REFER ALSO TO ELEC. SPECIFICATIONS) MOUNT TO STORE RM. WEGT WALL. PANT BOARD© GGAW . BEHIND ATMs PINT O 3., L. it e• a METAL VENT. LOUVER, PAINT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB GLASS BLOCK WALL STEEL SUPPORT PER STRUCTURAL D•AWI CAULK TO MATCH COL O GA. METAL TRIM S/8' GILD (PROVIDE METAL EDGE TRIM) PANTO METAL 11.10 WUALL FRAMING is ATM VENT. LOUVER - REFER DETAIL 16, 71418 SHEET ATM (OPAJ VERIFY as as - ' Al NM rareas EXISTING t6. COLUMN U •CALL COUNTER COUNTER 1' STEEL FRAME BROWN DASHED 3'.4. WI I I • -111 f.315111111•111111a rir azzlz:Vionnionsuir PM! "Ia. al ra 11117A _ *are woo ettr, • -..��� t • '� . •, if 4 • • • • i •.• • 1' {• 1 • • :•:•1• - y . • • 3 SW METAL STUD AND GM ATMN•CALL'. ENCLOSURE D 1 DETAIL S ATM ENCLOSURE TOP cm OF MAW •1 -t' APPROVED EXIT S STEEL COLUMN I1i 3/4' AC PLYWOOD COUNTER WITH PLUM, FINISH, MATCH • TOP, FRONT EDGE, BOTTOM EDGE 1' TUBE STEEL COUNTER A i A11411 I FRAME • • PA ANCHOR Th. PRAMS AT REAR AND SIDE WALL AND EXISTING STEEL COLUMN SEP 3 19E- . : . SOLID BLOCKING 1 OQxVA�w: rR� -- :AND•• ASBOCIAt AR'CI'i1'rT: Eutaw . obits IltN • IVISIN NI IIINN , I/IIrM INDIO . ..• $ \I$MMN r • bw..+ Math Ltassigasessamlinee • • SON - Instore Bra�eh Larry's' -l• 14227 Pacific, •;Hwy.' 'ruk11 tt, !Sno.nL5 DETAILl • . ' v , 4 'T tmroirgyn. -t: x"{4'11111 c1iue?racia& nil It/ AEA 11111111191.1i ts il` deraf , )7, ul4 mar rare 4•'• ' • • , • , ••t • t '.• - •,.' • .,' •' _a_.__ • •l, r• y. . • . lA... 'f• "•wW!• :a • • •4,- • '4 :. { , r ••••;.fritt;:` '' - .:14. SS..1�iisLtL{wu- ...• V •, • . PROvlDE 6*. 6{J6rnN610N WIRE PL %XI6LA06 POSTER SLEEVE OP.0.I. i 1/1' • 6LIP•FIT METAL GALL fame PLAG TEU RING CO 8IN OAK P14.011100-1M-60 44) PAINTs 2' . STD. STEEL POLE PROVIDE WELDED EYE BOLTS - SIGN SUSPENSION PAINTs ALUMINUM AIL 6/AM5 E. REFER REFER DETAIL 14/A-b FOR SIGN POLE BASE ATTACHMNT • TUBE STEEL BEAM POLE SIGN ELEVATION U3'41'•C 3' CLEAR ALUMINUM OPEN FACE_$IGN PANS WITH SINGLE TUBE NEOCOBALT E 10+1 NEON TUBING SIGNAGE RACEWAY/ SUPPORT STEEL HEAD CHANNEL FASCIA •• a� 0 CANO - Y' S I N - VAT ION worse ALL EDGES OP • 60' AID 00 AA _- • 60' 10' -0' (VERIFY) CYLINDER LOCKS KEYED ALIKE BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL PINION , GRLI6MED 6TAINLE66 STEEL 4' WIRE PULLS 4' VINYL BASE ALL EDGES STAINLESS •STL. 4' WIRE PULLS 3' 0 STD. STEEL PIPE SIDE ELEVATION 11R'.I' -O' 3/8' STEEL PLATE 6X6X3/8'STEEL PLATE W/ (4)'I/1' A301 MACHINE BOLTS • 1 1/4' ,, 1 114' 1(1 TOP ELEVATION WIRING/ TRANSFORMER LOCATION: PAINT E SURFACES: TO 3` 4• 13? PROVIDE DRILLED HOLES • 4' FRAME TOP FOR HANGER P -II b /8' ," VERIFY • / \ \\ /1p 6II"f. X 1 : FOLDED PLEXIGLAS() POSTER SLEEVE OPA•1., VERIFY, DIMENSION W/ OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MEOR TO FABRICATING S • •-'-I V1' x 1 I/2' x 1 /e' STAINLESS STEEL 444LE FRAME W/ 3/16° CONNECTION BOLTS WITH CAP TYPE NUTS '*- -MITER CORNERS 1 1 : 1 1 glearri •m• Nally 4' -•L FOLDED PLEXIGLAS6 POSTER SLEEVE Otal• I VZ' x 1 1/1' K VS' BRUSHED ' ALUMINUM MALE FRAME IU/ 3/16' COKNEMION. BOLTS WITH CAP TYPE Nab ICON F 1 t4'.1'-D' 1 NEON 61W44GE IN ALUMINUM CHANNEL ' �PAINT, SIGN SUPPORT: FACE OF GLASS BLOCK (MOLNT LETTERS FLUSH WITH FACE OF GLASS BLOCK) EO C ' NOF'Y Ca EQUAL 11 REAR TELLER CABINET FRONT 4 SIDE ELEVATIONS 3/4'•1' -D' 2 1/2 C EQUAL _.S 3'•I'•0 11 pow- -441 IDE RACEWAY • FULL WIDTH OF CABINET NOTE, PROVIDE (3)2'4 BLACK GROMMETS AT BOTTOM OP RACEWAY To CABINET INTERIOR DATA AND POWER OUTLET LOCATIONS COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL/DATA REQUIREMENTS WAY e A - T L - CA INET EQUAL 10' : L .1 I 4 sic = =4 =j 7E ER 1 , PEDWAL 11 X74 1 -1 _ • ■ ' _ s \,. : , EQUAL EQUAL • -41 LS T TE-`-1: j.ER, � I PEt7E>'ITAL { 1 X 11 f 31 I8' POWER OUTTLETS BELOW RACEWAY (ALL INTERIOR SURFACES) • ADJUSTABLE SHELVES TELLER HOOD SUPPORT PANELS: 3/4' PLYWOOD WITH P -LAM. FINISH ALL .3/4' AC PLYWD. SHELVING EDGES W/ P -LAM Q) TOP, BOTTOM, AND EDGE& (BEYOND 141 -4' 4/. (VERIFY) II FRONT TELLER COUNTER ELEVATIONS 3/4'.1140' 6' 148' TEMP, HARDBOARD DIVIDERS WITH CONTOURED EDGES PROVIDE 1/1' PLYWOOD TOP, BOTTOM AND SIDES, 1/4V PARTICLEBOARD PINION ALL EXPOSED SURFACES S. ' 1/ 143114 Vat 'I/a i W' ,f . T • T 1 'iati 1a'ti vs. rue DETAIL OF FORM SACK !//Pore .. • • 1; +.6.44an. , --- • f': a' - 1 t •�. 1�..T. � ^1 1 I . 1 EQUAL • — PROVIDE (3) SLOTTED FORM RACKS INSIDE TELLER HOOD. REFER: I2/A -4 COUNTER SUPPORT WALL: 3 b /6' METAL STUDS • 16' 00. WITH 3/4' PLYWOOD AND P -LAM, FINISH • DPW ` A4 AND ° 'flOIC 1'4? A R'9 WI•. ' E.C•f�t'i,� en/ nS '. .. • '- • :1 , /Se 2/1 • �" ca:r.tax••• tS$na Inalk weANKS/441 CITY OF TUKWIIA APPROVED SEP , 19 3 BUIL FRONT COUNTER SUPPORT °WALL* 6'. METAL STUDS • 16' OTC. WITH bar CMGS AND 6URELL FN16N, FRONT AND 3/4' OLYILO. YJ/ PLASTIC LAMINATE, BACK I/ n IC TUBE 4 TRACK SCREW TO . - - IDE MOOD TOP • 8' O.C. 14' SURELL EDGES. FIN 14000 TOP AND 1 V4' RAD OM SIDE IN P -LAM• 3/4• SUIRELL V HOOD FRONT. P 1644 INTERIOR SURFACES IN P -LAM. SLOTTED FORM RACK 6E1 Ib/A•4 3/4' SMELL 0 COUNTER WITH 2 1/4' RADIUS E - - /4' JMJRELL PACING ON bit 011111. SUSSTA_ TE OVER 9/8' PURR'G• CHAN, ON i• IMTAL STUD FRAMING .3/4' PLYWOOD W/ P•LAM. PN1614 7±bt_ 1o1E4!1114_T€ kit *► ■ b 3/4 36' 3 1810 •, f. • 1 TELLER 14000 ` PROVIDE (3) ?'A BLACK GRC IMETS UNDER TELLER 14000 TO CABINET BELOW, COORDINATE LOCATION W/ OWNER . SMELL. COUNTER TOP m INSET 22 GA.'GALVANIZIIID METAL DATA AND COIN" IUNICATION6 CONTINUOUS RACEWAY 3/4' d&IJRELL (D PACING ON f/8' GO& SUBS ATE.OVER.M,/6',4R MI MS. e OC..)(NOb VISIBLE JOIN , LATERAL SUPPORT WALLS, 3/4' p1.YU D. 3� D/8' MAL .STUDS • 14k OC► WIN • •LAM. (? NF1 T i/4'' SULL .c • Instoret Bran 1 Pacific + M$:I!,: DETAI is Y• • 4 ci.e �» ALL EX�D diJ11FAiC'6a1 orr�°ca ' ,a:;� '•,. • BASE ON OAP OWE.. 4.' r . J PROVIDE. (S) TOTIAL.4 6HELVE6 ON'REGESS O ' • ••a, `•I► > . Y 4- .1 i _Ir.,,, 6TANDAREP5. WITH (J) SLOT ORACKLT.S !!ER ' • , ° + 1 • - ; , 11111ELP • • • • f.• 114. 17. I. • '`• 9i•: t •, '1 • 1• Ct �"'�':'•.• ' •'' • e . ' • • 1 • ' .. • - • .. .. ..- 1 J'• e - ./. f - w itaa sr- _ -t'. a s ' r •. . . •1 • . ,: • •. •' iii •r, o , c �. i� }•� �t • . -34:4 ti t. t' a 1r ' 1.1 - It-.4:44/". k$ • . r:N''... ivy". • JIMIMALSOTI THE FOLLOWING NOTES APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CODE: UNIFORM BUILDING CODE -- 1991 EDITION - ASTM'S LATEST EDITION LIVE LOADS ROOF 25 PS, • DRIFTING SEISMIC ZONE 3 WINO EXPOSURE 5 ZIC W/RW • MPH, • 0.1375W ¶!!tA;NvAs DESIGNED WTH AN ALLOBLE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY OF 4000 PSF, NCE WITH SOILS REPORT IT- 1098 -3 DATED 4 -29-90 PREPARED BY TERRA ASSOCIATES, INC. THE SITE SHALL BE PREPARED PER SOILS ENGINEER RECOMMENDATIONS, ALL FOOTINGS AND SLABS SHALL SEAR ON PROPERLY PREPARED NATIVE SOILS OR ON COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL, SEE SOILS REPORT, ALL STRUCTURAL FILL AND BACKFILL TO BE COMPACTED PER SOILS ENGINEER RECOMMENDATIONS. THE MAXIMUM DENSITY SMALL BE DETERMINED BY ASTM 0 1857. • p•1 FOR SLABS ON GRADE, FOOTINGS AND ALL OTTERS. ULTIMATE STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD USED. MIXING AND PLACING Or ALL CONCRETE AND SELECTION or MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UBC AND ACI CODE 310. PROPORTIONING Or AGGREGATE TO CEMENT SWILL 8E SUCH AS TO PRODUCE A DENSE WORKABLE MIX WITH 4' MAXIMUM SLUMP WHICH CAN BE PLACED WITHOUT SEGREGATION OR EXCESS FREE SURFACE WATER. FOR ADMIXTURES. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. 3/4' CHAFER ALL EXPOSED EDGES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON ARCHITECTURAL. DRAWINGS. WATER CURING SHALL BED USED. AIR ENTRAIN ALL CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER WITH 3% TO 6% AIR BY VOLUME. LIMIT WATER CEMENT RATIO TO 0.45 AND USE TYPE V CEMENT WHERE SOILS "WATER SOLUBLE SULFATE EXCEEDS 0.20 PERCENT BY WT. ADD NO WATER TO CONCRETE AT SITE If INCREASED WORKABILITY 1S REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT A MIX DESIGN THAT WILL ALLOW THE ADDITION OF A FIXED AMOUNT WATER REDUCING AGENT OR A FIXED AMOUNT OF SUPERPLASTICIZER AT THE SITE. ignitMei STEEL SMALL BE DEFORMED PER ASTM A615 -70. GRADE 60 (F •60,000 pel) LAP CONTINUOUS REINFORCING BARS 30 BAR DIAMETERS. 1' -7" MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CORNER BARS (1' -7' BEND) WILL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL STANDARD PR REINFORCEMENT. EILINGAREI FORCED IN CONCRETE STRUCTURES°. WELDED Of FABRIC (WWF) TO CONFORM WITH ASTM A165. REINFORCING HOOKS TO COMPLY WITH STANDARD ACI HOOKS. COVER TO MAIN REINFORCEMENT TO BE: BOTTOM OF FOOTINGS 3 INCHES FORMED SURFACES..WEATHER 6 EARTH FACE 1 -1/2 INCHES ..INTERIOR FACE 3/4 INCHES LL TIORKTINRALIRIATM "RISC SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN. FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS'. AND THE 'CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE ". STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: STRUCTURAL S ASTM A -38 F •35,,.,. PS DE HOR BOLTS ASTM A -307 HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS ASTM A -325 ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL BOLTED CONNECTIONS ARE ASTM A -325 TYPE N CONNECTIONS - BEARING TYPE WITH THREADS INCLUDED IN SHEAR PLANE. CONNECTIONS ARE NON -SLIP CRITICAL AND BOLTS NEED BE TIGHTENED 'SNUG TIGHT' ONLY. PROVIDE WASHERS AT OUTER SLOTTED HOLES. INSTALL JOINTS USING ASTM IN BOLTS' (111/13/85) PROVIDE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT FOR ANCHOR BOLTS PER UBC TABLE 26E FOR CONCRETE AND UBC TABLE 24M FOR MASONRY. ALL WELDING TO CONFORM WITH AWS 01.1 'STRUCTURAL MELDING CODE - STEEL'. WELDS NOT SPECIFIED SHALL BE 3/18" CONTINUOUS FILLET MINIMUM. ALL WELDS BY WABO CERTIFIED *ELDERS. USE FRESH 70XX ELECTRODES FOR MANUAL SHIELDED HE RREPROCESSES LDHEAD STRS ($6)) ARE TO BE ELECTRODES INE WELDED WITHPOPERQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER. CONCRETE EXPANSION ANCHORS - "HILT! KWIK BOLTS' - INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICBD REPORT N0.4827 . MASONRY ANCHORS - "HILTI SLEEVE ANCHORS" - INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COORDINATE WORK WITH JOIST MANUFACTURER. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ITEMS TO SE GALVANIZED. •TUL 11008 OWK - GALVANIZED - 36" WIDE STEEL ROOF DECK - TO CONFORM WITH ASTM A446 GRADE A. GALVANIZED 0 -80 PER ASTM A525. CONFORM WITH IMO REPORT 02078. SEE PLAN FOR DECK GAUGE AND CONNECTIONS. USE EBOXX ELECTRODES. PUDDLE MELDS SHALL HAVE NET FUSION AREA WITH THE STEEL FRAMING EQUIVALENT TO 3/8" BY 1' OR 1/2" IN DIAMETER. USE NO CONCRETE CONTAINING ADMIXTURES OF CHLORIDE OR CHLORIDE SALTS ON ROOF DECK. L CONFORM TO ASTM 448. GRADE D. 18 GAGE 6 LIGHTER SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM 446, GRADE A. LIGHT GAGE FRAMING TO HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PROPERTIES: CALLOUT SIZE CAGE 1(IN4) S(IN3) A(IN2) ry(IN) C6X16 6X1 -5/8 16 2.789 0.930 0.460 0.559 PROVIDE BRIDGING PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS. iW�llroED CE�.MIO� L Y A COMECTIONS TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE SMALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED TO RESIST THE LATERAL FORCES SPECIFIED IN CHAPTER 23 OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE. IlbHME-TO BE PER UBC SECTION 306 AND ARE TO BE BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LAB APPROVED PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION BY THE BUILDING DEPT. AND THE ENGINEER. FOUNDATION: INSPECT FOOTING EXCAVATIONS AND PROVIDE COMPACTION TESTS AS NOTED ABOVE. CONCRETE: TAKE CONCRETE CYLINDERS AS REQUIRED. VERIFY SLUMP AND STRENGTH. REINFORCING: VERIFY ALL REINFORCING IS PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS. CHECK FOR REQUIRED COVER, SIZE AND GRADE. CONC. ANCHORS: ALL FIELD INSTALLATION OF CONC. ANCHORS IS TO BE IN CCOONTRACTORR 1S IMO AND IS 01 18O EVALLUUAAATIONIRE�PORRTEON SITE FOR CONC. ANCHORS USED. ROOF: CALL BLDG. DEPT. AND ENGINEER FOR MELDING REVIEW PRIOR TO ROOFING. WELDING: INSPECT ALL FIELD WELDING. VERIFY CERTIFICATION OF WELDERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR REWELDING AND REINSPECTION OF ALL WELDS NOT MEETING SPECS. INSPECTOR SHALL NOTIFY STRUCTURAL �Q�ENGINEER OF WELDS NOT MEETING SPECS. " PRINTS AND 1 SET OF REPRODUCIBLE SEPIAS OF SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AFTER CONTRACTOR HAS REVIEWED • STAMPED FOR COMPLIANCE AND PRIOR TO FABRICATION FOR: STRUCTURAL STEEL, MISCELLANEOUS STEEL, REINFORCING STEEL AND STEEL DECK. L DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD AND SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE SNORING AND BRACING Or ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ALL FIELD CHANGES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. HANGERS SUPPORTING ANY MECHANICAL. ELECTRICAL,�PLUMDING OR SPRINKLER LOADS IN EXCESS OF 50 POUNDS. ANY ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THESE PLANS AND SMALL SHOW LOADS AND LOCATIONS. THESE SMALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY Or THIS EQUIPMENT. ALL DETAILS OF CONNECTIONS TO TIC STRUCTURE FOR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BY THE SUPPLIER OF THAT EQUIPMENT. IF THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIRES A SUBMITTAL REGARDING THE DESIGN OF THESE DETAILS IT WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER TO PROVIDE THIS SSSIIITTAL. PMPAThlt SOWN. • C.I.P. CLR. CONT. EA. OR ELEV. E.N.W. OR ENT E.F. E.W. F.O.C. F.O.S. F.O.W. FTO. N. CR HORIZ. INC. M.R.S N.P. N.T.S. 0.F. w BLOCK WEALLL W14 x 22 A -2 ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER (800/ MAX.) tat. W14x22 F.O.W. 10. -6' L 6' Tn. STUD WALL COL. to- F.O.W. F.O.W. 15•-Y • E.S. 3't 1 51-3' OMNI IS' -10' 1 ' NERCO HHSB -38 220A. GALV. STL. ROOF DECK • SIDELAPPSS 11EWELLD SHEET I 000SUPPORTS, SPORTS PARALLEL TO DECK. TYP. AT NEW ROOF [■O ROOF /CEILING FRAMING PLAN' r• 11 •0' 1. SEE ARCH. FOR ROOF & PARAPET ELEVS. 2. VERIFY MECH. LOADS & LOCATIONS, TYP. TYP. RE NISI CURB ▪ KNEEN CAST • CLEAR IN PLACE • CONTINUOUS • ELLEVATION • ENGINEERS NORTHAEST • EACH FACE • EACH • FACE OFYCONCRETE • FACE Or STUD • FACE Or WALL • FOOTING • HORIZONTAL • INSIDE FACE • INCLUDING • METAL ROOF SUPPLIER • NOWT TO SCALE • OUTSIDE FACE PROVIDE WALL TIE TO COL. PER SECT. J- FULL HT. NOTE: TIES MUST ALLOW FOR j' LAT. DEFLECTION (N -S R. EITHER WAY) TYP. A 0 -2 MA. GLASS BLOCK (5 PLCS.) FRAME IN CS 6.7 Rix GLASS BLOCK WALL 6' STL. STUD WALL wt _0(31.. STUD AT EDGE BY OPNG.. TYP. F -2 TYP. 3' r • DE WALL TIES TO COL. PER SECT. J -2 FULL HT. ZELL EAST W TIES MUST ALLOW FOR I" LAT. DEFLECTION (N -S IR. EITHER Y) TYP.Q COL. 10. -6' I ,OP Q Iv/ " JAMB IC E.S. • LISTING SLAB ON GRADE/ 1 GLASS BLOCK NEW 2' -0• S0. FTO. 6 P) F -2 TYP. r 1 IT x 4 -JAM= TOTRUTCT. TYP. . M (3 PLCS. BTWN. GRIDS 5.4 4< 7) COL. REMOVE EXIST. T.S. COL UP TO 12 x T.S. MDR. ABOVE TYP. C4 PLCS.) _ r STL. V CHANNEL E.S. 5 x 9 I WELDED TO SSTRuCt. ASV. tC PER I A O COL. H -2 15' -2" 6• STL. STUD I WALL COL. TO JAMB It. CONN Q13M. • , MESS oOCUMtNTS NM= 1011 CONIOMMMtS VIIm TI1l NO MLCWIAINVANANas 134‘001UNAL PERUIIIONMNIN.OIN000M 0ICNST UONRALPDNUNUOMAMAUNI00005 0 WACN4OSARAIN411ESIMGIAATIOHO Tie AMMAN/ q IMMONMK[ 10A C0MOMAUCI WAIN ALL APALIQAILQ OIIOINANOSS $US IOCT To IIIOUTAIMSNTS ANO N TERPIMTATIONS OR TNI OOVm•1G AUi11OMWY. O M r1 a. Ors , °J' 20.94- 1.J DE WALL TIES TO COL. PER SECT. J -2 FULL HIT. NOTE: TIES MUST ALLOW FOR }' LAT. DEFLECTION (N -S IR. EITHER WAY) TYP. 1 STUD WALL d •• Q'% 4 s A_ GLASS BLOCK WALL PROVIDE WALL TIES TO COL. PER SECT. J -2 FULIOR.MEL WEST TIES MUST SOW FORE LAT. DEFLECTION (N -S IR. EITHER WAY) TYRA , 15' -1a• 0.T.0. REINF. R. SM SIM. SYMM. T. T.O.F. TYP. U.N.O. V. OR VERT. V.I.F. V.D.F. , • OUT TO OUT • REINFORCING • ROUGH ALLLNINID • • SIMILAR ▪ S▪ OP YMMETRICAL • TOP OF FOOTING • TYPICAL AT ALL • U ESSLS NOTED OTHERWISE • • VERTICAL INSIDE • VACE ERTICAL OUTSIDE FACE FOUNDATION PLAN r• 1• -0' 0 R} x 4 W/ 2 -i KWIK -DOL AT (EMBED 2 ") WALL OPENING Cm OF TM VRA APPROVED SEP , '14 SUMO 1 , rCHtNEIL PER EXIST. SLAB 1 1 1--1 1 H--I r 1-1 H-- 1► -.-.► 1 1-- tilll1ll Ij M.Il1Iji SECTION A-1 f 1r • I'-d' 1. • B 1 FOUNDATION PLAN & ROOF /CEILING FRAMING PLAN g� JOB N0: 110042.008 ENGINEER: MAN. DRAM B.O.S. DAM 7 -23-04 SHEET N0: SI: Unlit 1 MDIE: REMAINDER 1 PER SECT. A -2 J CTiEI�SECT�AN ) ( PEER ,iSE� NO2ER) • I PER PLAN PER PLAN OAP WI442 FACIA BM. STIFFENER 'SS • EXIST. ROD BRACE EXIST. W10x12 L 7x44 CONT. ' GLASS BLOCK WAL •2 P R MFR. w/ MIN. 2 -WA. 3 WIRES aim. w/ C S TIES •8'o/c PLACED •1B'o /c MAX. VERT. SPACING. TYP. GLASS BLOCK WALL NOTES; 1.) MORTAR w M 270 TYPE Sw 2.) WALL IS ON -LOAD ORG. PROVIDE GAP AT TOP CHANNEL. WY. */ MFR. V C5 x9 TOP CHANNEL 8OL S -r• A32SN SECTION A -2 1' -a' COL. I i S 4' I PC 12 PER PLAN BM. FACE OF '� . STU I i i x BRO. tBM. PER PLAN I ORG. I PER SECT. C -2 SLOPE EXIST W14 CONN. t SIM TO SECT A -2 I• E MIN. NEW W10 C12 PER PLAN W/ CONN. SIM. TOO A -2 } COL sn. E.S. PROVIDE So Wt. COL. UNDER EXIST. BM. SECTION E -2 13 ciLkoaiti FILL w/ GROW IN PLACE E IS OONSGRADE Sn. COL. PER PLAN }' x4' BASE I*/ OVER }' LEVELING GROUT "! A. BOLTS • ( IL E D MIN. 6') • 1 }' MIN. KEY. TYP. n, riTi + -1 m_ �_ "'T 1=`J 2- S LW. sTL. NEW FTC. CTR'D. ON COL. i L 2' -Lr J So. SECTION F -2 I EXIST. T.S. HEADER ASV. �_- CEIUNG PER ARCH. (WY.)--1 REPLACE EXIST. COL. w/ NEW 4 x 4 x T.S. C TO EXTEND 8EL SLAB SURFACE AS SHOWN *SIR ARCH.> 4— SLIDE CLIP • 48" o/c MAX. TIP. SHEATHING PER ARCH MIS SLOPE ## STL ROOF PER PPLAN DECK NEW 10 x 12 STUDSI. 1 Li o/c. SECTION B -2 1" - 1' -a' 1b ANCHOR TIE PER MFR. AT EA. REINFORCED JT1OIINT (MAX. I6'oc) SLOT COL. FOR R RIMP PER PLAN BRO It PER SECT. A-2 RA INO • CORNERS, TIP. 4 I GUTTER DTLS PER SECT. A -2, A?5N BOLT T BO O T. OF It VERT. SLOT MAX. LR. (WY.) a EXIST. SLAB 4,- - -- 4; - 2" R FOR CONN. TO U TIES, TIP. (COORD. w/ MFR.) Sn. COL. PER PLAN to (EMBED LT AT /CM. I ii.3i ra r e SECTION J -2 'xlT'x10' BASE It w/ 2 -}'• KWIK -BOLTS (EMBED 3}') • 7'DA. AT IE 4- F.P. GRIND WELD SMOOTH, TYP. REMOVE EXIST. CURB NEW SLAB w/ 2-14 OWLS. E.S. LTI -�*/ EPDXIED NIT C 100 EXIST. TIP. EXIST. SLAB ON GRADE r�r OAST. FTO. r LEVEUNG GROUT (WY.) SECTION G -2 1,18111 141 r • Par Li x 16GA. STUDS • Woo - 1' -Lr • • 3$' • STL. CO W14 x 22 FACIA BMS. t , „13 //x 0' -a' [32BE"5N BO w1$. 44° SECTION C -2 1I" • 1' -0' 160A. TRACK w/ }•� KWIK -BOLT • 4'- 71''00 MAX. W FROM 1 (EMBED 20 ENDS. EXIST. SLAB ON GRADE SECTION Tit H -2 ww- ."•• , r • 1'-or CO � NN I •ECOL. EDGE METAL PLAN 6• STEEL STUD 1254. VERT. SLIDE CLIP. GALV. SEA lions 1.) PROVIDE SLIDE CUP EACH STUD. 2.) 00 NOTHING TO PREVENT FREE VERTICAL MOVEMENT OF ANGLE MAINE TO STUD. It WELD IC E.8 NEW W14 x 22 FACIA BM. V44 WELD x 4' WIDC CONN R PER SECT. A -2 ES> Vr EXIST. WIO EXIST. W14 =C' 4WELD I SECTION 0 -2 I' • 1' -tr PLAN PROVIDE 2 SUDS CLIPS AT EACH JAMB STUDS, TYPICAL. V LONG STUD TO MATCH JAMB STUD FOR EACH SLIDE CUP cmr Of n� to ELEVATION SEP E n / SLIDE CLIP DETAIL .1.PeICAL SLIDE CLIP DETAIL$ - AT JAMB.. STUDS f“.” _ . c a I I V I i/2 IL is SH33NI0N3 SIC FRAMING & FOUNDATION SECTIONS U Z • q 'a m 3 o =z W = Qa3 co a in Y < .- F=- 05 • D +G• NO: 90042. ENGINEER: MA,tl. DRAWN: N.w,/9,O.S. r. DATE: . 7-2S-19 . WEFT NO: .. s ; , , Lori • . .,. CUMIN NUS MIffr" n GAGE CAP FLASHING ■ ____ 1100F PENETRAITON UMW I S N 12.000 CURB NOW N ROOF ORMAN MIN 1/r NEAR • DETAIL 1 • PRONDE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR Obi SCALE: NONE ROOFTOP DUCT 2 x 2 x 10 GAGE . RICAL SUPPORT HOGHT AS REQUIRED LAO BOLT VOITICAL SUPPORT MEMBER ?MU BED OF MASTIC 21/rx21 /2'x10 GAGE HORIZONTAL MEMBER TYPICAL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ROOFTOP DUAL DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NONE S DRAIN PIPING, FULL SIZE OF DRAIN PAN CONNECTION ROUTE TO ROOF DRAIN SYSTEM ROOF CONDENSATE DRAIN TRIP PIPING DIAGRAM ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT ROOFTOP WRING CURB WRING r RIGID FIBERGLASS DUCT LINER BOARD W PLYWOOD 1' STYROFOAM ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT CURB DETAIL SCALES NONE\ ROOFFNOUNIEO MEOHMICAL EQUPMENT BASE NEOPRENE PAD EQUIPMENT DRAIN PAN LEI rIETOtE SEAL tIE10IE COORDINATE FLASHING DETAILS NTH GENERAL CONTRACTOR SPRING ACCESS PANEL ROOFING (REF ARCH) •NNE LINT IWO ONLY • DRAIN, SATEn DRAIN, SEE � Y DUCT SUPPOR11, ANCHOR TO WALL, SIMILAR 10 DETAIL 2 (1W? 14x10 1 -44 • 10x15 ON u �1 MN ON L 4 -- Y 4. LJ LJ 4.4 ® qb weas I- —1 ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/4' • 1• -0• (SJ) (5:v J CPI C , "1 s ==_g1 L 825 i gel L_ ,r 12xI2 UP ' , I ✓- L NOTE 1 OULT-UP NOW DE�y6 T11P ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT SUPPORT DETAIL . LAO BOLT SUPPORT MEMBER TMRU BED OF MASTIC FFLAS 0 • 44 MEMO ►HOOD r FIBER CANT 2a4 NAILER Nab NOM ... TELLERS A NE L UP • Ir•-1 O D ao "r1 •,Z 125 r. 5 J L- __ --J L (4 O IM 1 �l�" �II I o I J JOAN OPfICE E J Si II I II 10x10 UP'' ( '1 ..,.\,,,1 +51 ,. ma L. JII 5*B UP B -� L_ -- --J 6.2) 0 BA UP aIna canorr MOWS an FLOOR PLAN Q D MAIM 1/41 • SW NOTES: I. satsuma r RL.._ MOT. t MABITAN MMNIPACIUNE $ CINNAMON. SO O INUIP M t 3. anon AIR *TAIL SAO WM WM MM111f1101 HOOD NO 11011101. �. ea. aprons. DONALD C •OC IA ARCH I TI C.TJ tls ea (ilrl) is Ammo kip irk 5151041552 ABACUABACUS CansuRants, RS. 401 Same A•; Ss We 201 S I t. q �n 911 • Instore Branch Larry's #1. 14227 Pacific Hwy. S. Tukwila, Trashingts • }tool" PLAN , ROOF :PLAN t. • p„► .,► DE�AII 4W. 2 5 LL'!t , . • ., 0,,,11, OSHL ' �► ;,2. ;:, .